UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K
 ________________________________________________________________________
(Mark One)
ýANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20172022
OR
or
¨TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                     to                    
Commission file number: 0-32259000-32259

ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
_____________________________________________________________________ 
________________________________________________________________________
Delaware94-3267295
(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)
(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)
2820 Orchard Parkway410 North Scottsdale Road, Suite 1300
San Jose, California 95134Tempe, Arizona 85288
(Address of principal executive offices)offices, including zip code)
(408) 470-1000(602) 742-2000
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
______________________________________________________ 
Title of each classTrading Symbol(s)Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $0.0001 par valueALGN
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
(NASDAQ Global Select Market)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ý    No  ¨
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.    Yes  ¨    No  ý
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ý    No  ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  ý    No  ¨
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ý
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filerx
Accelerated filer  o
Non-accelerated filero
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Smaller reporting companyo
Emerging growth companyo
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B)13(a) of the Securities Act.
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements.
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b).
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  ý
The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $9,773,962,344approximately $13.3 billion as of June 30, 20172022 based on the closing sale price of the registrant’s common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market on such date. Shares held by persons who may be deemed affiliates have been excluded. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.
On February 23, 2018, 80,135,22920, 2023, 76,610,319 shares of the registrant’s common stock were outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement relating to its 20182023 Annual Stockholders’ Meeting to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the registrant’s fiscal year end of December 31, 20172022 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

1



ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC.
FORM 10-K
For the Year Ended December 31, 20172022
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
Item 1.Business
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.Properties
Item 3.
Item 4.
Item 5.
Item 6.Selected Consolidated Financial Data
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.Consolidated
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
Item 9C.
Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.
Item 15.
Item 16.
Item 16.
Form 10-K Summary
Signatures


Invisalign, Align, the Invisalign logo, ClinCheck, Made to Move, Invisalign Assist, Invisalign Teen, Invisalign Go, Vivera, SmartForce, SmartTrack, SmartStage, Power Ridge,SmileView, iTero, iTero Element, Orthocad, iCast, iRecord and iRecord,exocad, among others, are trademarks and/or service marks of Align Technology, Inc. or one of its subsidiaries or affiliated companies and may be registered in the United States and/or other countries.









2


In addition to historical information, this annual report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These statements include, among other things, our expectations and intentions regarding our strategic objectives and the means to achieve them, our beliefs and expectations regarding macroeconomic conditions, including inflation, fluctuations in currency exchange rates, rising interest rates, market volatility, weakness in general economic conditions and recessions and the impact of efforts by central banks and federal, state and local governments to combat inflation and recession, our expectations and beliefs regarding customer and consumer purchasing behavior and changes in consumer spending habits, our expectations regarding the anticipated impact of the military conflict in Ukraine generally and specifically regarding our newoperations and assets in Russia, including the impact on our workforce located in Russia, our expectations regarding the near and long-term implications of the COVID-19 pandemic on the global and regional economies, our marketing and efforts to build our brand awareness, our estimates regarding the size and opportunities of the markets we are targeting along with our expectations for growth in those markets, our beliefs regarding the impact of technological innovation in general, and in our solutions and products in particular, on target markets and patient care, our beliefs regarding digital dentistry and its potential to impact our business, our intentions regarding expanding our business, including its impact on our operational flexibility and responsiveness to customer demand, our beliefs regarding the potential for clinical solutions and their utilization to increase sales of our Invisalign system as well as the complementary products and product enhancements will havesolutions themselves, our beliefs regarding doctor training and its impact on doctorInvisalign system utilization, our beliefs regarding the importance of our manufacturing operations on our success, our beliefs regarding the need for and benefits of our market share,technological development on Invisalign treatment, the areas of development in which we focus our efforts, and the advantages of our intellectual property portfolio, our beliefs regarding our business strategy and growth drivers, our expectations regarding product mix and product adoption, our expectations regarding the utilization rates for our products, including the impact of marketing on those rates and causes for periodic fluctuations of the rates, our expectations regarding the existence and impact of seasonality, our expectations regarding the financialsales growth of our intraoral scanner sales in international markets, our expectations regarding the productivity impact additional sales representatives will have on our sales and strategic benefitsthe impact of establishing regional order acquisition, treatment planning and manufacturing facilities, as well as the anticipated timingspecialization of such facilities being operational,those representatives in sales channels, our expectations regarding the continued expansion of our international markets and their growth, our expectations regarding competition and our ability to compete in our target markets, our expectations regarding staying in compliance with laws and regulations currently applicable to, or which may become applicable to, our business both in the United States and internationally, our beliefs regarding our culture and commitment and its impact on our financial and operational performance and its importance to our future success, our expectations for future investments in and benefits from consumer demand sales and marketing activities, our preparedness and our customers’ preparedness to react to changing circumstances and demand, our expectations for our expenses and capital obligations and expenditures in particular, our intentions to control spending and for investments, our intentions regarding the investment of our international earnings from operations, our belief regarding the U.S. Tax Cutssufficiency of our cash and Jobs Act,investment balances and borrowing capacity, our judgments regarding the estimates used in our revenue recognition and assessment of goodwill and intangible assets, our expectations regarding our tax positions and the judgements we make related to our tax obligations, our predicted level of our operating expenses and gross margins and other factors beyond our control, as well as other statements regarding our future operations, financial condition and prospects and business strategies. These statements may contain words such as “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “estimates,” or other words indicating future results. These forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those reflected in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in Part II, Item 27 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and in particular, the risks discussed below in Part I, Item 1A “Risk Factors.” We undertake no obligation to revise or update these forward-looking statements. Given these risks and uncertainties, readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements.
PART I
 
ITEM 1.BUSINESSBusiness.


Our Company


Align Technology, IncInc. (“We”, “Our”, “Align”) is a global medical device company primarily engaged in the design, manufacture and marketing of Invisalign® clear aligners for the treatment of malocclusions, or the misalignment of teeth, by orthodontists and general dental practitioners (“GPs”), Vivera® retainers for retention, iTero® intraoral scanners and services for orthodontics,dentistry, and exocad® computer-aided design and computer-aided manufacturing (“CAD/CAM”) software for dental laboratories and dental practitioners. Our vision and strategy is to revolutionize orthodontic and restorative dentistry through digital treatment planning and aesthetic dentistry. Align’s products are intended primarilyimplementation using our Align Digital PlatformTM, an integrated suite of proprietary technologies and services designed to deliver a seamless, end-to-end solution for patients and consumers, orthodontists and GPs and lab partners. We strive to achieve our vision and strategy through key objectives made possible with the proprietary technologies and services of the Align Digital Platform to establish: clear aligners as the principal solution for the treatment of malocclusionmalocclusions with the Invisalign System as the treatment solution of choice by orthodontists, GPs and patients globally, our
3


intraoral scanners as the preferred scanning technology for digital dental scans, and our exocad CAD/CAM software as the dental restorative solution of choice for dental labs.

Align’s corporate headquarters are located at 410 North Scottsdale Road, Suite 1300, Tempe, Arizona 85288. Our telephone number is 602-742-2000. Our internet address is www.aligntech.com. Our Americas regional headquarters is located in Raleigh, North Carolina, U.S.A.; our European, Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”) regional headquarters is located in Rotkreuz, Switzerland; and our Asia Pacific (“APAC”) regional headquarters is located in Singapore.

We have two operating segments: (1) Clear Aligner and (2) Imaging Systems and CAD/CAM Services (“Systems and Services”). For the year ended December 31, 2022, Clear Aligner net revenues represented approximately 82% of worldwide net revenues, while Systems and Services net revenues represented the remaining 18%. We sell the majority of our products directly through a dedicated and specialized sales force to our customers: orthodontists, GPs, including prosthodontists, periodontists, and oral surgeons, and dental laboratories. We also sell through sales agents and distributors in certain countries. In addition, we sell directly to Dental Support Organizations (“DSOs”) who contract with dental practices to provide critical business management and support including non-clinical operations, and we sell products used by dental laboratories who manufacture or customize a variety of products used by licensed dentists to provide oral health care. We also market and sell doctor and consumer accessory products that are complementary to our doctor-prescribed principal products under the misalignmentInvisalign® and other brands, including retainers, dental supplies, aligner cases (clamshells), teeth whitening products and cleaning solutions (collectively “Invisalign Accessory Products”). Depending on the product, our Invisalign Accessory Products are sold through a variety of teethchannels, including online through large e-commerce websites, our doctor portal and in-store through large retailers and pharmacy stores.

Our clear aligners are sold under the Invisalign® brand name. Our Invisalign System is intended mainly for the treatment of malocclusions and is designed to help dental professionals achieve the clinical outcomes that they expect. Align Technology was founded in March 1997expect and incorporated in Delaware in April 1997. Our headquarters is located at 2820 Orchard Parkway, San Jose, California 95134, andthe results patients desire. To date, over 14 million people worldwide have been treated with our telephone number is 408-470-1000. Our internet address is www.aligntech.com. Our European headquarters is located in Amsterdam, the Netherlands and our Asia Pacific headquarters is located in Singapore.

We have two operating segments: (1) Clear Aligner and (2) Scanners and Services ("Scanner"). For the year ended December 31, 2017, Clear Aligner net revenues represent approximately 89% of worldwide net revenues, while Scanner represent the remaining 11% of worldwide net revenues. We sell the vast majority of our products directly to our customers: orthodontists and general practitioner dentists ("GPs"), as well as to restorative and aesthetic dentists, including prosthodontists, periodontists, and oral surgeons. Our Clear Aligner operating segment includes revenues from non-Invisalign aligners supplied to SmileDirectClub, LLC ("SDC"). Refer to "Supply Agreement with SmileDirectClub, LLC" section.

We received 510(k) clearance from the United States Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) to market the Invisalign System in 1998. The Invisalign System is regulated by the FDA as a Class II medical device.System. In order to provide Invisalign treatment to their patients, orthodontists and GPs must initially complete an Invisalign training course. The Invisalign System is sold primarily through a direct sales force in North America, Asia Pacific ("APAC"), Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA) and Latin America. To date, over 5.2 million people worldwide have been treated with our Invisalign System.

Our iTero intraoral scanner is used by dental professionals and/or labs and service providers for restorative and orthodontic digital procedures as well as Invisalign case submission. We received 510(k) clearance fromsubmissions. Our exocad CAD/CAM software products provide restorative dentistry, implantology, guided surgery, and smile design to dental labs and dental practices through fully integrated workflows, paving the FDA to market iTero softwareway for expanded indicationsnew, cross-disciplinary dentistry in 2013. Scannerslabs and CAD/CAM Services are primarily sold through our direct sales force and a few distributors in North America, Europe and certain Asia Pacific countries, and through distribution partners in Thailand, Scandinavia and Russia.  at chairside.




Our Products, Services and ServicesTechnologies


Our net revenues are generatedAlign Digital Platform


algn-20221231_g1.jpg

4


We strive to be at the forefront of innovation in digital orthodontics and dentistry, helping doctors transform their practices using digital tools and technology to deliver great treatment experiences and outcomes to people worldwide. The Align Digital Platform is the foundation of our goal to revolutionize the practice of dentistry, delivering interconnected, interdisciplinary workflows and treatment solutions that move all aspects of treatment forward, from first consultations to final smiles with our doctor-centered treatment model. It is an end-to-end digital platform that combines software, systems and services to seamlessly integrate and connect those critical to successful treatment outcomes – doctors, labs, patients, and consumers. At the salecenter of the Align Digital Platform are Invisalign clear aligners, iTero intraoral scanners, and exocad CAD/CAM software.

The Align Digital Platform utilizes the Align Digital Workflow to enable an end-to-end treatment experience with the following product offerings:key components:

 Fiscal Year
Percentage of Net Revenues by Product201720162015
Clear Aligner Segment   
    Comprehensive Products69%72%78%
    Non-Comprehensive Products

14
11
11
    Non-Case Products6
6
6
Total Clear Aligner Segment89
89
95
Scanners Segment11
11
5
Total Net Revenues100%100%100%
algn-20221231_g2.jpg

Connect: The initial stage of the platform drives consumer demand and connects potential patients to our websites and Invisalign providers. Some of our tools that support this stage are Invisalign.com, the Invisalign SmileView tool, My Invisalign app, Doctor Locator, Invisalign Practice App, Invisalign Doctor Estimate and Invisalign Virtual Appointment.
Scan: During this stage, patient data is captured through intraoral scanning. Tools support a patient’s diagnosis of oral conditions and health and support the identification of an appropriate treatment pathway. Visualization of their potential smile helps patients understand the benefits of treatment and increase patient conversion. The tools that support this stage, include, iTero scanners and imaging systems, Invisalign Outcome Simulator Pro, Invisalign Photo Uploader, iTero NIRI technology (Near Infra-Red Imaging), iTero TimeLapse technology, iTero Element 5D auto upload feature and iTero Scan Report.
Plan: Doctors digitally visualize and plan orthodontic and restorative treatments. Orthodontists and GPs can use our products to design, build and share their vision for treatment planning and agree on a customized plan with their patients to reach the desired outcomes. Orthodontists and GPs can use our products to design, build and share their vision for treatment planning and agree on a customized plan with their patients to reach the desired outcomes. Some of our tools that support this stage are ClinCheck Pro® 6.0, ClinCheck In-Face Visualization, ClinCheck Live Update, Invisalign Practice App, Invisalign Personalized Plan and CBCT integration for ClinCheck software.
Treat: During this stage, doctors treat their patients with our Invisalign® clear aligners.
Monitor: Doctors are able to remotely track their patient’s treatment between visits, and orthodontists and GPs can more easily communicate treatment progress and tracking to their patients. Some of our tools that support this stage include Invisalign Virtual Care app, My Invisalign app, Invisalign Doctor Site, Invisalign Practice App, Invisalign Progress Assessment and iTero scanners.
Retain: Patients retain the final position of their treatment results through our Vivera® retainers.

As we further evolve the treatment planning experience for doctors leveraging 25 years in technological research and development innovations, we expect to introduce new technologies, features and functionality that improve personalization of treatment planning, predictability, clinical preferences, and 2D/3D imaging, including digital tools for faster and more accurate final tooth positions. In 2022, we launched significant new products and technologies that further enhance the Align Digital Platform, including the ClinCheck® Live Update software, Invisalign® Practice App, Invisalign® Personalized Plan, Invisalign Smile Architect™, Invisalign® Outcome Simulator Pro with in-face visualization, Cone Beam Computed Tomography integration with ClinCheck software, Invisalign® Virtual Care AI software, and the iTero-exocad Connector.

Clear Aligner Segment


Malocclusion and Traditional Orthodontic Treatment


Malocclusion or the misalignment of teeth, is one of the most prevalent clinical dental conditions in the world, affecting billions of people, or approximately 60% to 75% of the global population. Annually,We estimate that there are approximately 10500 million people globally with malocclusion who could benefit from straightening their teeth. However, most people afflicted by malocclusion do not seek orthodontic treatment due to a number of reasons, including negative perceptions of metal braces, affordability of treatment, and accessibility to doctors in major developed countries
5


certain markets and geographies. Annually, only approximately 21 million people globally elect treatment by orthodontists worldwide. Mostorthodontists. Today, most orthodontic patients arecontinue to have their malocclusions treated with the use of traditional corrective methods such as metal arch wires and brackets, referred to as braces, and may be augmented with elastics, metal expanders, headgear or functional appliances, and other ancillary devices as needed. Upon completion of thea patient’s treatment, thetheir dental professional may at his or her discretion, haverecommend the patient use a retainer appliance.appliance to preserve the benefits of their treatments. Of the 1021 million annual orthodontic cases started, we estimate that approximately 60% or 690% (19 million) can be treated using our Invisalign System, yet our share of the 21 million are applicable to Invisalign treatment - our served market. In addition,case starts through orthodontists is approximately 300 million people with malocclusion could benefit from straightening their teeth, but are unlikely to seek treatment through a doctor’s office.10% globally. This represents an incrementala significant growth opportunity for us as weto increase our share of the existing market of orthodontic case starts, especially among teens, and expand the market for digital orthodontics, byespecially among adults. By training more doctors, including GPs as well as orthodontists, educating more consumers about the benefits of straighter teeth using the Invisalign clear alignersSystem and connect themconnecting consumers with an InvisalignInvisalign-trained doctor of their choice.choice, we are helping drive adoption of digital orthodontics and restorative dentistry globally.


The Invisalign System


The Invisalign System is a proprietary method for treating malocclusion based on a proprietary computer-simulated virtual treatment plan and a series of doctor-prescribed, custom manufactured, clear plastic,polymer removable aligners. We received 510(k) clearance from the United States (“U.S.”) Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) to market the Invisalign System in 1998. The Invisalign System offers a range of treatment options, specialized services, and access to proprietary software for treatment visualization and is comprised of the following phases:


Orthodontic diagnosisDiagnosis and transmission of treatment data to usThe Invisalign-trainedAn Invisalign trained dental professional prepares and sends us a patient’s treatment data package which consists of aan online prescription form on our Invisalign Doctor Site and securely submits the patient's records, which include a digital intraoral scan or a polyvinyl-siloxane (or "PVS"(“PVS”) impression of the relevant dental arches, photographs of the patient and, at the dental professional’s election, x-rays of the patient’s dentition. The Invisalign-trained dental professional can also submit an intraoralIntraoral digital scan instead of a physical PVS impressionscans may be submitted through either Align'sAlign’s iTero scanner or severalcertain third-party scanners. See "Third Party Scannersscanners capable of accurately interfacing with our systems and Digital scans for Invisalign treatment submission." Moreprocesses. Globally, more than 50%89% of Invisalign case submissionsSystem prescription orders are now submitted via digital scan, insteadincreasing the accuracy of a physicaltreatments, reducing the time from prescription submission to patient receipt, and decreasing the carbon footprint resulting from the shipment of the materials used to form PVS impression.impressions to the doctors and shipping those PVS impressions back to us. Additionally, it is during this stage that exocad’s CAD/CAM software platform can be used to identify, assess and assist doctors and dental labs to collaborate on any needed ortho-restorative treatment options through comprehensive interdisciplinary workflows.


Preparation of computer-simulatedComputer-simulated treatment plan. Using propriety software which we do not sell,the digital scans or PVS impressions, certain doctor preferences and digital data provided, we generate a proposed custom, three-dimensional treatment plan, called a ClinCheckClinCheck® treatment plan. Theplan, using proprietary software developed through significant, ongoing research and development investments spanning more than two decades. A patient’s ClinCheck treatment plan simulates appropriatedesired tooth movement in stages and details the timing and placement of any features or attachments that willto be used during treatment. Attachments are tooth-colored “buttons” that are sometimes used to increase the biomechanical force on a specific tooth or teeth in order to effectaffect the desired movement.movement(s).


Review and approval of the treatment plan by an Invisalign provider.trained doctor. The patient’s ClinCheck treatment plan is then made available to the prescribing dental professional via theAlign’s Invisalign Doctor Site, which enablesenabling the dental professional to projectevaluate projected tooth movement with a level of accuracy not previously possible with metal arch wiresfrom initial to final position and brackets.compare multiple treatment plan options. By reviewing, modifying as needed and approving the treatment plan, the dental professional retains control overof the treatment plan.patient’s treatment.


Manufacture of custom aligners. UponFollowing the dental professional’s approval of thea ClinCheck treatment plan, we use the data underlying the simulation as input for the next stage of the Align Digital Workflow in conjunction withwhich we use stereolithography technology (a form of 3D printing technology), to construct a series of molds depicting the future position of the patient’s teeth. Each mold is a replica of the patient’s teeth at each stage of the simulated course of treatment. From these molds, aligners are fabricated by pressure-forming polymeric sheets over each


mold. Aligners are thin, clear plastic,polymer, removable dental appliances that are custom manufactured in a series designed to correspond to each stage of the patient's ClinCheck treatment plan.


Shipment to the dental professional and patient aligner wear. All Once manufactured, all the aligners for a patientpatient's doctor-approved treatment plan are typically shipped directly to the dental professional, who then dispenses them to the patient at regular check-up intervals throughout the treatment.intervals. Aligners are generally worn for a short period of time which correspondcorresponding to the stages of the patient’s approved ClinCheck treatment plan.plan and their doctor’s discretion. The patient replaces the aligners with the next pair in the series when prescribed, advancing tooth movement withthrough each aligner stage. ThroughoutAt various points in each patient’s treatment, thetheir doctor may place attachments or use other auxiliaries to achieve desired tooth movements, per the doctor’s original prescription and resultingthe approved ClinCheck treatment plan. In October 2016, we introduced one-week aligner wear. AtAdditionally, for patients treated using many of our Invisalign System products, doctors have the treating doctor’s discretion, we recommend changing from two-week aligner wearoption to one-week aligner wear for Invisalign treatments with Invisalign Full, Invisalign Teen, Invisalign Assist, Invisalign Lite, and Invisalign Go products, thereby reducingadjust treatment time by up to 50%. Align’s recommendation is based on clinical analysis of more than 200 in-progress Invisalign cases (data on file) and the experiences of numerous Invisalign providers.

Additional aligners. Should the dental professional determine that the treatment is not tracking for various reasons, such as patient compliance, certain teeth movement not tracking to plan, or they need to extend the treatment a few stages furtherplans to achieve their treatment goals, the dental professional can requestdesired results by ordering additional clear aligners at no charge at any point during the treatment, subject to certain requirements.in accordance with pre-defined terms.

6



Clear Aligner Products


We offer our Invisalign System in a variety of treatment packages designed to correspond with the case-by-case treatment needs of our doctors and their patients. The table below provides a general description of the categories of Invisalign System products offered in various regions as they typically correspond to the severity of malocclusion and length of anticipated treatment.
MalocclusionVery Mild
algn-20221231_g3.jpg
Moderate
algn-20221231_g4.jpg
Severe
ProductInvisalign® Express PackageInvisalign® Lite PackageInvisalign Go™ Limited Movement (GP)Invisalign® Moderate Packages (& Invisalign Go™ Plus)Invisalign® Comprehensive Packages
Treatment Stages*7142020-26As many as required
Clinical ScopeRelapse and minor movement, anterior esthetic alignmentClass I, mild crowding/spacing, non-extraction, pre-restorativeClass I, no anterior / posterior correction, mild to moderate crowding, spacing, non-extraction, pre-restorative Tooth movement from 2nd premolar to 2nd premolar (5x5)Class I, mild Class II, mild to moderate crowding/spacing, mild anterior / posterior and vertical discrepancies, pre-restorative, (Go Plus tooth movement from 1st molar to 1st molar (6X6))Class I, II, III, moderate to severe crowding/spacing, anterior / posterior and vertical discrepancies, extractions, complex pre-restorative
* The number of stages can vary by product and region.

Most of our Invisalign System products described above provide dental professionals with the option to order additional aligners if the patient's treatment deviates from the original treatment plan. The number and timing of additional aligner orders are subject to certain requirements noted in our terms and conditions.

Comprehensive Products - Invisalign Treatment Options:


Invisalign FullComprehensive Packages. The Invisalign Comprehensive Package is used to treat adults and teens over a wide spectrum of mild to severe malocclusion and contains a broad variety of features to address the desired treatment goals. It also addresses the frequently complex orthodontic needs of teenage or younger patients with advanced features such as mandibular advancement, compliance indicators and compensation for tooth eruption. These packages include Invisalign Comprehensive, Invisalign First Phase 1 and Invisalign TeenFirst Comprehensive Phase 2. 

Invisalign First Phase 1 and Invisalign First Comprehensive Phase 2 Packages. UsedInvisalign First Phase 1 Package is designed specifically for younger patients generally between the ages of six and ten years, who frequently have a mixture of primary/baby and permanent teeth. Invisalign First Phase 1 treatment provides early interceptive orthodontic treatment, traditionally done through arch expansion, or partial metal braces, before all permanent teeth have erupted. Invisalign First Phase 1 clear aligners are designed specifically to address a wide range of malocclusion,younger patients' malocclusions, including shorter clinical crowns, management of erupting dentition and predictable dental arch expansion. Our Invisalign First Comprehensive Phase 2 Package complements Invisalign First Phase 1 and is generally consistent with our Invisalign Comprehensive Package. After a patient completes Invisalign First Phase 1, doctors have the Invisalign Full and Invisalign Teen treatment plans each consist of the number of aligners necessaryoption to achieve the doctor’s treatment goals. The Invisalign Teen treatment includes all the features of Invisalign Full treatment, plus additional featurespurchase a Comprehensive Phase 2 Package for that address the orthodontic needs of teenage patients such as compliance indicators, compensation for tooth eruption and six free single arch replacement aligners. Aligners for Invisalign Full and Invisalign Teen treatments (other than the replacement aligners) are manufactured and then delivered to the dental professionals in a single shipment. Both treatment options are sold in the U.S., Canada and our international countries.same patient.

Invisalign Assist. Used for anterior alignment and aesthetically-oriented cases, the Invisalign Assist treatment offers added support to our dental practitioners throughout the treatment process, including progress tracking that allows the dental professional to submit new impressions every nine stages. When the progress tracking feature is selected, aligners are shipped to the dental professional after every nine stages thereby helping to achieve successful treatment outcomes. Predominantly marketed to GPs, Invisalign Assist is intended to make it easier to select appropriate cases for their experience level or treatment approach, submit cases more efficiently and manage appointments with suggested tasks. Invisalign Assist is sold in the U.S. and Canada.


Non-Comprehensive Products - Invisalign Treatment Options:


Invisalign Express 10, Invisalign Express 5, Invisalign i7 and Invisalign Lite. Lower-cost solutions are usedNon-comprehensive Packages. We offer a variety of lower priced treatment packages for less complex orthodontic cases, non-comprehensive treatment relapse cases, or teeth straightening prior to restorative or cosmetic treatments, such as veneers. These treatment packages include Invisalign Express, 10, Invisalign Lite, Invisalign Go, Invisalign Go Express 5 and Invisalign i7 use up to 10 sets, 5 sets and 7 sets of aligners, respectively. Invisalign Lite use up to 14 sets of aligners. Non-comprehensive products are availableModerate. These packages may be offered in select countrycountries and/or may differ from region to region.

Invisalign Go Packages. In various markets we also offer Invisalign Go and delivered to the dental professionals in a single shipment.

Invisalign Go. A simplified andGo Plus, streamlined solutionNon-Comprehensive packages designed for GPs to more easily identify and treat patients with mild malocclusion. The Invisalign Go combinesand Invisalign Go Plus packages include case assessment support, a simplified ClinCheck treatment planplans and a progress assessment feature for case monitoring.

7


Feature Enhancement / New Products

Invisalign GoMandibular Advancement. Invisalign System with mandibular advancement is availabledesigned for tweens and teens. It is targeted for patients with permanent teeth or stable baby teeth who have bite issues in core European marketswhich the lower jaw is further back and in certain markets in North Americacan benefit from being brought forward for a better bite relationship. The Invisalign System with mandibular advancement addresses Class II bite correction with simultaneous alignment of the teeth. In 2022, we enhanced the original design with new enhanced precision wings that provide increased durability and Asia Pacific.

Non-Comprehensive Products - Non-Invisalign Aligners Suppliedcomfort, as well as greater overlap to SmileDirectClub, LLC:

SmileDirectClub Aligners. On July 25, 2016, we entered into a supply agreement with SmileDirectClub, LLC ("SDC") to manufacture non-Invisalign clear aligners for SDC's doctor-led, at-home program for simple teeth straightening. In October 2016, we became SDC's exclusive third-party supplier and began supplying aligners directly to SDC. SDC aligners include up to 20 stages without attachments or interproximal reduction ("IPR"). Align manufactureshelp the aligners per SDC’s specifications for minor tooth movement using EX-30, our proprietary aligner material used priorremain properly engaged to keep the introduction of SmartTrack. Align doespatient’s lower jaw forward during treatment.


not market or sell SDC products and ships supply of aligners directly to SDC when requested. Refer to "Supply Agreement with SmileDirectClub, LLC" section.


Non-Case Products:


Clear Aligner non-case products include retention products, Invisalign training, fees and sales of ancillary products, such as cleaning material and adjusting tools used by dental professionals during the course of treatment.treatment, ancillary Invisalign Accessory Products and other oral health products available in certain e-commerce and retail channels in the U.S.


Retention. We offer two products for post treatment retention. The first is a single setup to four sets of custom clear aligner retainers. The second is offered as a set of four custom clear aligners called Vivera Retainersretainers made with proprietary material strong enough to maintain tooth position and correct minor relapse, if necessary. A shipmentnecessary, as well as Invisalign retainers. Retainers are generally available for doctors to offer to any of four sets are available to both Invisalign and non-Invisalign patients.

Feature Enhancements

We have consistently introduced enhanced features acrosstheir patients, whether they use the Invisalign System or other products, including wires and brackets. In select markets, we also offer single set retainers. Additionally, we offer a professional whitening system using Ultradent’s Opalescence PF whitening system with Vivera retainers.

We also offer in the U.S., a Doctor Subscription Program which is a monthly subscription program based on the doctor’s monthly need for retention or limited treatment. The program allows doctors the flexibility to order both “touch-up” or retention aligners within their subscribed tier and is designed for a segment of experienced Invisalign trained doctors who are currently not regularly using our retainers or low-stage aligners.

Smart Technology: SmartTrack, SmartForce and SmartStage

Smart technology is applied in the development of Invisalign treatments and leads to a more precise control of individual and multiple tooth movements. We use a force driven system in our Invisalign treatments such that the next aligner is shaped so that when inserted, the aligner stretches and applies the desired forces to the surface of the tooth, resulting in the desired tooth movement. Smart technology allows us to find the right thickness, the right elasticity, and the right force application over a period of time. Smart technology includes the past several years to improve treatment outcomes or address broader clinical indications. Feature enhancements are marketed primarily under an Invisalign “G” seriesuse of SmartTrack, SmartForce and have included Invisalign G3 (launched in October 2010), Invisalign G4 (launched in November 2011), Invisalign G5 (launched in February 2014), Invisalign G6 (launched in March 2015), and Invisalign G7 (launched in October 2016).SmartStage Technology.


Invisalign Teen with mandibular advancement (launched in March 2017) is the firstSmartTrack. SmartTrack clear aligner solution for Class II correction in growing tween and teen patients. This new offering combines the benefits of our clear aligner system with features for moving the lower jaw forward while simultaneously aligning the teeth. Invisalign with mandibular advancement offers a simpler, more efficient and patient-friendly treatment option than functional appliances and without the need for elastics typically used to treat teen Class II patients. Invisalign Teen with mandibular advancement is available is most country markets; however, it is pending 510(k) clearance in the U.S. and is not yet available for use.

SmartTrack Aligner Material

SmartTrackmaterial is a patented, custom-engineered Invisalign clear aligner material that delivers gentle, more constant force considered ideal for orthodontic tooth movements. Conventional aligner materials relax and lose a substantial percentpercentage of energythe force applied in the initial days of aligner wear, butwear. SmartTrack material maintains more constant force over the period of time the patient wears the aligners.time. The flexible SmartTrack material also more precisely conforms to tooth morphology, attachments and interproximal spaces to improve control of tooth movement throughout treatment.


ScannerSmartForce. SmartForce attachments are small tooth-colored shapes that are attached to teeth before or during Invisalign treatment. Invisalign clear aligners fit smoothly and tightly around the attachments and give the aligners something to gently push on. SmartForce attachments make complex tooth movements possible without braces by helping clear aligners apply the right amount of force in the right direction.

SmartStage Technology. SmartStage is an advanced algorithm that determines the optimal path of tooth movement and the shape of the aligner at every stage of an Invisalign treatment. The programming determines tooth movement in a certain sequence, at the right time to achieve optimal outcomes with greater predictability and fewer undesirable interferences.

Systems and Services Segment


Intraoral scanning is an emerginga rapidly evolving technology that we believe will haveis having a substantial impact on the futurepractice of dentistry. By enabling the dental practitioner to create a 3D image of thea patient's teeth (digital scan) using a handheld intraoral scanner, inside the mouth, digital scanning is faster, more efficient, and precise and more comfortable for patients. Beginning patient care with the early usage of our iTero intraoral scanners and combining the results with digital workflows designed to assist doctors and patients comparedvisualize and evaluate various treatment options with detailed imagery and CAD/CAM solutions is helping patients decide to the mess, discomfortundergo treatment and subjective natureimprove treatment outcomes and satisfaction. The accuracy of taking physical impressions. The digitally scanned model is more accurate than a physical impression andmodels substantially reduces the rate of restoration "remakes" so"remakes," meaning patients are recalled less often and the appointment time for the restoration is shorter because of fewer adjustments, which results in greaterincreasing overall patient satisfaction. TheDigital models also reduce the carbon footprint associated with the shipping of the materials used to create PVS impressions, the shipping of those impressions and their disposal.
8


Moreover, the digital model file can be used for various procedures and services including fabrication of physical dental models for use by labs to create restorative units such as veneers, inlays, onlays, crowns, bridges and implant abutments; digital records storage; aid to caries detection; orthodontic diagnosis; orthodontic retainers and appliances; and Invisalign digital impression submission.


iTero Scanner. The iTero Element™ portfolio of intraoral scanners includes the iTero Element™ 2, the iTero Element™ Flex, iTero Element™ 5D Imaging System and iTero Element™ Plus Series which are each available in select regions and countries. These products build on the existing high precision, full-color imaging and fast scan times of the iTero Element scanner (launched in September 2015) isportfolio and are available as a single hardware platform with software options for orthodontic and restorative or orthodontic procedures. We market and sell the iTero Element in North America and in select international markets. The iTero scanner is interoperable with our Invisalign treatmentSystem such that a full arch or full mouth digital scan can be submitted as part of the Invisalign caseSystem prescription order submission process. In addition,

Our iTero Element 5D Imaging System is the first integrated dental imaging system that simultaneously records 3D, intraoral color camera images, near infrared imaging (“NIRI”) technology and enables comparison over time using the iTero™ TimeLapse technology. NIRI technology, included in our iTero Element 5D and 5D Plus Imaging Systems, aids in detection and monitoring of interproximal caries lesions above the gingiva without using harmful radiation. The iTero Element 5D Imaging System is available in the U.S., Canada, China, and the majority of EMEA and select APAC and LATAM countries and is pending regulatory approval in others. We received 510(k) clearance in the U.S. for the caries detection feature of the iTero Element 5D in 2020. The iTero Element Plus Series of intraoral scanners and imaging systems offers restorative and orthodontic digital workflows that include enhanced visualization for optimized patient experience, including a fully integrated 3D intraoral camera in certain models, seamless scanning with reduced processing time, artificial intelligence-based features, and, in certain models, NIRI technology.

Our iTero Element scanners are offered in a number of software configurations such as Ortho Comprehensive, Restorative Comprehensive and Restorative Foundation. These software packages are included in the price of the scanner and have a service period of 1 to 5 years. They enable various orthodontic and restorative workflows as well as provide other applications, including Invisalign Outcome Simulator, and Invisalign Case Assessment tool, are exclusive to theInvisalign Progress Assessment tool, and iTero scanner. Prior to the launch ofTimeLapse technology. Our iTero Element, we sold the iTero 2.9 scanner.

Restorative software for iTero. Software designed for GPs, prosthodontists, periodontists, and oral surgeons which includes restorative workflows providing them with the ability to send digital impressions to the lab of choice and communicate seamlessly with external treatment planning, custom implant abutment, chairside milling, and laboratory CAD/CAM systems.

Orthodontic software for iTero. Softwareis designed for orthodontists for digital records storage, orthodontic diagnosis, and for the fabrication of printed models and retainers.



CAD/CAM Services

iTero ModelsOur Restorative software is designed for GPs, prosthodontists, periodontists and Dies. An accurate physical modeloral surgeons and dies are manufactured based onincludes restorative workflows providing the ability to send digital scan and sentimpressions to the laboratorylab of the dentist’stheir choice for completion of the needed restoration. The laboratory also has the option to export the digital file for immediate production of coping and full-contour restorations on theircommunicate seamlessly with external treatment planning, custom implant abutment, chairside milling and laboratory CAD/CAM systems. The laboratory conducts then completes the ceramic buildup or staining and glazing and delivers the end result - a precisely fitting restoration. iTero prosthetics have a near-zero remake rate.systems such as through our exocad Connector.


OrthoCAD iCast. iCast provides a digital alternative to traditional stone cast models which allows for simplified storage and digital record retrieval. The iCast digital model contains a full American Board of Orthodontics ("ABO") base and is available from an iTero scan or from a traditional alginate impression.

OrthoCAD iRecord. iRecord scans provide a digital alternative to traditional stone cast models which allows for simplified storage and digital record retrieval. iRecord scan data may also be exported to orthodontic laboratories for the fabrication of retainers, orthodontic appliances, and hard model fabrication.

Third Party Scanners and Digital scans for Invisalign treatment submission. We support an open systems approach to digital scans and other intraoral scanning companies interested in qualifying their scanners to submit a digital impression in place of a traditional PVS impression as part of the Invisalign case submission process. We have qualified third party scanners for digital scan submission including 3M™ True Definition scanner, the Sirona CEREC Omnicam scanner and certain 3Shape TRIOS scanners. Information regarding legal proceedings associated with the scanner may be found in Item 3 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the heading “Legal Proceedings.”

iTero Applications and Tools

InvisalignInvisalign® Outcome Simulator. The Invisalign Outcome Simulator is an exclusive chair-side and cloud-based application for the iTero scanner that allows doctors to help patients visualize how their teeth may look at the end of Invisalign treatmenttreatment. This is achieved through a dual view layout that shows a prospective patient an image of his/hertheir own current dentition next to his/hera simulated final position after Invisalign treatment.


Invisalign 3DInvisalign® Progress Assessment tool. Tool. The Invisalign Progress Assessment tool provides the ability to compare a patient’s new scan with a specific stage of their ClinCheckClinCheck® treatment plan, allowing doctors to visually assess and communicate Invisalign treatment progress with an easy to read,easy-to-read, color-coded, tooth movement report that allows the doctor to know how each tooth is tracking.report.


TimeLapse. iTero® TimeLapse Technology. Our iTero® TimeLapse technology allows doctors or practitioners to compare a patient’s historic 3D scans to thea present-day scan, enabling clinicians to identify and measure orthodontic movement, tooth wear, and gingival recession. This highlights areas of diagnostic interest to dental professionals and helps foster a proactive conversation with the patient regarding potential restorative or orthodontic solutions.


CAD/CAM Services. Our iTero Element scanner includes the Invisalign Outcome Simulator, Invisalign 3D Assessment toolexocad CAD/CAM software platform addresses restorative needs in an end-to-end digital platform workflow to facilitate ortho-restorative and Timelapse as well as the orthodonticcomprehensive dentistry. The platform provides doctors and dental labs with digital clinical solutions that aid GPs and dental labs in planning and delivering restorative dental treatments, adding restorative functionality to our comprehensive digital platform to deliver digital ortho-restorative workflows and interdisciplinary dentistry. Our exocad software and/or restorative software. The orthodontic or restorative software may also be purchased subsequently for an upgrade fee. Additional applications such as the Invisalign Outcome Simulator are not available for saleis licensed and sold separately.


Other proprietary software mentioned in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, such as software embedded in our iTero scanners, ClinCheck and ClinCheck Pro software, the Invisalign Doctor Site,and enhanced feature solutions such as Invisalign G7 areenhancements included as part of the Invisalign System and are not sold separately, nor do they contribute as individual items to revenue.revenues.


9


Business Strategy


Our goal is to give patients of all ages access to the smiles they want and deserve. Our smile-changing technology and innovations are designed to meet the demands of today’s patients with convenient, comfortable, and affordable treatment options, that are convenient, comfortable, affordable, while helping to improveimproving overall oral health. We strive to help our doctors and lab technicians move their practicesbusinesses forward by connecting them with new patients, providing digital solutions to helpthat increase practiceoperational speed and efficiency and helpingprovide solutions that allow them to deliver the best possibleexceptional treatment outcomes and experiences to millions of people around the world.

We achieve this by continued focusfocusing on and execution ofexecuting to our strategic growth drivers:



International Expansion. We continue increasing our presence globally by making our products available in more countries to more customers. We continue expansion of our sales and marketing by reaching into new countries and regions, including new areas within Africa and Latin America. By the end of 2022, we were selling directly or through authorized distributors in more than 100 countries. As our business continues to grow in both number of new Invisalign trained doctors and customer utilization, we support that growth through targeted investments such as clinical support, product improvements, technological innovations, clinical education and advertising. In addition, we are scaling and expanding our operations and facilities to better support the growing numbers of global customers. In 2022, with the opening of our third clear aligner fabrication facility Wroclaw, Poland, we now have a manufacturing facility in each of our regions: Americas (Mexico), APAC (China), and EMEA (Poland).Each of these three facilities represents a “hub” and together these three hubs form the foundation of our “Regional Hub Model”, which will continue to evolve as we consider additional locations to improve coverage and service for any potential future markets.We also perform digital treatment planning and interpretation for restorative cases worldwide, including in Costa Rica, China, Germany, Spain, Poland, and Japan, among others. By establishing and expanding our key operational activities in locations closer to our customers, we are creating an infrastructure that allows us to be responsive to local and regional needs, while providing global operational flexibility and scale needed for variations in global and regional demand. We expect to continue expanding our business in 2023 by investing in resources, infrastructure and initiatives that help drive Invisalign treatment growth, our intraoral scanners as the preferred scanning technology for digital dental scans, and our exocad CAD/CAM software as the solution of choice for dental labs in existing and new international markets.

1.
International Expansion. In order to provide the millions of consumers access to a better smile, we continue increasing our presence globally by making our products available in more countries. We expect to continue to grow and expand our business by investing in resources, infrastructure, and initiatives that will drive Invisalign treatment growth in our current and new international markets. As our core countries within the EMEA and APAC regions continue to grow in both number of new Invisalign providers and customer utilization, we strive to make sure we can support that growth through investments such as headcount, clinical support, education and advertising. We have transitioned most of our indirect smaller country markets to a direct sales model, and, while we do not expect a material impact from these countries for some time, in the near term, we will leverage our existing infrastructure in adjacent country markets as we build local sales organizations to drive long-term market penetration. In addition, we are scaling and expanding our operations and facilities to better support our customers across the globe. In 2017, we opened new treatment planning facilities in Chengdu, China and Cologne, Germany to support our customers within these regions.

2.
Orthodontist Utilization. We continue to innovate and increase the product applicability and predictability to address a wide range of cases, from simple to complex, thereby enabling providers to confidently treat teenagers and adults with the Invisalign System. Over the last several years, we launched clinical innovations such as Invisalign G6 and Invisalign G7. In March 2017, we launched Invisalign with mandibular advancement, the first clear aligner solution for Class II correction in growing tween and teen patients. This new offering combines the benefits of the most advanced clear aligner system in the world with features for moving the lower jaw forward while simultaneously aligning the teeth. Approximately 30% to 45% of teen cases need Class II correction. Invisalign with mandibular advancement was launched in Canada, EMEA and APAC. It is pending 510(k) approval in the U.S. and therefore not currently available in the U.S. We also continue to make improvements to our Invisalign treatment software, ClinCheck Pro, designed to deliver an exceptional user experience and increase treatment control to help our doctors achieve their treatment goals.

3.
GP Dentist Treat & Refer. We want to enable GPs, who have access to a large patient base, to more easily identify Invisalign cases they can treat, monitor patient progress or, if needed, help refer cases to an orthodontist while providing high-quality restorative, orthodontic, and dental hygiene care. The iTero scanner is an important component to that customer experience and is central to a digital approach as well as overall customer utilization of Invisalign treatment. The iTero scanner is optimized for Invisalign treatment with the Invisalign Outcome Simulator and Progress Assessment tool. In June 2017, we launched TimeLapse technology that allows doctors or practitioners to compare a patient’s 3D historic scans to the present-day scan, enabling clinicians to identify and measure orthodontic movement, tooth wear, and gingival recession. This highlights areas of diagnostic interest to dental professionals and helps foster a proactive conversation with the patient regarding potential restorative or orthodontic solutions. We also signed a distribution agreement with Patterson Dental for the iTero Element intraoral scanning system in the U.S. and Canada effective September 2017. Lastly, as part of expanding restorative workflows for iTero, in Q4 2017, we signed a distribution agreement with Glidewell Dental for the iTero Element scanner in North America with glidewell.ioTM In-Office Solution, a chairside restorative ecosystem designed to simplify the process of prescribing and delivering laboratory-quality dental restorations.

4.
Patient Demand & Conversion. Our goal is to make Invisalign a highly recognized name brand worldwide by creating awareness for Invisalign treatment among consumers, motivating potential patients to seek Invisalign treatment and reaching more consumers. We accomplish this objective through an integrated consumer marketing strategy that includes television, media, social networking and event marketing as well as educating patients on treatment options and directing them to high volume Invisalign providers. In January 2017, we launched a new Smile Concierge program with the objective to help more U.S. consumers start Invisalign treatment and improve their overall experience by shortening their research cycles and utilizing consumer insights to help our doctors better engage with consumers. Our Smile Concierge program educates consumers on the benefits of Invisalign treatment, answers their questions, and helps them schedule an appointment with an Invisalign provider. In addition, as an extension of our direct-to-consumer channel and building on the Smile Concierge program, we opened our first Invisalign store pilot program in November 2017 aimed at connecting potential patients directly to doctors for Invisalign treatment by educating consumers on how Invisalign works, showing them a scan-driven simulation of how they might look with straighter teeth, and offering to connect interested consumers with an Invisalign doctor of their choice should they decide to pursue treatment (Refer to Note 4 "Equity Method Investments" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a communication received from SDC on Invisalign store pilot program).




Supply AgreementGP Adoption. We want to enable GPs, who have the potential to treat the general population, to more easily identify potential cases they can treat with SmileDirectClub, LLC

On July 28, 2016,the Invisalign System, monitor patient progress or, if needed, help refer cases to an orthodontist while providing high-quality restorative, orthodontic and dental hygiene care. We believe success with GPs can be achieved through doctor training and clinical education, by offering digital tools such as the iTero scanner and products like Invisalign Go™ treatment that address the distinctive needs of GP patients, all delivered by sales and marketing personnel specifically focused on the unique needs of this customer category. We encourage GPs to scan every patient with intraoral scanners that are without harmful radiation as a means to diagnose and treat patients over time and as an opportunity to drive future demand for their services and the Invisalign System. In October 2021, the findings of a clinical study we announced a supply agreement with SmileDirectClub, LLC to manufacture non-Invisalign clear aligners for SDC’s doctor-led, at-home program for affordable, cosmetic teeth straightening. The agreement brings our manufacturingsponsored were published in the peer-reviewed Journal of Dentistry were validated and production expertise to a new and growing segmentdemonstrated that the NIRI technology of the adultiTero Element 5D imaging system was 66% more sensitive than bitewing x-ray radiography for detection of interproximal lesions, without the use of harmful radiation, which supports our belief in the benefits of using iTero scanners.

Patient Demand & Conversion. Our goal is to make the Invisalign brand a highly recognized name brand worldwide by creating awareness for Invisalign treatment market, one that provides new treatment choices toamong consumers and motivating the potential 500 million patients who can benefit from treatment of malocclusion to seek treatment using the Invisalign System. We accomplish this through an integrated consumer marketing strategy that includes television, media, social networking and event marketing and strategic alliances with professional sports teams, as well as educating patients on treatment options and directing them to high volume Invisalign trained doctors. To further drive consumer awareness, in 2022, we continued to offer additional dental-related Invisalign Accessory Products under the Invisalign brand name available in certain e-commerce channels in the U.S.

Orthodontist Utilization. We continue to innovate and increase product applicability and predictability to address a wide range of cases, from simple to complex, thereby enabling doctors to confidently diagnose and treat children and adults with the Invisalign System. This is especially important to treating teenage patients who make up the largest portion of the 21 million annual orthodontic case starts each year. We also continue to make improvements to our Invisalign treatment software, ClinCheck Pro software, designed to deliver an exceptional user experience and increase treatment control to help doctors achieve their treatment goals. In combination with the new business opportunities to Invisalign providers.

Beginning October 2016, we became SDC’s exclusive third-party supplier for its minor tooth movement aligner program. Specifically, we provide a case setup through SDC’s SmileCheck viewer portal and upon review and approval by a participating licensed orthodontist or general dentist in SDC’s network, we manufacture clear aligners and ship them directly to SDC. WhileSystem innovations that are part of the Align digital platform, we are SDC's only third-party supplier, SDC also manufactures someenhancing the digital treatment planning experience for orthodontics by providing doctors with greater flexibility, consistency of their own aligners.treatment preferences and real-time treatment plan access and modification capabilities.

10


SDC aligners include up to 20 stages without attachments or IPR. We manufacture the aligners per SDC’s specifications for minor tooth movement using EX-30. Align does not market or sell SDC products.

In addition, under the agreement, Align and SDC created a new Invisalign doctor referral program similar to the Invisalign Doctor Locator, that systematically refers a portion of case assessments that are too complex for their minor tooth movement product, to Invisalign providers in the patient’s local area. The goal of the agreement is to help expand the market and opportunity for our Invisalign doctors, while supporting SDC’s efforts to provide consumers with access to more choices in treating simple cases from the convenience of their own home. The Invisalign brand and system of clear aligners continue to be available exclusively for in office treatment with Invisalign-trained orthodontists and general dentists.


Manufacturing and Suppliers


OurWe have three manufacturing facilities for clear aligners, which are located in Juarez, Mexico, where we conduct our aligner fabrication, distributedistribution, and repaircertain services for the Americas market, Ziyang, China, where we fabricate aligners for China and other APAC markets and Wroclaw Poland, where we fabricate aligners for EMEA markets. We have designed this Regional Hub Model to primarily cater to our scannersrespective market areas, enable us to better serve our global customer base by being closer to our doctor customers and perform our CAD/CAM services, anddrive efficiencies in Or Yehuda, Israel where wethe business. We produce our handheld intraoral scanner wand, perform final scanner assembly and perform the final assembly ofrepair our iTero scanner. Our Invisalignscanners at our facilities in Ziyang, China and Petah Tikva, Israel and service and repair certain scanners in Juarez, Mexico.

We also perform digital treatment planning and interpretation for iTero restorative cases are conducted primarily atbased on digital scans generated by our facility located in San Jose, Costa Rica; however, in 2017, we opened newiTero intraoral scanners. Our digital treatment planning facilities are located worldwide, including in Chengdu,Costa Rica, China, Germany, Spain, Poland and Cologne, Germany to support our customers within these regions. Information regarding risks associated with our manufacturing process and foreign operations may be found in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the heading “Risk Factors.”Japan, among other international locations.


Our quality system is required to be in compliance with the Quality System regulations enforced by the FDA, and similar regulations enforced by other worldwide regulatory authorities. We are certified to EN ISO 13485:2003,2016, an internationally recognized standard for medical device manufacturing.quality. We are routinely audited by third party certification bodies as well as global health authorities for our compliance to this quality standard as well as international regulations. We have a formal, documented quality system by which quality objectives are defined, understood and achieved. Systems, processes and procedures are implemented to ensure high levels of product and service quality. We monitor the effectiveness of the quality system based on internal data and direct customer feedback and strive to continually improve our systems and processes, taking corrective action, as needed.


Since the mass-customized treatment planning and manufacturing processprocesses of our products requires substantial and varied technical expertise, we believe that our manufacturing capacity and capabilities are important to our success. In order to produce our highly customized, highly precise,highly-customized, highly-precise, medical quality products in volume, we have developed a number of proprietary processes and technologies. These technologies include complex software algorithms and solutions, including artificial intelligence and machine-learning based CAD/CAM software, Vision systems, CT scanning, stereolithography and automated custom aligner fabrication.fabrication equipment. To increase the efficiency and yield of our manufacturing processes, we continue to focus our efforts on software development, equipment development and the improvement of rate-limiting processes or bottlenecks. We continuously upgrade our proprietary, three-dimensional treatment planning software to enhance computer analysis of treatment data and to reduce time spent on manual and judgmental tasks for each case, thereby increasing the efficiency of our technicians. In addition, to improve efficiency and increase the scale of our operations, we continue to invest in the development of automated systems for the fabrication and packaging of aligners.


In addition, predictable and consistent production is essential to our commitment to timely deliver products to our customers efficiently and profitably. Our production can be disrupted by such things as supply chain issues, production manufacturing software system issues and production equipment downtime. Accordingly, as we have grown our operations, we have included flexibility and resiliency in our overall manufacturing design to mitigate the risks of production downtime. Our manufacturing facilities include backup generators and systems and each facility has an emergency response plan that is part of ongoing employee training and testing through recurring cross functional scenario-based simulation exercises. Likewise, the Regional Hub Model provides us with greater flexibility and capacity to redirect production to one or more of our production facilities as needed.

As part of our manufacturing resiliency design efforts, we have also considered climate change, climate-related risks - higher average global temperatures, rising sea levels and more frequent and severe wildfires, hurricanes, floods, winter storms, heat waves and other events and natural disasters (collectively, “climate-related risks”). We view climate-related risks to be one of many operational challenges we face, and factor them into our business continuity planning and strategic risk mitigation efforts.

For instance, our manufacturing plants and operations may be impacted by extreme temperatures and weather, subjecting us to potential brownouts and blackouts, increased energy costs and capital investments needed to maintain ideal operating temperatures. Our manufacturing facility in Juarez, Mexico is located in an area classified as high-water stress and our operations could be impacted by water shortages, rationing and droughts. Our California, Costa Rica, Mexico and North Carolina operations are located in areas that have historically been impacted by extreme weather events such as hurricanes, tornados, wildfires or flooding.

In part to help mitigate risks to our manufacturing operations, we have strategically located our clear aligner production facilities in three facilities on different continents. This allows us to both respond more quickly to customer demand while also
11


offering redundancy in the event natural disasters or climate-related events affect operations at one or more facilities. Moreover, each of our three key clear aligner manufacturing facilities are located at elevations less likely to be impacted by rising sea levels and at least two hundred miles inland.

Moreover, we are highly dependent on manufacturers of specialized scanning equipment, rapid prototyping machines, resin and other advanced materials for our aligners, as well as the optics, electronic and other mechanical components of our intraoral scanners. We maintain single supplysupplier relationships for many of these machines and materials technologies. In particular, our CT scanning and stereolithography equipment used in our aligner manufacturing and many of the critical components for the optics of our intraoral scanners are provided by single or sole source suppliers. We are also committed to purchasing all ofcurrently purchase our resin and polymer, the primary raw materials used in our manufacturing process for clear aligners, from a single source. The need to replace oneA discussion of the risks of our single source suppliers could cause a disruptionsupply and manufacturing operations, including foreign operations, may be found in our ability to timely deliver certainItem 1A of our products or increase costs. See Item 1A Risk Factors — “We maintain single supply relationships for certain of our key machines and materials technologies, and our business andoperating results could be harmed if supply is restricted or ends orthis Annual Report on Form 10-K under the price of raw materials used in our manufacturing process increases.”heading "Risk Factors."




Sales and Marketing


Our sales and marketing efforts are focused primarily on increasing adoption and utilization of the Invisalign System and continuing to increase adoption and utilizationVivera retainers by orthodontists and GPs worldwide.worldwide and integrating the iTero scanner and services and exocad CAD/CAM products into dental labs and practices. The iTero scanner is an important component to the customer experience and is central to a digital approach as well as overall customer utilization of Invisalign clear aligners. In North America, Europe, certain Asia Pacific country markets, and, more recently in Brazil and certain countries in the Middle East and Africa,each region, we have direct sales, marketing and support organizations, which includesinclude quota carrying sales representatives, sales management and sales administration. We also have distribution partners that sell the Invisalign System in smaller non-core international countrycertain markets. Our sales and marketing personnel are organized primarily to support orthodontists and GPs separately, allowing highly trained and specialized personnel to serve each customer channel, thereby increasing our focus and effectiveness on both. We continuedcontinue to expand in our existing markets through targeted investments in sales resources, professional marketing and education programs, along withprograms. Additionally, our consumer marketing in select country markets.programs are designed to create awareness and educate consumers on the benefits of Invisalign treatment and Vivera retainers, including where they can find a trained doctor to provide treatment.
For the iTero scanner, we have a small team of direct sales representatives and a few distributors in North America who leverage leads generated by our Invisalign sales and marketing resources, including customer events and industry trade-shows. We sell the iTero scanner in select country markets internationally and will expand to additional markets over time to grow the scanner business.


We provide training, marketing and clinical support to orthodontists and GPs. As of December 31, 2017,2022, we had approximately 64,400124,500 active Invisalign providers.trained doctors. We define doctors as active if they have submitted at least one Invisalign case in the prior 12-month period.


Research and Development


We are committed to investing in world-class digital technology development, which we believe is critical to achieving our goal of establishing the Invisalign System as the standard method for treating malocclusion, and our intraoral scanning platformscanners as the preferred scanning protocoltechnology for digital scans. Our researchdental scans, and development expenses were $97.6 million, $75.7 million and $61.2 millionour exocad CAD/CAM software as the solution of choice for the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.dental labs.


Our research and development activities are directed toward developing thedigital technology innovations that we believe will deliver our next generation of products and platforms.solutions to enable the Align Digital Platform. These activities range from accelerating product and clinical innovation to developing manufacturing process improvements to researching future technologies, products and products.software.


In an effort to demonstrate Invisalign’sthe broad treatment capabilities of the Invisalign System, various clinical case studies and articles have been published that highlight the clinical applicability of Invisalign treatment to malocclusion cases, including those of severe complexity. Similarly, various studies have also been published demonstrating the capabilities of our scanners, including advanced features such as our NIRI technology. We undertake pre-commercialization trials and testing of our technological improvements to the productour products and manufacturing process. We furthermore fund research in the field of orthodontics and dentistry through initiatives such as our Annual Research Award Program, which was in its 13th year in 2022, our donations to the American Association of Orthodontists Foundation and our partnership with MedTech Innovator Asia Pacific, a nonprofit startup accelerator for the medical technology industry that connects healthcare industry leaders with innovative medical technology startups for mentorship and support.


Intellectual Property


We believe our intellectual property positionportfolio represents a substantial business advantage. As of December 31, 2017,2022, we had 420739 active U.S. patents, 456831 active foreign patents, and 416813 pending global patent applications.

We continue to pursue further intellectual property protection through U.S. and foreign patent applications and non-disclosure agreements. Certain of our issued U.S. patents expired in 2017. In addition, corresponding foreign patents will start to expire in 2018. Our active U.S. patents expire between 20182023 and 2035.2041. When patents expire, we lose the protection and competitive advantages they provided, to us, which could negatively impact our operating results; however, as we continue to pursue furthernew innovations, we seek intellectual property protection for new inventions and know-how through U.S. and foreign patent applications and non-disclosure agreements. We
12


also seek to protect our software, documentation and other written materials under trade secret and copyright laws. We cannot be certainfurthermore have a broad and diverse trademark portfolio that patents will be issued as a result of any patent application or that patents that have been issuedwe use to us or that may be issued in the future will be found to be validhighlight and enforceable and sufficient to protect our technology or products. Our intellectual property rights may not be successfully asserted in the future or may be invalidated, circumvented or challenged. In addition, the laws of various foreign countries do not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as U.S. laws. Our inability to protect our proprietary information could harm our business.universally recognized brands. Information regarding risks associated with failing to protect our proprietary technology and our intellectual property rights may be found in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the heading “Risk Factors.”




Seasonal Fluctuations


General economic conditions impact our business and financial results, and we experiencehave historically experienced seasonal trends within our two operating segments, customer channels and the geographic locations that we serve. For example, European salesSales of the Invisalign treatmentssystem are often weaker in Europe, especially southern European countries during the summer months due to our customers and their patients being on holiday.holiday and seasonally higher in China during the third quarter. Similarly, other international holidays like Lunar New Year can impact our sales in APAC. In North America, summer is typically the busiest season for orthodontists with practices that have a high percentage of adolescent and teenage patients as many parents want to get their teenagers started in treatment before the start of the school year; however, many GPs are on vacation during this time and therefore tend to start fewer cases. For our ScannerSystems and Services segment, capital equipment sales are often stronger in the fourth calendar quarter. Consequently, these seasonal trends have caused and may continue to cause fluctuations in our quarterly results, including fluctuations in sequential revenue growth rates.

Backlog

All Invisalign treatments are individually unique and prescribed by a doctor so, no two cases are alike. The period from which a treatment data package (or a "case”) is received until the acceptance of the digital ClinCheck treatment plan is dependent on the dental professional’s discretion to modify, accept or cancel the treatment plan. Therefore, we consider the case a firm order to manufacture aligners once the dental professional has approved the ClinCheck treatment plan. Our Invisalign backlog consists of ClinCheck treatment plans that However, our typical seasonal patterns have been accepted but not yet shipped. Because aligners are shipped shortly after the ClinCheck treatment plan has been accepted, we believe that backlog is not a good indicator of future Invisalign revenues. Our quarterly Invisalign revenues can be impacted by macroeconomic uncertainty including significant changes in foreign exchange rates, the timingeffects of COVID-19 , the ClinCheck treatment plan acceptancesmilitary conflict between Russia and our abilityUkraine and other macroeconomic challenges, and it remains unclear when or if they will return to ship those cases in the same quarter. We define our intraoral scanner backlog as orders where credit and financing is approved and payment is reasonably assured but the scanner has not yet shipped. Our intraoral scanner backlog as of December 31, 2017 was not material.historical norms.


Competition


We operate in a highly competitive market and we encounter a wide variety of competitors, including larger companies or divisions of larger companies with substantial sales, marketing, research and financial capabilities. We also face competition from early stage companies. Although the number of competitors varies by segment, currently ourOur clear aligner products compete directly against traditional orthodontic treatments that use metal brackets and wires and increasingly against clear aligner products manufactured and distributed by various companies, both within and outside the U.S., including Danaher Corporation, Sirona Dental Systems, Inc., Dentsply International, Inc., 3M Company, Straumann Holding AG, 3Shape, Angel Align Although the number of competitors varies by segment, product, geography and other private competitors.customer, they include new and well-established regional competitors in certain foreign markets, as well as larger companies, divisions of larger companies or well-capitalized new entrants with substantial sales, marketing, research and financial capabilities. Competition in the clear aligner market continues to increase. In addition, corresponding foreign patents began expiring in 2018 which has increased competition outside the expirationU.S. These competitors include existing larger companies in certain markets who have the ability to leverage their existing channels in the dental market to compete directly with us, direct-to-consumer (“DTC”) companies that provide clear aligners requiring little or no in-office care from trained and licensed doctors themselves who can manufacture retainers and custom aligners for treatment of certainvery simple malocclusion in their offices using modern 3D printing technology. Unlike our DTC competitors, we are committed to doctors being at the core of key patents, which commencedour business strategy, and Invisalign treatment requires a doctor's prescription and an in-person physical examination of the patient’s dentition before treatment can begin.

Additionally, we face competition in 2017, may result in additional competition.the emerging and rapidly evolving markets for intraoral scanners and software solutions, including CAD/CAM. The global intraoral scanner market is very dynamic with participants spanning from traditional dental conglomerates to companies dedicated primarily to scanner development and sales with new entrants from South Korea and China playing larger roles. The iTero intraoral scanner competes with PVS impressions that doctors use for clear aligner therapy or other dental procedures, as well as other intraoral scanners. It also competes with traditional bite wing 2D dental x-rays for detecting interproximal caries. Information regarding risks associated with increased competition may be found in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the heading “Risk Factors.”

Key competitive factors include:
effectiveness of treatment;
price;
software features;
aesthetic appeal of the treatment method;
customer support;
customer online interface;
brand awareness;
innovation;
distribution network;
comfort associated with the treatment method;
oral hygiene;
ease of use; and
dental professionals’ chair time.


We believe we are well positioned to compete in the markets we target. We have a dedicated, highly skilled sales force of over 4,000 employees who are focused on key demographics in our target markets that allow us to uniquely address customer needs and thereby enhance the customer experience. Our significant historical and ongoing investments in research and development and design around the movement of teeth, SmartTrack aligner materials and design, intraoral scanning, 3D manufacturing, global scale of manufacturing and treatment planning, strong brand name recognition, and an in depth understanding of the drivers and motivations within the orthodontic and GP dental markets are among a few of our productskey competitive factors that compare favorably with our competitors’ products with respect to each of these factors.and services.




Government Regulation


In orderMany countries throughout the world have established regulatory frameworks for uscommercialization of medical devices. As a designer, manufacturer, and marketer of medical devices, we are obligated to market our products, we must obtain regulatory authorization and comply with extensive productthe respective frameworks of these countries to obtain and quality system regulations both within and outside the U.S. These regulations, including themaintain access to these global markets. The frameworks often define requirements for approvals or clearance and the time required for regulatory review,marketing authorizations which vary from country toby country. Failure to obtain regulatory approvalappropriate marketing authorization and to meet all local requirements, including languagespecific quality and specific safety standards in any country in which we currently market or plan to market our products, could prevent us from marketing products in such countries cause commercial disruption and/or subject us to sanctions and fines. The approval by government authorities is unpredictable and uncertain and may not be granted on a timely basis, if at all. Delays in receipt of, or a failure to receive, such approvals or clearances,marketing
13


authorizations, or the loss of any previously received approvals or clearances,authorizations, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.


CertainWith regards to premarket authorization in the U.S., many of our products are classified as medical devices under the United StatesU.S. Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the “FD&CA”(“FD&C Act”). The FD&CA&C Act requires these products, when sold in the U.S., to be safe and effective for their intended use and to comply with themedical device regulations administereddefined by the FDA. Our products may also be regulated byThe regulatory framework depends on a set of written processes for ensuring consistent quality called a Quality Management System (“QMS”) coupled with a product marketing authorization which depends on the risk classification of the product. This regulatory framework is comparable agenciesto the framework established in non-U.S. countries in which they are produced or sold. In the European Union ("EU"(“EU”),. Within the EU, our products are subject to the medical devices laws of the various member states, which are based on a Directive of the European Commission which was updated in April 2017 torequirements defined by the Medical Device Regulation. Such laws generally regulateRegulation EU 2017/745 which replaced the safetyMedical Device Directive 93/42/EEC with a final transition date of the productsMay 26, 2021. Similar market access regulations exist in a similar way to the FDABrazil, China, Japan and other countries. Our QMS is routinely audited by certification bodies as well as country regulators for compliance with applicable regulations.

We believe we are in compliance with all FDA,state, federal, and state laws and international regulatory requirements that are applicable to our products and manufacturing operations.products.


We are also subject to various laws insidearound the world that govern interactions with our customers as healthcare professionals or government officials. The laws govern different interactions and outside the U.S. concerning our relationships withmay include: prohibiting improper influence of or payments to healthcare professionals and government officials,officials; setting out rules for when and how to engage healthcare professionals as our vendors; requiring price reporting and regulation,regulations; requiring marketing of our products within the regulatory approval (e.g., on label) promotion, salessale and marketing of our products and services,services; the importationimporting and exportationexporting of our products,products; the operation of our facilities and distribution of our products.products; and disclosure of payments to healthcare professionals and entities. As a global company, we are subjectexpand our operations footprint, countries to varying degrees of government regulation in the various countries in which we dosell and invest in new business models, compliance with applicable laws becomes more complex and the general trend is toward increasingly stringent oversight and enforcement.

Initiatives sponsored by government agencies, legislative bodies, and the private sector to limit the growth of healthcare expenses generally are ongoing in markets where we do business. It is not possible to predict at this time the long-term impact of such cost containment measures on our future business.


Our customers are healthcare providers that may be reimbursed by state or federal funded programs such as Medicaid, or a foreign national healthcare program, or private pay insurance, each of which may offer some degree of oversight. As we expand our customer base and product offering, it is increasingly possible that there will be new opportunities to seek reimbursement from public and private payors for services that include our products, and additional laws or regulatory enforcement requirements may apply now or in the future. Also, as a medical device manufacturer and seller, we are subject to transparency reporting laws (also known as sunshine laws) that in certain countries and U.S. States require us to report transfers of value to healthcare professionals that perform services or receive other items from us (e.g., meals, travel, branded promotional or educational items, or other benefits of value). Many government agencies, both domestic and foreign, have increased their mining of this data and have used this data to drive enforcement activities with respect to healthcare providers and companies in recent years. Enforcement actions and associated defenseefforts to respond or defend against such actions can be expensive, and any resulting findings carry the risk of significant civil and criminal penalties.


In addition, we must comply with numerous data protection requirementsand data governance laws that span from individual state and national lawsnow do or soon will regulate or restrict cross border data transfers, such as in the EU, Switzerland, U.S. to multinational requirements in the EU.Federal and States, Brazil, China, Japan, Korea, and other countries. In the U.S., we may be required to comply with final regulations implementing amendments to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”) became effectiveand the associated HIPAA Security Rule, and are in the latter part of 2013same position as other companies working to ensure compliance with the HIPAA Omnibus Rule.new State Privacy laws coming into effect in 2023, such as California, Virginia, Colorado and Connecticut. In the EU, Alignwe must comply with the General Data Protection Regulation, (“GDPR”), which serves as a harmonization of European data-privacy laws. The GDPR goes into effect May 25, 2018. Meanwhile,law and the Asia Pacific region hasSwiss Federal Act on Data Protection, where we have our EMEA headquarters. In LATAM markets, we must comply with Brazil's Lei Geral de Proteção de Dados.

We also seen rapid developmenthave cybersecurity policies to protect confidential personal information and confidential company information. We have internal monitoring and detection systems to safeguard against cyber attacks. We have implemented a security awareness and phishing program to educate our users about the importance of cybersecurity. We evaluate products to ensure compliance with cybersecurity regulations. We have established a business resiliency program and perform regular backups of our critical IT systems to protect against business interruption. In addition, we periodically scan our external environment for vulnerabilities, perform annual external penetration tests and engage an independent third party to assess effectiveness of our security practices for critical IT systems. We also have cybersecurity and other forms of insurance coverage related to a breach event covering expenses for notification, credit monitoring, investigation, crisis management, public relations and legal advice.

Information regarding risks associated with data security and privacy laws, includingmay be found in China, South Korea, Singapore, Hong Kong, and Australia. Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the heading “Risk Factors.”

14


Human Capital

We believe our culture and commitment to employees provide unique value that benefits Align, its stockholders and the communities and other stakeholders we have designed our productserve. Every employee, and service offerings to be compliant with the requirements of applicable data protection laws and regulations. Maintaining systems that are compliant with these laws and regulationsevery job, is costly and could require complex changes in the way we do business or provide servicesimportant to our customerssuccess and their patients. Additionally,helps us achieve our success may be dependent onpurpose of transforming smiles and changing lives. Align is committed to building a workforce of diverse cultural backgrounds and life experiences. Fostering a culture of dignity, integrity, open dialogue, open-mindedness, compassion, fairness, recognition, and shared goals allows us to attract and retain the best talent, which has ultimately led to the growth and success of healthcare providers in managing data protection requirements.our company.

Employees


As of December 31, 2017,2022, we had approximately 8,71523,165 employees, an increase of approximately 3% and 28% over December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, respectively. The number of employees for each of the last five years and our employees’ roles as of December 31, 2022 are as follows:

algn-20221231_g5.jpgalgn-20221231_g6.jpg

We are a global organization with the majority of our employees in direct-labor roles in our manufacturing and clinical treatment planning facilities. Set forth in the following paragraphs are some of the most important elements of our culture and commitment to our employees.

Governance. Our commitment to improving the lives of our employees and the communities in which we live and work, including conducting our business ethically, responsibly and transparently through open and clear disclosures that allow us and others to hold us accountable, begins with our Board of Directors (“Board”) and management team. They set the tone for our organization by establishing and clearly communicating our core values of Agility, Customer and Accountability that inform our culture. Our Global Code of Conduct (“Code”) and quality policies are designed to enable us to operate with integrity and deliver superior treatment outcomes and experiences to patients. We seek to create an environment that values the health, safety and well-being of our teams, and we work to equip them with the knowledge and skills to serve our business and develop in their careers. We believe that by effectively managing our business with these values as the foundation, we will drive long-term value for our stockholders and all stakeholders.

As part of our Board’s commitment to our environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) efforts, the Board previously delegated ESG oversight responsibility to our Nominating and Governance Committee. The evolution of our ESG programs was furthered in 2022 when our Board amended the charter of our Compensation Committee to specifically include oversight responsibilities of all human capital management strategies, programs and policies in addition to its oversight of diversity, equity and inclusion initiatives. In doing so, the Board deemed it important to rename the committee to the Compensation and Human Capital Committee in recognition of its additional human capital management oversight responsibilities.

The Compensation and Human Capital Committee regularly reviews and discusses key performance indicators regarding employee and human capital that allow it to more fully monitor trends involving issues such as our total headcount, recruiting, attrition, career development, diversity, compensation, benefits, and other measures of employee engagement and interest to management and the committee.

Diversity. Fostering diversity and encouraging inclusion and belonging in the workplace makes Align a more welcoming and enjoyable place to work. Our products and services are used broadly across age groups, gender identities, races, ethnicities, and cultures, so we aim to build a workforce that optimally reflects this diversity. We believe our success continues to be driven by our focus on integrating and welcoming employees of all different backgrounds, orientations, beliefs, perspectives and capabilities into our workforce. Our approximately 23,165 employees bring a positive mix of ethnic and culturally diverse backgrounds to the more than 40 different countries in which we operate.

15



algn-20221231_g7.jpg

Our management team is comprised of diverse individuals from varying countries and nationalities and who are committed to promoting and encouraging the health and well-being of our employees at work, at home and in society in general. We were selected by Untapped, a diversity recruiting platform, for having one of the Top Internship Programs of 2022. Untapped created a list of 75 top programs at companies that provide quality internship experiences, career advancement opportunities, an inclusive and diverse work environment, and significant growth potential. We were recognized for focus and dedication to diversity, equality, inclusion, and belonging.

Our work culture is designed to create financial, health, career and personal benefits for our employees and organization. We sponsor diverse and cultural recognition events to increase awareness of inclusion and diversity, including its importance in creating an environment where every employee can thrive.

We also sponsor employee resource groups based on shared characteristics or life experiences which are open to all employees, including 5,705those who do not directly identify with other members but are passionate in manufacturingsupporting the group's members in creating an educated, supportive and inclusive culture.

Talent Recruitment and Engagement. We employ a variety of career development, employee benefits, compensation and other policies and programs designed to attract, develop, and retain employees. We focus on building a talent pipeline that nurtures those early in their careers, encourages continuous learning and growth, and incentivizes employees to stay and contribute to our success over the long term. Our programs include early recruitment at high schools and universities, initiatives such as internships, co-ops, apprenticeships, and training programs, quarterly performance management check-ins focused on individual goals and commitment to values and conducting regular employee surveys to build trust and strengthen relationships.

Our efforts have resulted in numerous awards for our positive work environment and culture. In 2022 alone, we were recognized by:

Great Places to Work and Best Places to Work based on our employee-validated great workplaces in the following countries - Brazil, Costa Rica, Germany, India, Italy, Poland, Singapore, Taiwan, Thailand, Vietnam - as well as in Raleigh, North Carolina
100 Best Companies to Work for in Israel by CofaceBdi
Computerworld Best Place to Work in IT, based on its survey of organizations across the U.S. to identify those that provide the best benefits and amenities for IT professionals
AmCham Cares Distinction Award Recipient in Singapore based on our volunteer and fundraising campaigns

We believe it is imperative to provide a vibrant employee experience and we value our employees’ collective voices. Accordingly, we conduct employee surveys to collect employee feedback critical to improving our culture. The process serves as a wellness check for us as the surveys cover a broad variety of topics including engagement, inclusion, development, leadership, compliance, alignment and enablement. Our response rates to our annual surveys are consistently high, reflecting strong engagement by our global employees. In 2022, our global employee participation was 89% of eligible employees. We have used information learned from our surveys to improve the way our employees experience us. Examples of the improvements we have made as a result of employee feedback include the design of our hybrid return to office approach, increased career development training opportunities, and a pilot program that allows CAD designers to learn new skills that provide potential pathways to software and operations 1,830engineering, cybersecurity and quality/regulatory engineering.

Training and Professional Development. Training is an integral part of developing and retaining our employees and creating a culture of leadership within the Company.
16



Training at Align begins with our Code and our strong commitment to ethical business practices in salesall aspects of our operations. Every employee and marketingcontractor is required to review the Code and confirm they understand it. We routinely reference the Code in presentations and as part of everyday operations.

As a further part of our standard onboarding program, we train employees on important environmental health and safety topics to protect them and our environment as we operate our business. As a general practice, employees are trained to perform their jobs in accordance with any and all applicable statutory and regulatory requirements and that training is routinely re-administered, updated and refreshed.

At Align, we believe employees learn best when skills development is driven by the changing and immediate needs of our employees and where all employees are empowered to take action and ownership of their careers. We also believe learning should be relevant and actionable as well as rooted in our purpose and values. Align University Online enables our global employee population to access a diverse portfolio of approximately one thousand self-directed courses in up to 80 languages. We also offer a full suite of custom leadership development programs, beginning with aspiring leaders, continuing with managers and directors, and culminating with executive development opportunities. In 2022, we introduced Voyage, Align’s approach to career development encouraging employees to think differently about career growth by challenging them to be intentional in planning their development, learning from others, practicing reflection, and embracing a growth mindset. At the end of 2022, 65% of Align employees had completed at least one professional development opportunity.

Compensation and Benefits. Our commitment to our employees starts with benefit and compensation programs that reflect the value and the contributions our employees make. In addition to competitive base pay, we offer an assortment of benefits that vary by country, including performance-base variable compensation programs, health and welfare benefit plans, retirement planning services and benefits, holiday and leave policies, equity participation programs such as our Incentive Plan and Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and charitable and community service opportunities. Besides these, we also offer discounts to our employees and their dependents when they undergo Invisalign treatment.

We are furthermore committed to pay equity practices. We exceed minimum pay requirements for our manufacturing personnel and we regularly review our pay equity practices globally and locally so that we can appropriately address discrepancies.

Health, Wellness and Safety. Our employees are essential to us as a business and their health and well-being is critical to our success and their continuing achievements. Our objective is to prevent injuries and occupational diseases by focusing first and foremost on creating and maintaining environments that are safe. We therefore offer a wide variety of robust programs and initiatives designed to promote the overall health and welfare of all our employees and their families. It is our responsibility to support the health and well-being of our employees. Every year, we have a month dedicated to well-being, called Month of Wellness, which includes customeris a worldwide movement fostering employee health. Throughout the Month of Wellness, employees participate in a variety of activities such as informational sessions and health fairs and receive useful resources aligned to our wellness pillars - mental resilience, physical well-being and healthy living, social/family connections, and financial wellness. This provides employees with a variety of meaningful ways to embrace wellness and well-being through mindfulness, meditation, nutrition and mental wellness activities, exercise, hikes, yoga, volunteer activities, financial education sessions, social events and stress management.

We have environmental, health, safety and sustainability personnel who are responsible for ensuring health and safety programs and processes are maintained and effective at each of our locations. Major worksites, such as our aligner fabrication sites, and large offices have dedicated Environmental Health and Safety (“EHS”) departments that ensure health and safety programs are maintained while contributing Best Management Practices (“BMP”) and general input to corporate-wide programs. Each EHS department is responsible for ensuring all employees at their location are properly trained on various EHS topics and at the appropriate frequencies. A training suite is determined for each employee depending on their responsibilities and function modeled off of ISO 45001.

Community. We actively encourage employees to support local charitable organizations by providing opportunities for volunteerism, team building, and donation and matching programs. In 2022, our employees continued to make us proud through their generosity and dedication, especially during our annual Month of Smiles initiative in October where we encourage our employees to make a difference individually and as teams through volunteer activities, charitable donations, fundraising, and intentional acts of goodness. In addition, through our Align Foundation, we support organizations whose visions closely align with our mission to improve smiles, supporting and educating teens, and empowering our customers through partnerships with learning institutions and foundations. Below are some of our key community initiatives in 2022:

17


In honor of our 25th anniversary, we donated $250,000 to Junior Achievement Worldwide, an organization that delivers hands on, immersive learning in work readiness, financial health, entrepreneurship, sustainability, STEM, economics, and more. In addition, we held several volunteer activities with Junior Achievement.

Since 2013 we have been a proud supporter of Operation Smile, a global medical nonprofit providing hundreds of thousands of free surgeries for people born with cleft lips and cleft palates in low- and middle-income countries. As of December 31, 2022, we had donated more than $2.5 million to Operation Smile.

For 15 years we have supported America’s ToothFairy, an organization with a mission to ensure underserved children in the United States have access to dental care 475and learn about oral health by supporting nonprofit clinics and community partners. As of December 31, 2022, we have provided almost $2 million for the foundation’s operational expenses and children’s oral health programs.

We also provide product donations to the dental community to help patients in researchneed of healthy, beautiful smiles. For more information on our charitable and development and 705 in general and administrative functions.community efforts, please refer to the Corporate Social Responsibility portion of our corporate website located at https://www.aligntech.com/about/corporate_social_responsibility.




Available Information


Our corporate website is www.aligntech.com, and our investor relations website is http://investor.aligntech.com. The information on or accessible through our websites is not part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our Annual ReportsReport on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, our proxy statement on Schedule 14A for our annual stockholders’ meeting and amendments to such reports are available, free of charge, on our investor relations website as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file or furnish such material with the SEC. Further, a copy of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is located at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room can be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.  The SEC maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding our filings at http://www.sec.gov.

18


Information about our Executive Officers of the Registrant

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our executive officers as of February 28, 2018:27, 2023:
NameAgePositionPeriod
Joseph M. Hogan
algn-20221231_g8.jpg
6065
President and Chief Executive Officer of Align
• Chief Executive Officer of ABB
• Chief Executive Officer of GE Healthcare
2015-Present
2008-2013
2000-2008
John F. Morici
algn-20221231_g9.jpg
5156
Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President, Global Finance of Align
Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President, Global Finance
Simon Beard51Senior of Align
• Chief Financial Officer of Align
• Executive Vice President and Managing Director EMEAof NBC Universal
• Chief Financial Officer/Chief Operating Officer of NBC Universal
• Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of NBC Universal
2022-Present
2018-2022
2016-2018
2014-2016
2011-2014
2007-2011
Roger E. George
Julie Coletti
algn-20221231_g10.jpg
5255
Executive Vice President, Chief Legal and Regulatory Officer of Align
Senior Vice President, Chief Legal and Regulatory Officer of Align
• Vice President, Associate General Counsel, Strategic Commercial Affairs of Align
• Vice President, Global General Counsel and Chief Compliance Officer of Danaher
• Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary of Bayer HealthCare's MEDRAD/Radiology and Interventional Division
2022-Present
2019-2022
2018-2019
2013-2017
2007-2013
Stuart Hockridge
algn-20221231_g11.jpg
4651Senior
Executive Vice President, Global Human Resources
Sreelakshmi Kolli43 of Align
Senior Vice Present, Global Human Resources of Align
Vice President, Global Information TechnologyHuman Resources of Align
• Vice President of Talent of Visa
2022-Present
2018-2022
2016-2018
2013-2016
Jennifer Olson
Emory M. Wright
algn-20221231_g12.jpg
4053Senior Vice President and Managing Director, Doctor Directed Consumer Channel
Raphael Pascaud46Chief Marketing Portfolio and Business Development Officer, and Senior Vice President iTero Scanner and Services
Christopher C. Puco57Senior Vice President and Managing Director, Americas
Zelko Relic53Chief Technology Officer and Senior
Executive Vice President, Global Research & Development
Julie Tay51Senior Vice President and Managing Director, Asia Pacific
Emory M. Wright48Operations of Align
Senior Vice President, Global Operations of Align
• Vice President, Operations of Align
• Various roles at Align including Vice President, Manufacturing
2022-Present
2018-2022
2007-2018
2000-2007


Joseph M. Hogan has served
Item 1A. Risk Factors.

The following discusses some of the risks that may affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. You should carefully review this section, as well as our Presidentconsolidated financial statements and Chief Executive Officernotes thereto and as a memberother information appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, for important information regarding these and other risks that may affect us. The order we have chosen to list the risks below or the sections in which we have identified them should not be interpreted to mean we deem any risks to be more or less important or likely to occur or, if any do occur, that their impact may be any less significant than others. These risk factors should be considered in connection with evaluating the forward-looking statements contained in this report because they could cause our actual results and conditions to differ materially from those statements. Before you invest in Align, you should know that investing involves risks, including those described below. The risks below are not the only ones we face. If any of the risks actually occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be negatively affected, the trading price of our Boardcommon stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of Directors since June 2015. Prioryour investment.

Summary of Risk Factors

Our business is subject to joining us, Mr. Hogan was Chief Executive Officer of ABB Ltd., a global power and automation technologies company based in Zurich, Switzerland from 2008 to 2013. Prior to working in ABB, Mr. Hogan worked at General Electric Company (GE) in a variety of executive and management roles from 1985 to 2008, including eight years as Chief Executive Officer of GE Healthcare from 2000 to 2008.

John F. Morici has served as our Chief Financial Officer since November 2016. Prior to joining us, Mr. Morici was at NBC Universal from 2007 to 2016 where he held several senior management positions in their Universal Pictures Home Entertainment U.S. and Canadian business, including Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer, and most recently, Executive Vice President and Managing Director from 2014 to 2016. Prior to NBC Universal, Mr. Morici was in various senior financial management positions at GE Healthcare from 1999 to 2007, including Chief Financial Officer for its Diagnostic Imaging and Global Products units from 2002 to 2003.

Simon Beard has served as our Vice President and Managing Director, EMEA since October 2015. In February 2018, Mr. Beard's title was changed to Senior Vice President and Managing Director, EMEA. Prior to joining us, from 2012 to 2014, Mr. Beard was Regional Director for the South East Asia business of Smith & Nephew, a multinational medical equipment manufacturing company. From 2006 to 2012, Mr. Beard was Director & General Manager for UK and Ireland for Smith & Nephew's Advanced Woundcare business. Prior to Smith & Nephew, Mr. Beard held multiple commercial, strategic, and general management positions in companies such as DePuy International (Johnson & Johnson), Sankyo Pharmaceutical and Sanofi Aventis.

Roger E. George has served as our Vice President, Corporate and Legal Affairs and General Counsel since July 2002. In February 2018, Mr. George's title was changed to Senior Vice President, Chief Legal and Regulatory Officer.  Prior to joining us, Mr. George was the Chief Financial Officer, Vice President of Finance and Legal Affairs and General Counsel of SkyStream Networks, a privately held broadband and broadcast network equipment company. Prior to SkyStream, Mr. George was a partner at Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C. in Palo Alto, California.



Stuart Hockridge has served as our Vice President, Global Human Resources since May 2016. In February 2018, Mr. Hockridge's title was changed to Senior Vice President, Global Human Resources. Prior to joining us, Mr. Hockridge was Senior Vice President of Talent at Visa Inc. from 2013 to 2016 where he led all aspects of talent delivery for the company including executive development, succession planning, employee engagement, learning and development, and talent acquisition. Prior to Visa, Mr. Hockridge held a number of human resource management positions at GE Healthcarerisks, including risks that may prevent us from 2002achieving our business objectives or may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and prospects. These risks are discussed more fully below and include, but are not limited to:

Macroeconomic and External Risks
Global and regional economic conditions
Major health crises
Political events, international disputes, war and terrorism
Natural disasters
19


Business and Industry Risks
Changes in demand for our products
Increased competition
Failure of our new products, or changes to 2012 leading HR processes both globallyour existing products, to attract or retain consumers or generate revenue
Our ability to successfully integrate our acquisitions
Operational Risks
Business disruptions
Predicting demand
Availability of supplies
Shipping delays
Personnel development and for various divisions.retention

Effectiveness of marketing and our ability to attract consumers
Sreelakshmi Kolli has served asLegal, Regulatory and Compliance Risks
Government investigations, enforcement actions, and settlements
Our ability to comply with laws and regulatory and legislative mandates or guidance
Privacy, cybersecurity and data protection
Litigation, including class action lawsuits
Intellectual Property Risks
Our ability to obtain, maintain, protect, and enforce our Vice President, Information Technology since December 2012. In February 2018, Ms. Kolli's title was changed to Senior Vice President, Global Information Technology. Ms. Kolli joined us in June 2003intellectual property rights
Financial, Tax and has held positions leading businessAccounting Risks
Impairment of our goodwill
Compliance with accounting, financial reporting, and tax laws
Management of our stock plans
Volatility of our stock

Macroeconomic and External Risks

Our operations and engineeringfinancial performance depend on global and regional economic conditions. Inflation, fluctuations in currency exchange rates, changes in consumer confidence and demand, and weakness in general economic conditions and threats, or actual recessions, have and could in the future materially affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Macroeconomic conditions impact consumer confidence and discretionary spending, which can adversely affect demand for customer-facing applications. Before joining us, she held technical lead positions with Sword CT Spaceour products. Consumer spending habits are affected by, among other things, inflation, fluctuations in currency exchange rates, weakness in general economic conditions, threats or actual recessions, pandemics, wars and Accenture.

Jennifer Olson has servedmilitary actions, levels of employment, wages, debt obligations, discretionary income, interest rates, volatility in capital, and consumer confidence and perceptions of current and future economic conditions. Changes and uncertainty can, among other things, reduce or shift spending away from elective treatments and procedures, drive patients to purchase orthodontic treatments that may cost less than our Invisalign treatment options, result in a decrease in the number of overall orthodontic and dental case starts, reduce patient traffic in dentists’ offices or reduce demand for dental services generally. Further, decreased demand for dental services can cause dentists and labs to postpone investments in capital equipment, such as our Vice Presidentintraoral scanners and Managing Director, Doctor-Directed Consumer Channel since August 2016. In February 2018, Ms. Olson's title was changed to Senior Vice PresidentCAD/CAM equipment and Managing Director, Doctor-Directed Consumer Channel. Ms. Olson joined ussoftware. The recent declines in, 2002 and has held multiple roles in sales, marketing, and business development. Most recently, she was Area Sales Directoror uncertain economic outlooks for, the North America region where she led allU.S., Chinese, European and certain other international economies has and may continue to adversely affect consumer and dental practice spending. The increase in the cost of fuel and energy, food and other essential items along with climbing interest rates could reduce consumers' disposable income, resulting in less discretionary spending for products like ours. Decreases in disposable income and discretionary spending or change in consumer confidence and spending habits has and may continue to adversely affect our revenues and operating results.

Inflation continues to adversely impact spending and trade activities and we are unable to predict the impacts of higher inflation on global and regional economies. Higher inflation has also increased domestic and international shipping costs, raw material prices, and labor rates, which could adversely impact the costs of producing, procuring and shipping our products. Our ability to recover these cost increases through price increases may continue to lag, resulting in downward pressure on our operating results. Attempts to offset cost increases with price increases may reduce sales, activitiesincrease customer dissatisfaction or otherwise harm our reputation. Further, we are unable to predict the impact of efforts by central banks and federal, state and local governments to combat elevated levels of inflation. If their efforts to reduce inflation are too aggressive, they may lead to a recession. Alternatively, if they are insufficient or are not sustained long enough to lower inflation to more acceptable levels, consumer spending may be adversely impacted for a prolonged period of time. Any of these events could materially affect our business and operating results.

We have international operations and sales outside the U.S. We earn a large portion of our total revenues from international sales generated through our foreign direct and indirect operations and we expect to increase our sales and presence outside the U.S., particularly in Western Canada and the Western regionmarkets we believe have high-growth potential. Moreover, we perform most of our key
20


production steps in locations outside of the U.S. PriorFor instance, we perform our digital treatment planning and aligner fabrication in multiple international locations, including large-scale operations in Mexico, Costa Rica, Poland, Japan and China. Additionally, we maintain significant global sales and marketing operations in Switzerland, Singapore and China, along with research and development operations globally, including in the U.S., Spain, Israel, Armenia and Germany. Our reliance on international operations and sales exposes us to joining Align, Ms. Olson was with technology companies including Extreme Networks and PWI Technologies.

Raphael Pascaud has served asfluctuations in foreign currencies that may adversely impact our Chief Marketing, Portfolio and Business Development Officer, and Vice President, iTero Scanner and Services since July 2015. In February 2018, his title was changed to Chief Marketing, Portfolio and Business Development Officer and Senior Vice President, iTero Scanner and Services. He joined Align in 2010 as Vice President and Managing Director for EMEA and was promoted in January 2014 to Vice President, International. Prior to Align, Mr. Pascaud spent 14 years in various management positions within Johnson & Johnson, including Vice President Orthopedicsbusiness or results of EMEA and Vice President Marketing of International. 

Christopher C. Puco has served as our Vice President and Managing Director, Americas since December 2017 and became Senior Vice President and Managing Director, Americas in February 2018. He joined us in 2006 as a sales director and in 2008 became senior director foroperations. Although the U.S. Eastern sales area. He served as Vice President of North America from December 2012 to December 2017. Mr. Puco has more than 20 years of experience in the medical device industry holding sales management positions in both starts-ups and established corporate environments. Prior to joining us, he was with United States Surgical Corporation, General Surgical Innovations, Baxter BioSurgery and Fusion Medical Technologies.

Zelko Relic joined Align in 2013 as Vice President, Research & Development. In December 2017, he became Chief Technology Officer, Vice President, Research & Development. In February 2018, his title was changed to Chief Technology Officer, Senior Vice President, Global Research & Development. Prior to joining us, Mr. Relic was Vice President, Engineering for Datalogic Automation,dollar is our reporting currency, a global leader in automatic data capture and industrial automation markets from 2012. Mr. Relic was previously Vice President, Engineering at Danaher Corporation, Accu-Sort Systems business from 2010 to 2012 before it was acquired by Datalogic Automation. From 2005 to 2010, he was at Siemens Medical Solutions USA, most recent as Vice President, and from 2002 to 2004, he held senior management positions in engineering at Kulicke & Soffa Industries, designers and manufactures of semiconductor products. He also held management positions at KLA-Tencor from 1994 to 2000.

Julie Tay was appointed Vice President and Managing Director, Asia Pacific in March 2013 and became Senior Vice President and Managing Director, Asia Pacific in February 2018. Prior to joining us, Ms. Tay was regional head of Bayer Healthcare (Diabetes Care) overseeing operations across Asia from 2010 to 2013. From 2006 to 2010, Ms. Tay served as director of marketing and corporate accounts at Sealed Air Corporation (formerly Johnson Diversey), a global provider of food safety and security, facility hygiene and product protection. Prior to that, Ms. Tay spent 15 years with Johnson & Johnson Medical.

Emory M. Wright has served as our Vice President, Operations since December 2007 and became Senior Vice President, Global Operations in February 2018. He has been with us since March 2000 predominantly in manufacturing and operations roles including Vice President, Manufacturing and was General Manager of New Product Development. Prior to joining Align, from 1999 to 2000, Mr. Wright was Senior Manufacturing Manager at Metrika, Inc. a medical device manufacturer. Mr. Wright served as Manager of Manufacturing and Process Development for Metra Biosystems Inc.



ITEM 1A.RISK FACTORS

We depend on the sale of the Invisalign System for the vast majoritygrowing portion of our net revenues and net income are generated in foreign currencies. While we utilize forward contracts to reduce the adverse earnings impact from the effect of exchange rate fluctuations on certain assets and liabilities, our hedging strategies may not be successful, and currency exchange rate fluctuations have and could continue to have a material adverse effect on our operating results and cash flows. In addition, our foreign currency exposure on assets, liabilities and cash flows that we do not hedge have and could continue to have a material impact on our financial results in periods when the U.S. dollar significantly fluctuates in relation to foreign currencies.

Our business could be impacted by major public health issues, including pandemics, and our business has been and continues to be materially affected by the global and regional spread of COVID-19.

Major public health issues, including pandemics such as the spread of COVID-19, have adversely affected, and could in the future materially affect, our business due to their impact on the global economy and regional economies, demand for consumer products, the imposition or removal of public safety measures. Public health concerns may also limit the movement of products between regions, disrupt or delay supply chains and sales and distribution channels, resulting in interruptions of the supply of products. While we maintain insurance coverage for certain types of losses, such insurance coverage may be insufficient to cover all losses that may arise.

COVID-19 has created significant, widespread and unprecedented volatility, uncertainty, and economic instability, disrupting broad aspects of global and regional economies, our operations and the businesses of our customers and suppliers. Many of these effects continue to varying degree as variants of COVID-19 and outbreaks globally or regionally continue to harm recovering consumer confidence. Therefore, comparing our financial results for the reporting periods of 2022 to the same reporting periods of 2021 or earlier may not be a useful means by which to evaluate the health of our business and our results of operations.

As a result of outbreaks of COVID-19 and its variants, customer demand and doctor availability has been inconsistent and difficult to predict. Although the practices of the doctors, dental service organizations and labs that are our principal customers have largely reopened following the initial outbreak of COVID-19 in 2020, many continue to operate at less than pre-pandemic capacities. For example, in China the impact of widespread population lockdowns under the country’s zero tolerance policies was more pronounced in 2022, leading to the complete closure of dental offices in major metropolitan and other areas for extended periods of time. Conversely, the reversal of China’s zero tolerance policies has resulted in a significant increase in infections that may impact consumer and doctor demand in 2023. These fluctuations are currently and have previously adversely impacted our results of operations and are expected to continue to impact our results, particularly in the near term.

The effects of the pandemic continue to linger and evolve and we cannot predict future direct and ancillary impacts on our business or results of operations, although they may be material to our business as well as the businesses of our customers, suppliers and economic activity generally.

The COVID-19 pandemic has impacted virtually all aspects of our business and society. It has exacerbated many pre-existing risks to our business by making them more likely to occur or more impactful when they do occur. Accordingly, you should consider the risks described in this risk factor in addition to, and not in lieu of, the risks described elsewhere throughout these risk factors.

Our business could be impacted by political events, trade and other international disputes, war, and terrorism, including the military conflictbetween Russia and Ukraine.

Political events, trade and other international disputes, war, and terrorism could harm or disrupt international commerce and the global economy and could have a material effect on our business as well as our customers, suppliers, contract manufacturers, distributors, and other business partners.

Political events, trade and other international disputes, wars, and terrorism can lead to unexpected tariffs or trade restrictions, which could adversely impact our business. Tariffs increase the cost of our products and the components and raw materials to make them. These increased costs could adversely impact our gross margin and make our products less competitive or reduce demand. Countries could also adopt other measures, such as controls on imports or exports of goods, technology or data, that could adversely impact our operations and supply chain and limit our ability to offer products and services. These measures could require us to take various actions, including changing suppliers or restructuring business relationships. Complying with new or changed trade restrictions is expensive, time-consuming and disruptive to our operations. Such restrictions can be announced with little or no advance notice and we may be unable to effectively mitigate the adverse impacts
21


of such measures. If disputes and conflicts escalate in the future, actions by governments in response could be significantly more severe and restrictive and could materially affect our business.

Political unrest, threats, tensions, actions and responses to any social, economic, business, geopolitical, military, terrorism, or acts of war involving key commercial, development or manufacturing markets such as China, Mexico, Israel, Europe, or other countries could materially impact our international operation. For example, our employees in Israel could be obligated to perform annual reserve duty in the Israeli military and be called for additional active duty under emergency circumstances. If any of these events or conditions occur, the impact to us, our employees and customers is uncertain, particularly if emergency circumstances, armed conflicts or an escalation in political instability or violence disrupts our product development, data or information exchange, payroll or banking operations, product or materials shipping by us or our suppliers and other unanticipated business disruptions, interruptions and limitations in telecommunication services or critical systems or applications reliant on a stable and uninterrupted communications infrastructure.

The military conflictbetween Russia and Ukraine has materially adversely impacted global economies, and has materially impacted our global and regional operations. Governments including the U.S., United Kingdom, and those of the European Union have imposed export controls on certain products and financial and economic sanctions on certain industry sectors and parties in Russia which has triggered retaliatory sanctions by the Russian government and its allies. Our commercial operations have been impacted by the conflict and if we fail to support existing customers, we may frustrate those customers, harm our reputation, and be subject to regulatory action in Russia. Additionally, a majority of our research and development personnel in Russia relocated to locations outside of Russia in 2022. Whether they remain in their new locations over the long-term remains unknown. If we are unable to retain key skilled personnel from where they have relocated, or we are unable to quickly replace such personnel with individuals of equivalent technical expertise and qualifications, our business and financial condition could be materially effected.

The outcome and future impacts of the Russia and Ukraine conflict remain highly uncertain, continue to evolve and may grow more severe the longer the military action and sanctions remain in effect. Moreover, this conflict and existing and future sanctions may have broad and pervasive impacts to the global and regional economies and our operations, heightening and affecting many of the other risks described elsewhere throughout these risk factors, any of which could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations. Such risks include adverse effects on general economic and political conditions such as inflation, supply chain and trade disruptions, and reduced consumer spending; disruptions to our IT systems, including through network failures, malicious or disruptive software, or cyberattacks; energy shortages or rationing that may adversely impact our manufacturing facilities; rising fuel and/or rising costs of producing, procuring and shipping our products; our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations; and constraints, volatility or disruption in the financial markets. We may not be successful in our efforts to mitigate the negative impacts of the conflict, particularly the longer sanctions and retaliatory sanctions remain in effect. How we respond to the conflict may also subject us to risk. The resumption of sales in Russia or our decision to continue supporting our personnel and existing customers in Russia may result in reputational harm or boycotts of our products that could impact our sales and operations inside and outside of Russia or subject us to litigation for which we may be found liable in courts or other tribunals in Russia or elsewhere. Moreover, production could be impaired should hostilities spread to other countries such as Poland, where our newest aligner fabrication facility is located.

We have no way to predict the progress or outcome of the conflict in Ukraine or the reactions by governments, businesses or consumers. A prolonged conflict, intensified military activities or more extensive sanctions impacting the region and the resulting economic impact could have a material effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, growth prospects and business outlook.

Our operations may be impacted by natural disasters, which may become more frequent or severe as a result of climate change, and may adversely impact our business and operating results as well as those of our customers and suppliers.

Natural disasters can impact us and our customers, as well as suppliers critical to our operations. Natural disasters include earthquakes, tsunamis, floods, droughts, hurricanes, wildfires, and other extreme weather conditions that can cause deaths, injuries, and critical health crises, power outages, restrictions and shortages of food, water, shelter, and medical supplies, telecommunications failures, materials scarcity, price volatility and other ramifications. Climate change is likely to increase both the frequency and severity of natural disasters and, consequently, risks to our business and operations. Our digital dental modeling and certain of our customer facing operations are primarily processed in our facilities located in Costa Rica. Our aligner molds and finished aligners are fabricated in China, Mexico and Poland. Our locations in Costa Rica and Mexico as well as others are in earthquake and hurricane zones and may be subject to other natural disasters. Moreover, a significant portion of our research and development activities are located in California, which suffers from earthquakes, periodic droughts, heat waves, flooding, power shortages and wildfires. If there is a natural disaster in a region where one of these facilities is located, our employees could be impacted, our research could be lost, and our ability to create ClinCheck treatment plans, respond to customer inquiries or manufacture and ship our aligners or intraoral scanners could be compromised which could result in our customers experiencing significant product and services delays.

22


The effects of climate change on regional and global economies could change the supply, demand or availability of sources of energy or other resources material to our products and operations and affect the availability or cost of natural resources and goods and services on which we and our suppliers rely.

Business and Industry Risks

Demand for our products may not increase or may decrease due to resistance to non-traditional treatment methods, which could have a material impact on our business and operating results.

Invisalign treatment represents a significant change from traditional metal wires and brackets orthodontic treatment, and customers and consumers may not find it cost-effective or preferable to traditional treatment. For instance, a number of dental professionals continue to believe the Invisalign treatment is appropriate for only a limited percentage of patients. Increased market acceptance of our products depends in part upon the recommendations of dental professionals, as well as other factors including efficacy, safety, ease of use, reliability, aesthetics, and price compared to competing products and treatment methods. If demand for our products fails to increase, including due to resistance to nontraditional treatment methods, this could materially affect our business and operating results.

Our net revenues depend primarily on our Invisalign system and iTero scanners and any decline in sales of Invisalign treatment for any reason, or a decline in average selling prices wouldprice of these products may adversely affect net revenues, gross margin and net income.


WeOur net revenues remain largely dependent on sales of our Invisalign system of clear aligners and iTero intraoral scanners. Of the two, we expect that net revenues from the sale of the Invisalign System,system, primarily Invisalign Full and Invisalign Teen,our comprehensive products, will continue to account for the vast majority of our total net revenues, formaking the foreseeable future. Continuedcontinued and widespread market acceptance of the Invisalign system by orthodontists, GPs and consumers is critical to our future success. If Our iTero business also contributes a material percentage of our overall net revenues. Our CAD/CAM software solutions are important to the continuing evolution of our Align Digital Platform and our business overall. Our operating results could be harmed if:

orthodontists and GPs experience a reduction in consumer demand for orthodontic services, if services;
consumers proveare unwilling to adopt Invisalign system treatment as rapidly as we anticipate or in the volume thatvolumes we anticipate if and at the prices offered;
orthodontists or GPs choose to use acontinue using wires and brackets or competitive productproducts rather than the Invisalign system or the rates at which they utilize the Invisalign system fail to increase or increase as rapidly as anticipated;
sales of our iTero scanners decline or fail to grow sufficiently or as anticipated;
the growth of CAD/CAM solutions does not produce the results anticipated; or
if the average selling price of our products declines.

The average selling prices of our products, particularly our Invisalign system, are influenced by numerous factors, including the type and timing of products sold (particularly the timing of orders for additional clear aligners for certain Invisalign products) and foreign exchange rates. In addition, we sell a number of products at different list prices which may differ based on country. Our average selling prices for our Invisalign system and iTero scanners have been impacted in the past and may be adversely affected again in the future if:

we introduce new or change existing promotions, general or volume-based discount programs, product declines foror services bundles, or consumer rebate programs;
participation in any reason, including as a result of a shiftpromotions or programs unexpectedly increases or decreases or drives demand in unexpected and material ways;
our geographic, channel, or product mix towardsshifts to lower priced products or to products that have a higher percentage of deferred revenue;
we decrease prices on one or more products or services in response to increasing competitive pricing pressures;
we introduce new or change existing products or services, or modify how we market or sell any of our operating results wouldnew or existing products or services;
governments impose pricing regulations such as the volume-based procurement regulations in China; or
estimates used in the calculation of deferred revenue differ from actual average selling prices.

If our average selling prices decline, our net revenues, gross margin and net income may be harmed.adversely affected.


Competition in the markets for our products is intenseincreasing and we expect aggressive competition from existing competitors, and other companies that may introduce new technologies or products in the future.future and customers who alone or with others create orthodontic appliances and solutions or other products or services that compete with us.


The dental industry is in a period of immense and rapid digital transformation involving products, technologies, distribution channels and business models. While solutions such as our Invisalign system, iTero scanners and CAD/CAM
23


software facilitate this transition, whether our technologies will achieve market acceptance and, if adopted, whether and when they may become obsolete, remains unclear.

Currently, our products compete directlythe Invisalign system competes primarily against productstraditional metal wires and brackets and increasingly against clear aligners manufactured and distributed by various companies,new market entrants and manufacturers of traditional wires and brackets, both within and outside the U.S. In addition, as a result, and from traditional medical device companies, laboratories, startups and, in some cases, doctors and DSOs themselves. The number and types of the expiration of certain key patents ownedcompetitors are diverse and growing rapidly. They vary by us, which begansegment, geography, and size, and include new and well-established regional competitors in 2017, we expect that existing competitors such as Danaher Corporation, Dentsply Sirona Inc., Straumann AG, 3M, 3Shape and Angel Aligndental markets, as well as new entrants into the clear aligner market such as start-ups will begin offering an orthodontic system more similar to ours in the near future. Severallarger companies or divisions of these competitors will likely have greater resources as well as the ability to leverage their existing channels in the dental market to compete directlylarger companies with us, and therefore our share of the clear aligner market could decline which would likely have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operationsubstantial sales, marketing, research and financial condition. In addition, corresponding foreign patents will start to expirecapabilities. Our competitors also include direct-to-consumer (“DTC”) companies that provide clear aligners using a remote business model requiring little or no in-office care from trained and licensed doctors, and doctors and DSOs who can manufacture custom aligners in 2018 which will likely result in increased competition in some of the markets outside the U.S.their offices using 3D printing technology. Large consumer product companies may also enterstart supplying orthodontic products.

The manipulation and movement of teeth and bone is a complex and delicate process with potentially painful and debilitating results if improperly performed or monitored. Accordingly, we deliver our Invisalign system solutions primarily through trained and skilled doctors. The Invisalign system requires a doctor's prescription and an in-person physical examination of the orthodontic supply market. Furthermore,patient’s dentition before beginning treatment; however, with the advent of DTC providers, there has been a shift away from traditional dental practices that may impact our primary selling channels. Doctors and DSOs are sampling alternative products and taking advantage of competitive promotions and sale opportunities. In addition, we also face competition from companies that now offer clear aligner therapy directly to the consumer eliminating the need for the consumer to visit a dental office. In addition, we may also face competition in the future from new companies that may introduce new technologies. Wetechnologies and we may be unable to compete with these competitors and one or more of these competitorsthey may render our technology obsolete or economically unattractive. If we are unable to compete effectively with existing products or respond effectively to any products developed by new or existing competitors,technologies, our business could be harmed. Increased competition has resulted in the past

Our iTero intraoral scanner can be used to start clear aligner therapy, as well as other dental procedures, including restorative, implant planning and dentures, and also functions as a diagnostic tool. The iTero intraoral scanner competes with polyvinyl siloxane (“PVS”) impressions that doctors use for clear aligner therapy or other dental procedures, as well as other intraoral scanners. It also competes with traditional bite wing 2D dental x-rays for detecting interproximal caries. If we are unable to compete effectively with these existing products or respond effectively to new technologies, our Systems and Services segment could be harmed.

To stimulate product and services demand, we have a history of offering volume discounts, price reductions and other promotions to targeted customers and consumers. Whether or not successful, these promotional campaigns have had and may in the future result in volume discountinghave unexpected and price reductions,unintended consequences, including reduced gross margins, reduced profitability and loss of market share, and reduce dental professionals’ efforts and commitment to expand their use of our products, any of which could have a material adverse effect on ouraverage selling prices, net revenues, volume growth, and net income and stock price. income.

We cannot assure that we will be able to compete successfully against our current or future competitors or that competitive pressures will not have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We are dependent on our international operations, which exposes us to foreign operational, political and other risks that may harm our business.


Our key production steps are performed in operations located outside of the U.S. In San Jose, Costa Rica, technicians use a sophisticated, internally developed computer-modeling program to prepare digital treatment plans, which are then transmitted electronically to Juarez, Mexico. These digital files form the basis of the ClinCheck treatment plan and are used to manufacture aligner molds. In 2017, we opened new treatment planning facilities in Chengdu, China and Cologne, Germany to support our customers within these regions. Our order acquisition, aligner fabrication and shipping operations are conducted in Juarez, Mexico, and we also have order acquisition for the EMEA region in Amsterdam, the Netherlands. We will continue to establish additional order acquisition and treatment planning facilities closer to our international customers in order to improve our operational efficiency. In addition to the research and development efforts conducted in our North America facilities, we also carry out research and development in Moscow, Russia. We also have customer-care, accounts receivable, customer event registration and accounts payable organizations located in San Jose, Costa Rica. In addition, we have operations in Israel where the design and wand are assembled and our intraoral scanner is manufactured. Our reliance on international operations exposes us to risks and uncertainties that may affect our business or results of operation, including:

difficulties in hiring and retaining employees generally, as well as difficulties in hiring and retaining employees with the necessary skills to perform the more technical aspects of our operations;
difficulties in managing international operations, including any travel restrictions to or from our facilities;
fluctuations in currency exchange rates;
import and export license requirements and restrictions;


controlling production volume and quality of the manufacturing process;
political, social and economic instability, including as a result of increased levels of violence in Juarez, Mexico or the Middle East. We cannot predict the effect on us of any future armed conflict, political instability or violence in these regions. In addition, some of our employees in Israel are obligated to perform annual reserve duty in the Israeli military and are subject to being called for additional active duty under emergency circumstances. We cannot predict the full impact of these conditions on us in the future, particularly if emergency circumstances or an escalation in the political situation occurs. If many of our employees are called for active duty, our operations in Israel and our business may not be able to function at full capacity;
acts of terrorism and acts of war;
general geopolitical instability and the responses to it, such as the possibility of additional sanctions against Russia which continue to bring uncertainty to this region;
interruptions and limitations in telecommunication services;
product or material transportation delays or disruption, including as a result of increased levels of violence, acts of terrorism, acts of war or health epidemics restricting travel to and from our international locations or as a result of natural disasters, such as earthquakes or volcanic eruptions;
burdens of complying with a wide variety of local country and regional laws, including the risks associated with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and local anti-bribery compliance;
trade restrictions and changes in tariffs; and
potential adverse tax consequences.

If any of these risks materialize in the future, we could experience production delays and lost or delayed revenue.

We earn an increasingly larger portion of our total revenues from international sales and face risks attendant to those operations.

We earn an increasingly larger portion of our total revenues from international sales generated through our foreign direct and indirect operations. Since our growth strategysuccess depends in part on our ability to further penetrate markets outside the U.S. and increase the localization of our products and services, we expect to continue to increase our sales and presence outside the U.S., particularly in the high-growth markets. Our international operations are subject to risks that are customarily encountered in non-U.S. operations, including:

local political and economic instability;

the engagement of activities by our employees, contractors, partners and agents, especially in countries with developing economies, that are prohibited by international and local trade and labor laws and other laws prohibiting corrupt payments to government officials, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the United Kingdom ("UK") Bribery Act of 2010 and export control laws, in spite of our policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with these laws;

fluctuations in currency exchange rates; and

increased expense of developing, testing and making localized versions of our products.

Any of these factors, either individually or in combination, could materially impact our international operations and adversely affect our business as a whole.



We face risks related to our international sales, including the need to obtain necessary foreign regulatory clearance or approvals.

Outside of North America, we currently sell our products in certain countries within Europe, Asia Pacific, Latin America and the Middle East and may expand into other countries from time to time. For sales of our products outside the U.S., we are subject to foreign regulatory requirements that vary widely from country to country. The time required to obtain clearances or approvals required by other countries may be longer than that required for FDA clearance or approval, and requirements for such approvals may differ from FDA requirements. We may be unable to obtain regulatory approvals in one or more of the other countries in which we do business or in which we may do business in the future. We may also incur significant costs in attempting to obtain and maintain foreign regulatory approvals. If we experience delays in receipt of approvals to market our products outside of the U.S., or if we fail to receive these approvals, we may be unable to market our products or enhancements in international markets in a timely manner, if at all, which could materially impact our international operations and adversely affect our business as a whole.

Demand for our products may not increase as rapidly as we anticipate due to a variety of factors including a weakness in general economic conditions.

Consumer spending habits are affected by, among other things, prevailing economic conditions, levels of employment, salaries and wage rates, gas prices, consumer confidence and consumer perception of economic conditions. A general slowdown in the U.S. economy and certain international economies or an uncertain economic outlook would adversely affect consumer spending habits which may, among other things, result in a decrease in the number of overall orthodontic case starts, reduced patient traffic in dentists’ offices, reduction in consumer spending on elective or higher value procedures or a reduction in the demand for dental services generally, each of which would have a material adverse effect on our sales and operating results. Weakness in the global economy results in a challenging environment for selling dental technologies and dentists may postpone investments in capital equipment, such as intraoral scanners. In addition, Invisalign treatment, which currently accounts for the vast majority of our net revenues, represents a significant change from traditional orthodontic treatment, and customers and consumers may be reluctant to accept it or may not find it preferable to traditional treatment. We have generally received positive feedback from orthodontists, GPs and consumers regarding Invisalign treatment as both an alternative to braces and as a clinical method for the treatment of malocclusion, but a number of dental professionals believe that the Invisalign treatment is appropriate for only a limited percentage of their patients. Increasedsuccessfully develop, introduce, achieve market acceptance of, all of ourand manage new products will depend in part upon the recommendations of dental professionals, as well as other factors including effectiveness, safety, ease of use, reliability, aesthetics, and price compared to competing products.services.


Our future success may dependdepends on our ability to develop, successfully introduceprofitably and achieve market acceptance of new products.

Our future success may depend on our ability toquickly develop, manufacture, market, obtain and obtainmaintain regulatory approval or clearance of new products.products and services along with improvements to existing products and services. There can beis no assurance that we will be able tocan successfully develop, sell and achieve market acceptance of these and otherour new or improved products and applications and enhanced versions of our existing product or software.services. The extent of, and rate at which, new products or services may achieve market acceptance and penetration are achieved by future products is a function of many variables, which include, among other things,including our ability to:


correctly identify customer needssuccessfully predict and preferencestimely innovate and predict future needsdevelop new technologies and preferences;applications with the features and functionality customers desire or expect;
include functionalitysuccessfully and features that address customer requirements;timely obtain regulatory approval or clearance of new and improved products or services from government agencies such as the FDA and analogous agencies in other countries;
ensure compatibilitycost-effectively and efficiently develop, manufacture, quality test, dispose of, our computer operating systems and hardware configurations with thosesell new or improved products and services offerings;
properly forecast the amount and timing of our customers;new or improved product and services demand;
allocate our research and development funding to products and services with higher growth prospects;
ensure compatibility of our technology, services and systems with those of our customers;
anticipate and respondrapidly innovate in response to our competitors’ development of new competitive products and technological innovations;services offerings and technologies;
differentiate our products and product offerings from our competitors’ offerings;competitors as well as other products in our own portfolio and successfully articulate the benefits to our customers;
innovate
24


cost effectively manage any increased expense of developing, testing, manufacturing and develop new technologies and applications;marketing localized versions of our products internationally;
manage the availabilityimpact of nationalism or initiatives to encourage the purchase or support of domestic vendors, which can influence customers not to purchase products from, or collaborate to promote interoperability of products with foreign companies;
qualify for third-party reimbursement offor procedures usinginvolving our products; and
obtain adequate intellectual property rights; and
encourage customers to adopt new technologies.technologies and provide the needed technical, sales and marketing support to make new product and services launches successful.




If we fail to accurately predict customer needs and preferences or fail to produce viable technologies, we may invest heavily in research and development of products that dodoes not lead to significant revenue.revenues. Even if we successfully innovate and develop new products and produce enhancements,product improvements, we may incur substantial costs in doing so and our profitability may suffer. In addition, even if our new products are successfully introduced, it is unlikely that they will rapidlyIt may be difficult to gain market share and acceptance primarily duefor new or improved products. Introduction and acceptance of any products and services may take significant time and effort, particularly if they require doctor education and training to the relatively long period of timeunderstand their benefits or doctors choose to withhold judgment on a product until patients complete their treatments. For instance, it takes to successfully treat a patient with Invisalign. Since it typically takes approximately 12can take up to 24 months or longer to treat a patient,complete treatment using our Invisalign system.

In addition, we periodically introduce new business and sales initiatives to meet customers’ needs and demands. In general, our internal resources support these initiatives without clear indications they will prove successful or be without short-term execution challenges. Should these initiatives be unsuccessful, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially impacted.

We have in the past and may again in the future invest in or acquire other businesses, products or technologies which may require significant management attention, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value and adversely affect our results of operations.

Periodically, we may acquire, or make investments in, companies, products or technologies. Alternatively, we may be unable to find suitable investment or acquisition targets and we may be unable to complete investments or acquisitions on favorable terms, if at all. If we make investments or complete acquisitions, we may not ultimately strengthen our competitive position or achieve our goals or desired synergies, and investments or acquisitions we complete could be viewed negatively by our customers, securities analysts and investors. Moreover, to the extent we make strategic investments, the companies in which we invest may fail or we may ultimately own less than a majority of the outstanding shares of the company and be outvoted on critical issues that could harm us or the value of our investment.

Additionally, as an organization we do not have a history of significant acquisitions or integrating their operations and cultures with our own. As such, we are subject to various risks when making a strategic investment or acquisition which could materially impact our business or results of operations, including that we may:

fail to perform proper due diligence and inherit unexpected material issues or assets, including IP or other litigation or ongoing investigations, accounting irregularities or improprieties, bribery, corruption or other compliance liabilities;
fail to comply with regulations, governmental orders or decrees;
experience IT security and privacy compliance issues;
invest in companies that generate net losses or the markets for their products, services or technologies may be unwillingslow or fail to rapidly adoptdevelop;
not realize a positive return on investment or determine that our new products until they successfully complete at least one caseinvestments have declined in value, such that it may be necessary to record impairments such as future impairments of intangible assets and goodwill;
have to pay cash, incur debt or until more historical clinical results are available.

Our abilityissue equity securities to marketpay for an acquisition, adversely affecting our liquidity, financial condition or the value of our common stock. The sale of equity or issuance of debt to finance any acquisition could result in dilution to our stockholders. The occurrence of indebtedness would result in increased fixed obligations and sell new products maycould also be subject to government regulation, including approvalinclude covenants or clearance by the FDA and foreign government agencies. Any failure inother restrictions that would impede our ability to manage our operations;
find it difficult to implement and harmonize company-wide financial reporting, forecasting and budgeting, accounting, billing, IT and other systems due to inconsistencies in standards, internal controls, procedures and policies;
require significant time and resources to effectuate the integration;
fail to retain key personnel or harm our existing culture or the culture of an acquired entity;
not realize any or all or material portions of the expected synergies and benefits of the acquisition; or
unsuccessfully evaluate or utilize the acquired technology or acquired company’s know-how or fail to successfully developintegrate the technologies acquired.

25


Moreover, opposition to one or more acquisitions could lead to negative ratings by analysts or investors, give rise to objections by one or more stockholders or result in stockholder activism, any of which could harm our stock price.

Operational Risks

Business disruptions could seriously harm our financial condition.

Our global operations have been disrupted in the past and introducewill likely be disrupted and harmed again in the future. The occurrence of any material or achieve market acceptanceprolonged business disruptions, whether internal or at key suppliers, could harm our business and results of operations, result in material losses, seriously harm our newrevenues, profitability and financial condition, adversely affect our competitive position, increase our costs and expenses, and require substantial expenditures and recovery time in order to fully resume operations.

When business disruptions occur, they may, individually or in the aggregate, affect our ability to provide products, or enhanced versions of existing products could have a material adverse effect onservices and solutions to our operating resultscustomers, and could cause our net revenuesproduction delays or limitations, create adverse effects on distributors, disrupt supply chains, result in shipping and distribution disruptions and reduce the availability of or access to decline.

The frequency of useone or more facilities. We have policies and procedures which are intended to mitigate the impact of the Invisalign System by orthodontists or GPs may not increase at the ratebusiness disruptions and crises that we anticipate or at all.

One of our key objectives is to continue to increase utilization, or the adoption and frequency of use, of the Invisalign System by new and existing customers. If utilization of the Invisalign System by our existing and newly trained orthodontists or GPs does not occur or does not occur as quickly as we anticipate, our operating resultsbelieve could be harmed.

Wemost significant, and we train employees and work with suppliers to prepare for potential disruptions. However, the design or implementation of these policies and practices may experience declines in average selling prices of our products which may decrease our net revenues.

We provide volume-based discount programsfail to our doctors. In addition, we sell a number of products at different list prices. If we change the volume-based discount accounting that affects our average selling prices; if we introduce any price reductions or consumer rebate programs; if we expand our discount programs in the future or participation in these programs increases; or if our product mix shifts to lower priced products or products that have a higher percentage of deferred revenue, our average selling prices would be adversely affected and our net revenues, gross profit, gross margin and net income may be reduced.

We are exposed to fluctuations in currency exchange rates,adequately address particular disruptions, which could negativelymaterially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.


AlthoughOur operating results have and will continue to fluctuate in the U.S. dollar isfuture, which makes predicting the timing and amount of customer demand, our reporting currency,revenues, costs and expenditures difficult.

Our quarterly and annual operating results have and will continue to fluctuate for a portionvariety of reasons, including as a result of changing doctor and consumer product demand. In addition to the factors otherwise described herein, some of the other factors that have historically and could cause our operating results to fluctuate in the future include:

higher manufacturing, delivery and inventory costs;
the creditworthiness, liquidity and solvency of our net revenuescustomers and net income are generatedtheir ability to timely make payments when due;
changes in foreign currencies. Net revenuesthe timing of revenue recognition and net income generated by subsidiaries operating outsidechanges in our average selling prices, including as a result of the U.S. are translated into U.S. dollars using exchange rates effective duringtiming of receipt of product orders and shipments, product and services mix, geographic mix, product and services deferrals, the respective periodintroduction of new products and are affected bysoftware releases, product pricing, bundling and promotions, pricing for fees or expenses, modifications to our terms and conditions such as payment terms, or as a result of new accounting pronouncements or changes to critical accounting estimates including, without limitation, estimates based on matters such as our predicted usage of additional aligners;
seasonal fluctuations, including those related to patient demographics or seasonality as well as the availability of doctors to take appointments;
longer customer payment cycles and greater difficulty in exchange rates.accounts receivable collection for our international sales;
costs and expenditures, including connection with the establishment of new treatment planning and fabrication facilities, the hiring and deployment of personnel, litigation, and the success of or changes to our marketing programs from quarter to quarter; and
timing and fluctuation of spending around marketing and brand awareness campaigns and industry trade shows.

Failing to accurately predict customer demand may cause us to have inadequate staffing, materials or storage required to manufacture our products to meet demand. If we underestimate demand, it may exceed our manufacturing capacity or that of one or more of our suppliers, we may be understaffed and we may not have sufficient materials needed for production. Specifically, our manufacturing process relies on sophisticated computer software and requires new technicians to undergo a relatively long training process, often 120 days or longer. As a result, negative movementsif we are unable to accurately predict demand, we may have an insufficient number of trained technicians to ensure products are timely manufactured and delivered to meet customers’ expectations, which could damage our relationships with our existing customers or harm our ability to attract new customers. Specifically, production levels for our intraoral scanner are generally forecasted based on forecasts and historic product demand and we often place orders with suppliers for materials, components and sub-assemblies (“materials and components”) as well as finished products weeks or more in currency exchange rates against the U.S. dollar will adversely affect our netadvance of projected customer orders.

Conversely, if we overestimate customer demand, we may lose opportunities to increase revenues and net incomeprofits, we may have excessive staffing, materials, components and finished products, or capacity. If we hire and train too many technicians in anticipation of demand that does not materialize or materializes slower than anticipated, our consolidatedcosts and expenditures may outpace our revenues or revenue growth, harming our gross margin and financial statements. The exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies has fluctuated substantiallyresults. Additionally, in recent years and may continueorder to fluctuate substantially in the future. We have in the past and may in the futuresecure supplies for production of products, we sometimes enter into currency hedging transactions in an effortnon-cancelable minimum purchase commitments with vendors, which could impact our ability to cover some ofadjust our exposureinventory to foreign currency exchange fluctuations. These transactionsreflect declining market demands. If product demand decreases or increases more than forecast, we may not operatebe required to fullypurchase or effectively hedge our exposure to currency fluctuations,lease additional or larger facilities and under certain circumstances, these transactions could have an adverse effect on our financial condition.

Asadditional equipment, or we continue to grow, we are subject to growth related risks, including risks related to excess or constrained capacity at our existing facilities.

We are subject to growth related risks, including excess or constrained capacity and pressure on our internal systems and personnel. In order to manage current operations and future growth effectively, we will need to continue to implement and improve our operational, financial and management information systems and to hire, train, motivate, manage and retain employees. We may be unable to manage such growth effectively. Any such failure could have a material adverse impact on our business, operations and prospects. We are establishing additional order acquisition, treatment planning and manufacturing facilities closer to our international customers in order to improve our operational efficiency and provide doctors with a better experience to further improve their confidence in using Invisalign to treat more patients, more often. Our ability to plan, construct and equip additional order acquisition, treatment planning and manufacturing facilities is subject to significant risk and uncertainty, including risks inherentfulfill customer demand in the establishment of a facility, such as hiringtime frames and retaining employees and delays and cost overruns as a result of a number of factors,with the quantities required, any of which may be out of our control. If the transition into these additional facilities is significantly delayed or demand for our product exceeds our current expectations, we may not be abletake time to fulfill orders timely, which may negatively impact our financial results and overall business. In addition, because we cannot immediately adapt our production capacity and related cost structures to changing market conditions, our facility capacity may at times exceed or fall short of our production requirements. In addition, if product demand decreases or we fail to forecast demand accurately, we could be required to write off inventory or record excess capacity charges, which would
26


accomplish, lower our gross margin.margin, inhibit sales or harm our reputation. Production of our Invisalign clear aligners and iTero intraoral scanners mayare also be limited by capacity


constraints due to a variety of factors, including labor shortages, shipping delays, our dependency on third partythird-party vendors for key materials, parts, components in addition toand equipment, and limited production yields. Any or all of these problems could result in the loss of customers, provide an opportunity for competing products to gain market acceptance and otherwise harm our business and financial results.

If we fail to sustain or increase profitability or revenue growth in future periods, the market price for our common stock may decline.

If we are to sustain or increase profitability in future periods, we will need to continue to increase our net revenues, while controlling our expenses. Becauseresults and those of our business is evolving, it is difficultpartners.

Improvements to predictor changes in our future operating results or levelsproducts may affect the demand and make demand less predictable. We routinely review inventory for usage potential, including fulfillment of growth,customer warranty obligations and spare part requirements, and we have not inwrite down to the pastlower of cost or net realized value the excess and may not in the future be able to sustain our historical growth rates. If we do not increase profitability or revenue growth or otherwise meet the expectations of securities analysts or investors, the market price of our common stock will likely decline.

Our financial results have fluctuated in the past and may fluctuate in the futureobsolete inventory, which may materially affect our results of operations. For instance, periodically we announce new products, capabilities, or technologies that replace or shorten the life cycles of legacy products or cause volatility in our stock price.

Our operating results have fluctuated incustomers to defer or stop purchasing legacy products until new products become available. These risks increase the past and we expect our future quarterly and annual operating results to fluctuate as we focus on increasing doctor and consumerdifficulty of accurately forecasting demand for our products. These fluctuations could cause our stock price to decline or significantly fluctuate. Some of the factors that could cause our operating results to fluctuate include:

limited visibility into and difficulty predicting from quarter to quarter, the level of activity in our customers’ practices including limited visibility into the number of aligners purchased by SmileDirectClub, LLC ("SDC") under the supply agreement;
weakness in consumer spending as a result of a slowdown in the global, U.S. or other economies;
changes in relationships with our distributors;
changes in the timing of receipt of Invisalign case product orders during a given quarter which, given our cycle time and the delay between case receipts and case shipments, could have an impact on which quarter revenue can be recognized;
fluctuations in currency exchange rates against the U.S. dollar;
changes in product mix;
our inability to scale production of our iTero Element scanner to meet customer demand;
if participation in our customer rebate or discount programs increases our average selling price will be adversely affected;
seasonal fluctuations in the number of doctors in their offices and their availability to take appointments;
success of or changes to our marketing programs from quarter to quarter;
our reliance on our contract manufacturers for the production of sub-assemblies for our intraoral scanners;
timing of industry tradeshows;
changes in the timing of when revenue is recognized, including as a result of the introduction of new products or promotions, modifications to our terms and conditions or as a result of changes to critical accounting estimates or new accounting pronouncements;
changes to our effective tax rate;
unanticipated delays in production caused by insufficient capacity or availability of raw materials;
any disruptions in the manufacturing process, including unexpected turnover in the labor force or the introduction of new production processes, power outages or natural or other disasters beyond our control;
the development and marketing of directly competitive products by existingdiscontinued and new competitors;
disruptions to our business as a result of our agreement to manufacture clear aligners for SDC, including market acceptance of the SDC business model and product, possible adverse customer reaction and negative publicity about us and our products;
impairments in the value of our strategic investments in SDC and other privately held companies could be material;


major changes in available technology or the preferences of customers may cause our current product offerings to become less competitive or obsolete;
aggressive price competition from competitors;
costs and expenditures in connection with litigation;
the timing of new product introductions by us and our competitors,products as well as customer order deferrals in anticipationthe likelihood of enhancements or new products;inventory obsolescence, loss of revenue and associated gross profit.
unanticipated delays in our receipt of patient records made through an intraoral scanner for any reason;
disruptions to our business due to political, economic or other social instability, including the impact of an epidemic any of which results in changes in consumer spending habits, consumers unable or unwilling to visit the orthodontist or general practitioners office, as well as any impact on workforce absenteeism;
inaccurate forecasting of net revenues, production and other operating costs,
investments in research and development to develop new products and enhancements;

changes in accounting standards, policies and estimates including changes made by our equity investee; and

our ability to successfully hedge against a portion of our foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities.

To respond to these and other factors, weWe may need to make business decisions that could adversely affect our operating results such as modifications to our pricing policy,policies and payment terms, promotions, development efforts, product releases, business structure or operations. Most of our expenses, such as employee compensation and lease payment obligations, are relatively fixed in the short term. Moreover, our expense levels are based, in part, on our expectations regardingfor future revenue levels.revenues. As a result, if our net revenues for a particular period fallare below our expectations, whether caused by changes in consumer spending, consumer preferences, weakness in the U.S. or global economies, changes in customer behavior related to advertising and prescribing our product or other factors, we may be unable to adjusttimely or effectively reduce spending quickly enough to offset any shortfall in net revenues. Due to these and other factors, we believe that quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our operating results may not be meaningful. You should not rely on our results for any one quarter as an indication of our future performance.

A disruption in the operations of our primary freight carrier or higher shipping costs could cause a decline in our net revenues or a reduction in our earnings.shortfall.


We are dependent on commercial freight carriers, primarily UPS,subject to deliver our products to our customers. If the operations of these carriers are disrupted for any reason, we may be unable to deliver our products to our customers on a timely basis. If we cannot deliver our products in an efficientoperating risks, including excess or constrained capacity and timely manner, our customers may reduce their orders from us and our net revenues and gross margin could materially decline. In a rising fuel cost environment, our freight costs will increase. If freight costs materially increase and we are unable to pass that increase along to our customers for any reason or otherwise offset such increases in our cost of net revenues, our gross margin and financial results could be adversely affected.

 If we are unable to accurately predict our volume growth, and fail to hire a sufficient number of technicians in advance of such demand, the delivery time of our products could be delayedoperational inefficiencies, which could adversely affect our results of operations.


Treatment planning is a key step leading to our manufacturing process which relies on sophisticated computer technology requiring new technicians to undergo a relatively long training process. Training production technicians takes approximately 90 to 120 days. As a result, if we are unable to accurately predict our volume growth, we may not have a sufficient number of trained technicians to deliver our products within the time frame our customers expect. Such a delay could cause us to lose existing customers or fail to attract new customers. This could cause a decline in our net revenues and net income and could adversely affect our results of operations.

Our headquarters, digital dental modeling processes, and other manufacturing processes are principally located in regions thatWe are subject to earthquakesoperating risks, including excess or constrained capacity and other natural disasters.

Our digital dental modeling is primarily processed inpressure on our facility located in San Jose, Costa Rica. Theinternal systems, personnel and suppliers. In order to manage current and anticipated future operations team in Costa Rica creates ClinCheck treatment plans using sophisticated computer software. In addition,effectively, we must continually implement and improve our customer facing operations are located in Costa Rica. Our aligner moldsoperational, financial and finished aligners are fabricated in Juarez, Mexico. Both locations in Costa Ricamanagement information systems, hire, train, motivate, manage and Mexico are in earthquake zonesretain employees, and ensure our suppliers remain diverse and capable of meeting growing demand for the systems, raw materials, parts and components essential to the manufacture and delivery of our products. We may be unable to balance near-term efforts to meet existing demand with future customer demand, including adding personnel, creating scalable, secure and robust systems and operations, and automating processes needed for long term efficiencies. Any such failure could have a material impact on our business, operations and prospects.

Additionally, we have established treatment planning and manufacturing facilities closer to our international customers to provide them with better experiences, improve their confidence using our products to treat patients, create efficiencies, and provide redundancy should other facilities be temporarily or permanently unavailable. Our ability to obtain and maintain regulatory clearance and certifications and equip facilities is subject to other natural disasters.significant risk and uncertainty. If therea facility is a major earthquaketemporarily or any other natural


disaster in a region where one of these facilities is located,permanently, partially or fully shut down, or if demand for our products outpaces our ability to create ClinCheck treatment plans, respondhire qualified personnel and effectively implement systems and infrastructure, we may be unable to customer inquiriesfulfill orders timely, or manufactureat all, which may negatively impact our financial results, reputation and ship our aligners could be compromised which could result in our customers experiencing a significant delay in receiving their completed aligners and a decrease in service levels for a period of time. In addition, our corporate headquarters in California is located in the San Francisco Bay Area. An earthquake or other natural disaster in this region could result in a disruption in our operations. Any such business interruption could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.overall business.


Our products and information technology systems are critical to our business. SystemIssues with product development or enhancements, IT system integration, implementation, updates and implementation issuesupgrades have previously and system security risks could again in the future disrupt our operations which couldand have a material adverse impact on our business and operating results.


We rely on the efficient, uninterrupted and uninterruptedsecure operation of our own complex information technology systems.IT systems and are dependent on key third party software embedded in our products and IT systems as well as third-party hosted IT systems to support our operations. All information technologysoftware and IT systems are vulnerable to damage, cyber attacks or interruption from a variety of sources. As our business has grown in size and complexity, the growth has placed, and will continue to place, significant demands on our information technology systems. To effectively manage this growth,and improve our informationoperations, our IT systems and applications require an ongoing commitment of significant expenditures and resources to maintain, protect, upgrade, enhance and enhancerestore existing systems and develop new systems to keep pace with continuing changes in information processing technology, evolving industry and regulatory standards, increasingly sophisticated cyber threats, and changing customer preferences. We are in a multi-year, company-wide programExpanded remote working and increased usage of online and hosted technology platforms by us, our customers and suppliers, including teledentistry and new or expanded use of online service platforms, products and solutions such as video conferencing applications, doctor, consumer and patient apps have increased the demands on and risks to our IT systems and personnel. Moreover, we continue to transform certain business processes, or extend established processes which includes the transition to a new subsidiaries and/or implement additional functionality in our enterprise resource planning, ("ERP")product development, manufacturing, and other software system. We implemented the first phase of our ERP on July 1, 2016 and while we believe we are past any potential significant business disruption, we are still monitoring and troubleshooting potential issues. The implementation of additional functionality in the ERP systemIT systems which entails certain risks, including difficulties with changes in business processes that could disruptdisruption of our operations, such as our ability to develop and update products that are safe and secure, track orders and timely ship products, manage our supply chain and aggregate financial and operational data. Additionally, if we are not ableFailure to accurately forecast expenses related toadequately protect and maintain the project, thisintegrity of our products and IT systems may have an adverse impactresult in a material effect on our financial conditionposition, results of operations and operating results.cash flows.


 IfWe have a complex, global iTero intraoral scanner installed base of older and newer models. These models are continually updated to add, expand or improve on existing or new features with hardware improvements, improvements to third party
27


components, or part repair or replacement. We have experienced hardware issues in the informationpast and may in the future, including issues relating to manufacturing, design, quality, or safety, of which we rely upon to run our businesses were to be found to be inaccuratebecome aware only after products or unreliable, if we fail to properly maintain our information systemschanges have been introduced into the market. We also have not been and data integrity, or if we fail to develop new capabilities to meet our business needs in a timely manner, we could have operational disruptions, have customer disputes, lose our ability to produce timely and accurate reports, have regulatory or other legal problems, have increases in operating and administrative expenses, lose existing customers, have difficulty in attracting new customers or in implementing our growth strategies, or suffer other adverse consequences. In addition, experienced computer programmers and hackers may not be able to penetrate our network security or our cloud-based software servers hosted byensure that third party components or any changes to the foregoing will not be incompatible with, or have a negative impact on the functionality of our iTero intraoral scanners. As a result, there have been and misappropriatemay be widespread failures of our confidential informationiTero intraoral scanners or thatwe may experience epidemic failures of our iTero intraoral scanner to perform as anticipated. Previously, we have not been and in the future may not be prepared for, or have the infrastructure to, timely and adequately remediate or implement corrective measures for such failures, including due to our dependency on third parties, create system disruptionsparty providers or cause shutdowns. Furthermore, sophisticated hardwaresuppliers. As a consequence, remediation has been and operating system softwaremay be in the future time-consuming and applications that we either internally develop or procure from third partiesdifficult to achieve, which we depend upon may contain defectsmaterially impact our customers and our business partners, damage our reputation and result in designlost business and manufacture, including “bugs”revenue opportunities, and other problems that can unexpectedly interfere with the operation of the system. The costs to eliminate or alleviate security problems, viruses and bugs could be significant, and the efforts to address these problems could result in interruptions that may have a material adverse impact on our operations, net revenues and operating results.materially costly.

System upgrades and enhancements require significant expenditures and allocation of valuable employee resources. Delays in integration or disruptions to our business from implementation of these new or upgraded systems could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and operating results.


Additionally, we continuously upgrade and issue new releases of our products and customer facing software applications, specifically the ClinCheckupon which customer facing, manufacturing and MyAligntech software.treatment planning operations depend. Software applications and products containing software frequently contain errors or defects, especially when they are first introduced or when new versions are released. Additionally, the third-party software integrated into or interoperable with our products and services will routinely reach end of life, and as a consequence, certain models of our iTero intraoral scanners may be exposed to additional vulnerabilities, including increased security risks, errors and malfunctions that may be irreparable or difficult to repair. The discovery of a defect, or error or thesecurity vulnerability in our products, software applications or IT systems, incompatibility with thecustomers’ computer operating systemsystems and hardware configurations of customers inwith a new release or upgraded version or the failure of our products or primary informationIT systems may result in the followingcause adverse consequences, among others:including: delay or loss of revenue orrevenues, significant remediation costs, delay in market acceptance, loss of data, disclosure of financial, health or other personal information of our customers or their patients, product recalls, damage to our reputation, loss of market share or increased service costs, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.our operations and the operations of our customers or our business partners.


A significant portion of our clear aligner production is dependent on digital scans from our globally dispersed and decentralized installed base of iTero and third-party intraoral scanners. Failures of all or any portion of ours or third-party software or other components or systems to interoperate with iTero or third-party scanners, termination of interoperability with third-party scanners, malware or ransomware attacks, product or system vulnerabilities or defects, interference or disruptions for us, our customers, labs or other business partners in the use of our products or the transmission or processing of data needed for the use or ordering of our products, or a system outage for any reason have harmed our operations previously and in the future could affect materially and adversely our ability to accept scans, manufacture clear aligners or restorative procedures or treatments and services or otherwise service our customers which may, amongst other things, harm our sales, damage our reputation, adversely impact our strategic partners or result in litigation.

We are highly dependent on third-party suppliers, some of whom are sole source suppliers, for certain key machines, components and materials, and our business and operating results could be harmed if supply is restricted or ends, or if the price of raw materials used in our manufacturing process increases.

We are highly dependent on our supply chain, particularly manufacturers of specialized scanning equipment, rapid prototyping machines, resin and other advanced materials, as well as the optics, electronic and other mechanical components of our intraoral scanners. We maintain single supply relationships for many of these machines and materials. In particular, our CT scanning and stereolithography equipment used in our aligner manufacturing and many of the critical components for the optics of our scanners are provided by single suppliers. We rely on a single third-party manufacturer to supply key sub-assemblies for our iTero Element scanner. We purchase the vast majority of our resin and polymer, the primary raw materials used in our manufacturing process for clear aligners, from a single source. By using single suppliers for materials and manufacturing in a limited number of locations, we risk multiple supply chain vulnerabilities. For example, damage to or destruction of a facility can materially disrupt our ability to timely deliver key parts, components and materials or products or a supplier could encounter financial, operating or other difficulties, be unable to hire or maintain personnel, fail to timely obtain supplies, fail to maintain manufacturing standards or controls. To the extent any of our suppliers or others' suppliers in our supply chain are dependent on raw materials, components or other parts from Russia or Ukraine, the foregoing risks may be more likely to occur as a result of the military conflict in Ukraine. Any one of these occurrences would adversely impact our supply chain.

Because of our dependence on our suppliers, changes in our relationships with any of them can result in disruptions to the supply chain, which can materially impact our business. For instance, we may be unable to quickly establish or qualify replacement suppliers creating production interruptions, delays and inefficiencies. Finding substitute manufacturers may be expensive, time-consuming or impossible and could result in a significant interruption in the supply of one or more products causing us to lose revenues and suffer damage to our customer relationships. Technology changes by our service providers, vendors, and other third parties could disrupt access to required manufacturing capacity or require expensive, time-consuming development efforts to adapt and integrate new equipment or processes. In the event of technology changes, delivery delays, labor stoppages or shortages, or shortages of, or increases in price for these items, sales may decrease and our business and prospects may be harmed.

28


We use distributors for a portion of the importation, marketing and sales efforts related to our products and services, which exposes us to risks to our sales and operations, including the risk that these distributors do not comply with applicable laws or our internal procedures.

In addition to our direct sales force, we have and expect to continue to use distributors to import, market, sell, service and support our products. Our agreements with these distributors are generally non-exclusive and terminable by either party with little notice. If alternative distributors must be quickly found and trained in the use, marketing, sales and support of our products and services, our revenues and ability to sell or service our products in markets key to our business could be adversely affected. These distributors may also choose to sell alternative or competing products or services. In addition, we may be held responsible for the actions of these distributors and their employees and agents for compliance with laws and regulations, including fair competition, bribery and corruption, trade compliance, safety, data privacy and marketing and sales activities. A distributor may also affect our ability to effectively market our products in certain foreign countries or regulatory jurisdictions if it holds the regulatory authorization in such countries or within such regions and causes, by action or inaction, the suspension of such marketing authorization or sanctions for non-compliance or prevents us from taking control of any such authorization. It may be difficult, expensive, and time-consuming for us to re-establish market access or regulatory compliance.

A disruption in the operations of a primary freight carrier, higher shipping costs or shipping delays could disrupt our supply chain and impact our revenues or gross margin.

We are dependent on commercial freight carriers, primarily UPS, to deliver our products. If the operations of carriers are disrupted, we may be unable to timely deliver our products to our customers who may choose alternative products which could cause our net revenues and gross margin to materially decline. For example, after Russia's military attacks in Ukraine in 2022, UPS ceased shipments to Russia and we suspended new product sales there. Moreover, when fuel costs increase, our freight costs generally do so as well. In 2022, due to increased fuel costs, we experienced a material increase in freight costs. In addition, we earn an increasingly larger portion of our total revenues from international sales, which carry higher shipping costs that could negatively impact our gross margin and results of operations. If freight costs materially increase and we are unable to successfully pass all or significant portions of the increases along to our customers, or we cannot otherwise offset such increases in our cost of net revenues, our gross margin and financial results could be materially affected.

Our success depends largely on the talents and efforts of our personnel, and if we are unable to attract, motivate, train or retain our personnel, it may be more difficult to grow effectively and pursue our strategic priorities, and could materially effect on our results of operations.

We are highly dependent on the talent and effort of our personnel, including highly skilled personnel like orthodontists and production technicians in our treatment planning facilities, and employees on our clinical engineering, technology development and sales teams. As a result, we strive to retain our personnel, by providing competitive compensation and benefits, development opportunities and training, flexible work options, and an inclusive corporate culture. However, there is substantial competition in our industry for highly-skilled personnel, in particular significantly higher demand for technical and digital talent. Furthermore, our compensation and benefit arrangements, such as our equity award programs, may not always be successful in attracting new employees and retaining and motivating existing employees. In addition, other internal and external factors can impact our ability to hire and retain talent, including insufficient advancement or career opportunities and restrictive immigration policies. The loss of any of our key personnel, particularly executive management, key research and development personnel or key sales team personnel, could harm our business requiresand prospects and could impede the secure transmissionachievement of confidential information over public networks. Becauseour research and development, operational or strategic objectives.

We provide significant training to our personnel and our business will be impacted if our training fails to properly prepare our personnel to perform the work required, we are unable to successfully instill technical expertise in new and existing personnel or if our techniques prove unsuccessful or not cost-effective. Moreover, for certain roles, this training and experience can make key personnel, such as our sales personnel, highly desirable to competitors and lead to increased attrition. The loss of the confidential health informationservices and knowledge from our highly-skilled employees may significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our development and business objectives and could harm our business. For example, it can take up to twelve months or more to train sales representatives to successfully market and sell our products and for them to establish strong customer relationships.

Additionally, facilitating seamless leadership transitions for key positions is a critical factor in sustaining the culture and maintaining the success of our organization. If our succession planning efforts are not effective, it could adversely impact our business. We continue to assess the key personnel that we storebelieve are essential to our long-term success, as future organizational changes could also cause our employee attrition rate to increase. If we fail to effectively manage any organizational or strategic changes, our financial condition, results of operations, and transmit, security breachesreputation, as well as our ability to successfully attract, motivate and retain key employees, could expose usbe harmed.

In 2022, we gradually reopened many of our offices that had been substantially closed to employees during the COVID-19 pandemic. Where our offices have reopened, we have adopted a riskhybrid work schedule that allows many of regulatory action, litigation, possible liabilityour employees the opportunity to collaborate and loss.connect with others in our offices for some days of the week while having the
29


option to work remotely other days. This hybrid work approach that we have adopted may materially increase our costs or create unforeseen challenges or complications, including:

difficulties maintaining our corporate culture, disruption of morale or decreased loyalty;
difficulties with hiring and retention, particularly if we must compete against other companies that offer generous or broad remote working policies;
negative impacts to collaboration, performance and productivity;
increased stress, fatigue or “burn out” by employees unable to disengage their work life from home life;
increased operational, governance, compliance, and tax risks;
increased attrition or limits to our ability to attract employees who prefer to continue working remotely full time, or in offices or geographies different from where they were hired or are expected to work;
problems managing office space requirements;
concerns regarding favoritism or discrimination;
strains to our business continuity plans and difficulties achieving our strategic objectives; and
increased labor and employment claims and litigation.

Also, we believe a key factor in our success has been the culture we have created that emphasizes a shared vision and values focusing on agility, customer success and accountability. We believe this culture fosters an environment of integrity, innovation, creativity, and teamwork. We have experienced and may continue to experience in the future, difficulties attracting and retaining employees that meet the qualifications, experience, compliance mindset and values we expect. If we are unable to attract and retain personnel that meet our selection criteria or relax our standards in order to meet the demands of our growth or if our growth is not managed effectively, our corporate culture, ability to achieve our strategic objectives, and our compliance with obligations under our internal controls and other requirements may be harmed. This could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and our ability to maintain market share.

We are dependent on our marketing activities to deepen our market penetration and raise awareness of our brand and products, which may not prove successful or may become less effective or more costly to maintain in the long term.

Our marketing efforts and costs are significant and include national and regional campaigns in multiple countries involving television, print and social media and, more recently, alliances with professional sports teams, social media influencers and other strategic partners. We attempt to structure our advertising campaigns to increase brand awareness, adoption and goodwill; however, there is no assurance our campaigns will achieve the returns on advertising spend desired, increase brand or product awareness sufficiently or generate goodwill and positive reputational goals. Moreover, should any entity or individual endorsing us or our products take actions, make or publish statements in support of, or lend support to events or causes which may be perceived by a portion of society negatively, our sponsorships or support of these entities or individuals may be questioned, boycotts of our products announced, and our reputation may be harmed, any of which could have a material effect on our gross margin and business overall.

In addition, various countries prohibit certain types of marketing activities. For example, some countries restrict direct to consumer advertising of medical devices. We could run afoul of restrictions and be ordered to stop certain marketing activities. Moreover, competitors do not always follow these restrictions, creating an unfair advantage and making it more difficult and costly for us to compete.

Additionally, we rely heavily on data generated from our campaigns to target specific audiences and evaluate their effectiveness, particularly data generated from internet activities on mobile devices. To obtain this data, we are dependent on third parties and popular mobile operating systems, networks, technologies, products, and standards that we do not control, such breachesas the Android and iOS operating systems and mobile browsers. Any changes in such systems that degrade, reduce or eliminate our ability to target or measure the results of ads or increase costs to target audiences could adversely affect the effectiveness of our campaigns. For example, Apple has released mobile operating systems that include significant data privacy changes that may limit our ability to interpret, target and measure ads effectively.

Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risks

We are subject to antitrust and competition regulatory activity, litigation and enforcement actions that may result in fines, penalties, restrictions on our business practices, and product or operational changes which could materially impact our business.

We are and may be in the future subject to antitrust or competition related investigations, enforcement actions, and settlements, by governmental agencies, competitors, consumers, customers, and others which could cause us to incur substantial costs or require us to change our business practices in a manner materially adverse to our business. Governments, enforcement
30


authorities and other legislative bodies are actively developing new competition laws and regulations aimed at the technology sector, artificial intelligence and digital platforms, coordinating globally, and enforcing competition laws and regulations, and this includes scrutiny in potentially large markets such as the EU, U.S., and China. Government regulatory actions and court decisions may result in fines or hinder our ability to provide certain benefits to our consumers, reducing the attractiveness of our products and the revenue that comes from them. Other companies and government agencies have in the past and may in the future allege that our security measuresactions violate the antitrust or competition laws or otherwise constitute unfair competition. Such claims and investigations, even if without foundation, may be inadequatevery expensive to prevent security breaches,defend, involve negative publicity and substantial diversion of management time and effort and could result in significant judgments against us or require us to change our business practices, any of which may materially impact our results of operations.

Obtaining approvals and complying with governmental regulations, particularly those related to personal healthcare information, financial information, quality systems, anti-corruption and anti-bribery are expensive and time-consuming. Any failure to obtain or maintain approvals or comply with regulations regarding our products or services or the products and services of our suppliers or customers could materially harm our sales, result in substantial penalties and fines and cause harm to our reputation.

We and many of our healthcare provider customers, suppliers and distributors are subject to extensive and frequently changing regulations under numerous federal, state, local and foreign laws, including those regulating:

the storage, transmission and disclosure of medical information and healthcare records;
prohibitions against the offer, payment or receipt of remuneration to induce referrals to entities providing healthcare services or goods or to induce the order, purchase or recommendation of our products; and
the design, manufacture marketing and advertising of our products.

The healthcare and technology markets are also highly regulated and subject to changing political, economic and regulatory influences. Global regulators are expanding and changing the regulations and guidance for products, which can limit the potential benefits of products and result in protracted review timelines for new product introductions. We are also incorporating artificial intelligence into our software to make it more effective for us, our customers, suppliers and consumers; however, this subjects us to risks of compliance with the expanding and changing regulations regarding the use artificial intelligence. Our critical vendors and service providers are similarly subject to various regulations. Our failure or the failure of our suppliers, customers, advertisers and influencers to strictly adhere to clearances or approvals in the labeling, marketing and sales of our products and services could subject us to claims or litigation, including actions alleging false or misleading advertising or other violations of laws or regulations, which may result in costly investigations, fines, penalties, as well as material judgments, settlements or decrees. We are also subject to complex and changing environmental and health and safety regulations. Additionally, a large portion of our revenues are derived from international sales and we are dependent on our international operations, and profitability would be adversely affectedwhich exposes us to additional foreign regulations not otherwise described herein, including without limitation, pricing regulations imposed by among other things, loss of customers and potential criminal and civil sanctions if they are not prevented.

governments like the volume-based procurement regulations in China. There can be no assurance that we will adequately address the business risks associated with the implementation and compliance with such laws and our process of improving existing systems, developing new systemsinternal processes and procedures to support our expanding operations, integrating new systems, protecting confidential patient information, and improving service levels will not be delayedcomply with such laws or that additional systems issueswe will not arisebe able to take advantage of any resulting business opportunities.

Furthermore, in general before we can sell a new medical device or market a new use of or claim for an existing product, we must obtain clearance or approval before marketing the product unless an exemption applies. For instance, in the future.U.S., FDA regulations are wide ranging and govern, among other things, product design, development, manufacturing and testing; product labeling and product storage. It takes significant time, effort and expense to obtain and maintain clearances or approvals of products and services from governmental regulators such as the FDA, and there is no guarantee we will successfully or timely obtain or maintain approvals in all or any of the countries in which we do business. In other countries, the requirements, time, effort and expense to obtain and maintain similar marketing authorizations may differ materially from those of the FDA. Moreover, these laws may change, resulting in additional time and expense or loss of market access. If approvals to market our products or services are delayed, we may be unable to offer them in markets we deem important to our business. Additionally, failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements could result in enforcement actions with sanctions including, among other things, fines, civil penalties and criminal prosecution. Failure or delays to obtain or maintain regulatory approvals or to comply with regulatory requirements may materially harm our domestic or international operations, and adversely impact our business.

We and certain of our vendors must also comply with facility registration and product listing requirements of regulators and adhere to applicable Quality System regulations. The FDA enforces its Quality System regulations through periodic unannounced inspections. Failure to adequately protect and maintain the integrity of our information systems and data maysatisfactorily correct an adverse inspection finding or to comply with applicable manufacturing regulations can result in enforcement actions, we may be required to find alternative manufacturers, which could be a long and costly process and may cause reputational harm. Enforcement actions by regulators could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, resultsbusiness.

31


We are also subject to anti-corruption and anti-bribery (“ABAC”) laws such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act ("FCPA") and the U.K. Bribery Act of operations2010, which generally prohibit corrupt payments to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or keeping business, securing an advantage and cash flows.directing business to another. To comply with ABAC laws, regulators require the maintenance of accurate books and records and a system of internal accounting controls. Under the FCPA, we may be held liable for any corrupt actions taken by directors, officers, employees, agents, or other strategic or local partners or representatives.




In addition, while we have policies requiring our personnel to comply with applicable laws and regulations and we provide significant training to foster compliance, they may not properly adhere to our policies or applicable laws or regulations, including such as our policies on the use of certain electronic communications and maintaining accurate books and records. If our personnel or the securitypersonnel of our customeragents or suppliers fail to comply with any laws, regulations, policies or procedures, or we fail to audit and patient information is compromised,enforce compliance, it could subject us to harm to our reputation, loss of customers, loss or revenues, or regulatory investigations, actions and fines.

Security breaches, data breaches, cyber attacks, other cybersecurity incidents or the failure to comply with privacy, security and data protection laws could materially impact our operations, patient care could suffer, and we could be liable for related damages, and our business, operations and reputation could be impaired.harmed.


We retain confidential customer personal and financial, patient health information and our own proprietary information and data essential to our business operations. We rely upon the effective operation of our IT systems, and those of our service providers, vendors, and other third parties to safeguard the information and data. Additionally, our success may be dependent on the success of healthcare providers, many of whom are comprised of individual or small operations with limited IT experience and inadequate or untested security protocols, in our processing centers. Therefore, itmanaging data privacy and data security requirements. It is critical that the facilities, infrastructure and IT systems on which we depend to run our facilitiesbusiness and infrastructurethe products we develop remain secure and are alsobe perceived by the marketplace and our customers to be secure. Despite the implementation of security features in our products and security measures we have experienced such breaches in the pastour IT systems, we and our infrastructure mayservice providers, vendors, and other third parties continue to be vulnerabletargeted by or subject to physical break-ins, computer viruses or other malicious code, unauthorized or fraudulent access, programming errors or other technical malfunctions, hacking or phishing attacks, by third parties,malware, ransomware, employee error or malfeasance, cyber attacks, and other breaches of IT systems or similar disruptive problems. Ifactions, including by organized groups and nation-state actors. For example, we failhave experienced, and may again experience in the future, cybersecurity incidents and unauthorized internal employee exfiltration of company information.

Further, the frequency of third-party cyber-attacks has increased over the last several years.The military conflict in Ukraine may cause nation-state actors or hackers sympathetic to meeteither side of the conflict to carry out cyber-attacks to achieve their goals, which may include espionage, information gathering operations, monetary gain, ransomware, disruption, and destruction. To respond to potential increases in cyber-attacks, in 2022, we increased efforts to identify and respond to any attacks, including placing our customercybersecurity operations team on high alert. Significant service disruptions, breaches in our infrastructure and patient’s expectations regarding the security of healthcare information, weIT systems or other cybersecurity incidents could be liable for damages andexpose us to litigation or regulatory investigations, impair our reputation and competitioncompetitive position, could be impaired.distracting to our management, and require significant time and resources to address. Affected parties or regulatory agencies could initiate legal or regulatory action against us, which could prevent us from resolving the issues quickly or force us to resolve them in unanticipated ways, cause us to incur significant expense and liability, or result in judicial or governmental orders forcing us to cease operations or modify our business practices.practices in ways that could materially limit or restrict the products and services we provide. Concerns over our privacy practices could adversely affect others’ perception of us and deter customers, advertiserspatients and partners from using our products. In addition, patient care could suffer, and we could be liable if our products or IT systems fail to deliver correctaccurate and complete information in a timely manner. OurWe have internal monitoring and detection systems as well as cybersecurity and other forms of insurance coverage related to a breach event covering expenses for notification, credit monitoring, investigation, crisis management, public relations and legal advice. However, damages and claims arising from such incidents may not protectbe covered or may exceed the amount of any coverage and do not cover the time and effort we may incur investigating and responding to any incidents, which may be material.The costs to eliminate, mitigate or recover from security problems and cyber attacks and incidents could be material and depending on the nature and extent of the problem and the networks or products impacted, may result in network or systems interruptions, decreased product sales, or data loss that may have a material impact on our operations, net revenues and operating results.

Additionally, our globally-dispersed installed base of iTero intraoral scanners at customer, strategic business partner or other locations may be independently or collectively the target of a cybersecurity incident or attack or subject to the intrusion of a virus, bug, or other similar negative intruder. Due to the large and growing number of these decentralized locations, we may not be able to, or not have the capacity, knowledge, or infrastructure to, respond to or remedy a cybersecurity issue in a timely manner, which may cause loss or damage to us from this risk.or our customers or strategic business partners or may cause further malfunctions in, or damage to, our servers, databases, systems or products and services, loss or damage of our data, interruption or temporary cessation of our operations, or an overall negative impact to our business or reputation.


32


We are also subject to several federal, state and foreign laws and regulations, including regulations affecting the security and privacy of patient healthcare information applicable to healthcare providers and their business associates, such as HIPAA, ones relating to privacy, data security and protection, content regulation, and consumer protection.protection, among others. We are subject to various national and regional data localization or data residency laws such as the General Data Protection Regulation in the EU and analogous laws in China which generally require that certain types of data collected within a country be stored and processed only within that country or approved countries and other countries are considering enacting similar data localization or data residency laws. We have and likely will again in the future be required to implement new or expand existing data storage protocols, build new storage facilities, and/or devote additional resources to comply with such laws, any of which could be costly. We are also subject to data export restrictions and international transfer laws which prohibit or impose conditions upon the transfer of such data from one country to another. These laws and regulations are constantly evolving and may be interpreted, applied, created or amended in a manner that could adversely affect our business.


Our business exposes us to potential liability for the quality and safety of our products and services, how we advertise and market those products and services and how and to whom we sell them, and we may incur substantial expenses or be found liable for substantial damages or penalties if we are subject to claims or litigation.

Our products and services involve an inherent risk of claims concerning their design, manufacture, safety and performance, how they are marketed and advertised in a complex framework of highly regulated domestic and international laws and regulations, how we package, bundle or sell them to customers who may be private individuals or companies or public entities such as hospitals and clinics and how we train and support doctors, their staffs and patients who administer or use our products. Moreover, consumer products and services are routinely subject to claims of false, deceptive or misleading advertising, consumer fraud and unfair business practices. Additionally, we may be held liable if any product we develop or manufacture or services we offer or perform causes injury or is otherwise found unhealthy. If our products are safe but they are promoted for use or used in unintended or unexpected ways or for which we have not obtained clearance or approvals (“off-label” usage), we may be investigated, fined or have our products or services enjoined or approvals rescinded or we may be required to defend ourselves in litigation. Although we maintain insurance for product liability, business practices and other types of activities we make or offer, coverage may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all, and may be insufficient for actual liabilities. Any claim for product liability, sales, advertising and business practices, regardless of its merit or eventual outcome, could result in material legal defense costs and damage our reputation, increase our expenses and divert management’s attention.

Increased focus on current and anticipated environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) laws and increased scrutiny of our ESG policies and practices may materially increase our costs, expose us to potential liability, adversely impact our reputation, employee retention, willingness of customers and suppliers to do business with us and willingness of investors to invest in us.

Our operations are subject to a variety of existing local, regional and global ESG laws and regulations, and we will likely be required to comply with new, broader, more complex and more costly laws and regulations that focus on ESG matters. Our compliance obligations will likely span all aspects of our business and operations, including product design and development, materials sourcing and other procurement activities, product packaging, product safety, energy and natural resources usage, facilities design and utilization, recycling and collection, transportation, disposal activities and workers’ rights.

Environmental regulations related to greenhouse gases are expected to have an increasingly larger impact on our or our suppliers’ energy sources. Many U.S. and foreign regulators have enacted or are considering enacting new or additional disclosure requirements or limits on the emissions of greenhouse gases, including, but not limited to, carbon dioxide and methane, from power generation units using fossil fuels. The effects of greenhouse gas emission limits on power generation are subject to significant uncertainties, including the timing of any new requirements, levels of emissions reductions and the scope and types of emissions regulated. These limits may have the effect of increasing our costs and those of our suppliers and could result in manufacturing, transportation and supply chain disruptions and delays if clean energy alternatives are not readily available in adequate amounts when required. Moreover, alternative energy sources, coupled with reduced investments in traditional energy sources and infrastructure, may fail to provide the predictable, reliable, and consistent energy that we, our suppliers and other businesses need for operations.

Regulations related to sourcing of certain metals may have an impact on our business. For instance, the sourcing and availability of metals that may be used in the manufacture of, or contained in, our products may be affected by laws and regulations regarding the use of minerals obtained from certain regions of the world like the Democratic Republic of Congo and adjoining countries. Although we do not believe that we or our suppliers source minerals from this region, these laws and regulations may decrease the number of suppliers capable of supplying our needs for certain metals, thereby negatively affecting our ability to manufacture products in sufficient quantities or at competitive prices, leading customers to potentially choose competitive goods and services.

33


Meeting our obligations under existing ESG laws, rules, or regulations is already costly to us and our suppliers, and we expect those costs to increase as new laws are enacted, possibly materially. Additionally, we expect regulators to perform investigations, inspections and periodically audit our compliance with these laws and regulations, and we cannot provide assurance that our efforts or operations will be compliant. If we fail to comply with any requirements, we could be subject to significant penalties or liabilities and we may be required to implement new and materially more costly processes and procedures to come into compliance. Further these laws are subject to unpredictable changes. Even if we successfully comply with these laws and regulations, our suppliers may fail to comply. We may also suffer financial and reputational harm if customers require, and we are unable to deliver, certification that our products are conflict free. In all of these situations, customers may stop purchasing products from us, and may take legal action against us, which could harm our reputation, revenues and results of operations.

Investor advocacy groups, institutional investors, investment funds, proxy advisory services, stockholders, and customers are also increasingly focused on corporate ESG practices. Additionally, public interest and legislative pressure related to public companies’ ESG practices continues to grow. If our ESG practices fail to meet investor or other industry stakeholders' evolving expectations and standards, including environmental stewardship, support for local communities, board of director and employee diversity, human capital management, employee health and safety practices, product quality, supply chain management, corporate governance and transparency and employing ESG strategies in our operations, our brand, reputation and employee retention may be negatively impacted, customers and suppliers may be unwilling to do business with us and investors may be unwilling to invest in us. In addition, as we work to align our ESG practices with industry standards, we have expanded and will likely continue to expand our disclosures in these areas. We also expect to incur additional costs and require additional resources to monitor, report, and comply with our various ESG practices. If we fail to adopt ESG standards or practices as quickly as stakeholders desire, report on our ESG efforts or practices accurately, or satisfy the disclosure and other expectations of stakeholders, our reputation, business, financial performance, growth, and stock price may be adversely impacted.

Intellectual Property Risks

Our success depends in part on our proprietary technology, and if we are unablefail to successfully obtain or enforce our intellectual property (“IP”) rights, our competitive position may be harmed. Litigating claims of this type is costly and could distract our management and cause a decline in our results of operations and stock price.


Our success will dependdepends in part on our ability to maintain existing intellectual propertyIP rights and to obtain and maintain further intellectual propertyIP protection for our products, both in the U.S. and in other countries.products. Our inability to do so could harm our competitive position. As of December 31, 2017, we had 420 active U.S. patents, 456 active foreign patents, and 416 pending global patent applications.


We intend to rely on our portfolio of issued and pending patent applications in the U.S. and in other countries to protect a large part of our intellectual propertyIP and our competitive position; however, these patents may be insufficient to protect our currently pending or future patent filings may not result in the issuance of patents. Additionally, anyIP rights because our patents issued to us may be challenged, invalidated, held unenforceable, circumvented, or may not be sufficiently broad to prevent third parties from producing competing products similar in design to our products. In addition, any protection afforded byproducts and foreign patents protections may be more limited than thatthose provided under U.S. patents and intellectual propertyIP laws. CertainAdditionally, international IP rights laws are typically less protective than the protections afforded under the laws of the U.S.

Additionally, we may fail to timely file a patent application, or any of our key patents began to expire in 2017, whichpatent applications may not result in increased competitionan issued patent or less expensive alternativesthe scope of the patent ultimately issued may be narrower than we initially sought. We may not be afforded the protection of a patent if our currently pending or future patent filings do not result in the issuance of patents or we fail to apply for patent protection. We may fail to apply for a patent if our products. personnel fail to disclose or recognize new patentable ideas or innovations. Remote working can decrease the opportunities for our personnel to collaborate, thereby reducing the opportunities for effective invention disclosures and patent application filings. We may choose not to file a foreign patent application if the limited protections provided by a foreign patent do not outweigh the costs to obtain it.

We also rely on protection ofprotect our IP through copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets, know-how and proprietary information.confidentiality obligations. We generally enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants and our collaborative partners upon commencement of a relationship with us; however,us. However, despite the existence of these protections, we have experienced incidents in which our proprietary information has been misappropriated and believe it could be misappropriated again in the future. If these agreements maydo not provide meaningful protection against the unauthorized use or disclosure of our trade secrets or other confidential information, and adequate remedies may not exist ifto prevent unauthorized useuses or disclosure were to occur. disclosures.

Our inability to maintain the proprietary nature of our technology through patents, copyrights or trade secrets would impair our competitive advantages and could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and future growth prospects. In particular, a failure to protect our proprietaryIP rights might allow competitors to copy our technology or create counterfeit or pirated versions of our products, which could adversely affect our reputation, pricing and market share. In addition, in an effort

Litigation regarding our IP rights, rights claimed by third parties, or IP litigation by any vendors on whose products or services we rely for our products and services may impact our ability to protect our intellectual property we have in the past been and may in the future be involved in litigation. The potential effects ongrow our business, adversely impact our results of operations resulting fromand adversely impact our reputation.

34


Extensive litigation that we may participateover patents and other IP rights is common in the future, whether or not ultimately determined inmedical device, optical scanner, 3D printing and other technologies and industries on which our favor or settled by us,products and services are costly and divert the efforts and attention of our management and technical personnel from normal business operations.

based. Litigation, interferences, oppositions, re-exams, inter partes reviews, post grant reviews or other proceedings are, have been necessary and maywill likely be needed in the future be necessary in some instances to determine the validity and scope of certain of our proprietaryIP rights and in other instancesthe IP rights claimed by third parties. These proceedings are used to determine the validity, scope or non-infringement of certain patent rights claimed by third parties to be pertinent to the manufacture, use or sale of our products. Litigation, interference, oppositions, re-exams, inter partes reviews, post grant reviews, administrative challengesproducts and the products of competitors. We have been sued for infringement of third parties’ patents in the past and we are currently defending patent infringement lawsuits and other legal claims. In addition, we periodically receive letters from third parties drawing our attention to their IP rights and there may be other third-party IP rights of which we are presently unaware. Asserting or other similardefending these types of proceedings arecan be unpredictable, and may be protracted, time-consuming, expensive and distracting to management. The outcome of such proceedingsmanagement and technical personnel. Their outcomes could adversely affect the validity and scope of our patent or other proprietaryIP rights, hinder our ability to manufacture and market our products, require us to seek a license for the infringed productinfringing products or technologytechnologies or result in the assessment of significant monetary damages. An unfavorable ruling could include monetary damages, or, in cases where injunctive relief is sought, an injunction prohibiting us from selling our products. Anyproducts, or an exclusion order preventing us from importing our products in one or more countries. Moreover, independent actions by competitors, customers or others have been brought alleging that our efforts to enforce our patent or other IP rights constitute unfair competition or violations of these resultsantitrust laws in the U.S. and other jurisdictions and investigations and additional litigation based on the same or similar claims may be brought in the future. The potential effects on our business operations resulting from litigation, whether or not ultimately determined in our litigationfavor or settled by us, are costly and could adverselymaterially affect our results of operations and stock price.reputation.



Financial, Tax and Accounting Risks


WhileIf our goodwill or long-lived assets become impaired, we believemay be required to record a material charge to earnings.

Under U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Practices (“GAAP”), we currentlyreview our goodwill and long-lived asset group for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Additionally, goodwill must be tested for impairment at least annually. The qualitative and quantitative analysis used to test goodwill are dependent upon various assumptions and reflect management’s best estimates. Changes in certain assumptions, including revenue growth rates, discount rates, earnings multiples and future cash flows may cause a change in circumstances indicating that the carrying value of goodwill or the asset group may be impaired and assessing these assumptions and predicting and forecasting future events can be difficult. Goodwill and purchased assets require periodic fair value assessments to determine if they have adequate internal control overbecome impaired. Consequently, we may be required to record a material charge to earnings in the financial reporting, westatements during the period in which any impairment of goodwill or long-lived asset group is determined.

Changes in, or interpretations of, accounting rules and regulations, could result in unfavorable accounting charges.

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP. These principles are subject to interpretation by the SEC and various bodies formed to interpret and create appropriate accounting policies. A change in these policies or in the way these policies are interpreted by us or regulators could have a material effect on our reported results and may even retroactively affect previously reported financial statements.

We are required to annually assess our internal control over financial reporting on an annual basis and any future adverse results from such assessment couldmay result in a loss of investor confidence in our financial reports and have an adverseadversely effect on our stock price.


Pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, weWe are required to furnish in our Form 10-K a report by our management regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. The reportreporting that includes, among other things, an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the end of our fiscal year, including a statement as to whether or not our internal control over financial reporting is effective. This assessment must include disclosure of any material weaknesses in ourOur internal control over financial reporting identified by management. While we believe our internal control over financial reporting is currently effective, the effectiveness of our internal controls in future periods is subject to the risk that our controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions including our transitionpersonnel, updates and upgrades to existing software, failure to maintain accurate books and records, changes in accounting standards or interpretations of further business operations into our ERP software system,existing standards, and, as a result, the degree of compliance of our internal control over financial reporting with the existing policies or procedures may become ineffective. Establishing, testing and maintaining an effective system of internal control over financial reporting requires significant resources and time commitments on the part of our management and our finance staff, may require additional staffing and infrastructure investments and would increaseincreases our costs of doing business. If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective in any future period (or if our auditors are unable to express an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal controls or conclude that our internal controls are ineffective), the timely filing of our financial reports could be delayed or we could be required to restate past reports, and cause us to lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports in the future, which could have an adverse effect on our stock price.

If we losefail to manage our key personnelexposure to global financial and securities market risks successfully, our operating results and financial statements could be materially impacted.

A majority of our marketable investments are investment grade, liquid, fixed-income securities and money market instruments denominated in U.S. dollars. If the carrying value of an investment exceeds the fair value, and the decline in fair value is deemed to be other-than-temporary, we are required to write down the value of the investment, which could materially harm our results of operations and financial condition. Moreover, the performance of certain securities in our investment
35


portfolio correlates with the credit condition of the U.S. financial sector. In an unstable credit or economic environment, it is necessary to assess the value of our investments more frequently and we might incur material realized, unrealized or impairment losses associated with these investments.

Our effective tax rate may vary significantly from period to period.

Align operates globally and is subject to taxes in the U.S. and foreign countries. Various internal and external factors may affect our future effective tax rate. These factors include changes in the global economic environment, changes in our legal entity structure or activities performed within our entities, changes in our business operations, changes in tax laws, regulations and/or rates, new or changes to accounting pronouncements, changing interpretations of existing tax laws or regulations, changes in relative proportions of revenues and income before taxes in the various jurisdictions in which we operate that have differing statutory tax rates, changes in overall levels of pretax earnings, the future levels of tax benefits of stock-based compensation, settlement of income tax audits and non-deductible goodwill impairments.

Our effective tax rate is also dependent in part on forecasts of full year results which can vary materially. Furthermore, we may continue to experience significant variation in our effective tax rate related to excess tax benefits on stock-based compensation, particularly in the first quarter of each year when the majority of our equity awards vest.

New tax laws and practices, changes to existing tax laws and practices, or disputes regarding the positions we take regarding tax laws, could negatively affect our provision for income taxes as well as our ongoing operations.

We are unablesubject to attracttax laws both within and retain key personnel,outside of the U.S. requiring significant judgment in determining our worldwide provision for income taxes. Changes in tax laws or changes to how those laws are applied to our business in practice, could affect the amount of tax to which we are subject and the manner in which we operate. Additionally, the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development’s (“OECD”) Base Erosion and Profit Shifting (“BEPS”) project has resulted in considerable new reporting obligations worldwide as OECD member countries have implemented its guidance. The OECD continues to publish guidance pursuant to the BEPS and other projects which, if adopted by member countries, may affect our tax positions in many of the countries in which we do business.

Moreover, the application of indirect taxes (such as sales and use tax (“SUT”), value-added tax (“VAT”), goods and services tax (“GST”), and other indirect taxes) to our operations is complex and evolving. U.S. states, local and foreign taxing jurisdictions have differing rules and regulations governing differing types of taxes, and these rules and regulations are subject to varying interpretations and exemptions that may change over time. We collect and remit SUT, VAT, GST and other taxes in many jurisdictions and we are routinely subject to audits. We are also routinely subject to audits regarding our tax reporting and remissions by local and national government, and we may also be subject to audits in U.S. states, local and foreign jurisdictions for which we have not accrued tax liabilities. The positions we take regarding taxes as well as the amounts we collect or remit may be challenged and we may be unableliable for failing to pursuecollect or remit all or any portion of taxes deemed owed or the taxes could exceed our estimates. One or more U.S. states or countries may seek to impose incremental or new sales, use, or other tax collection obligations on us or may determine that such taxes should have but have not been paid by us. If we dispute rulings or positions taken by tax authorities, we may incur expenses and expend significant time and effort to defend our positions, which may be costly.

On August 16, 2022, the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 (“IRA”) was enacted. It contains numerous new U.S. federal tax law provisions, including a corporate alternative minimum tax on adjusted financial statement income and an excise tax on corporate stock repurchases, both effective after December 31, 2022. We continue to evaluate the IRA’s impact to our business, opportunitieswhich may be material.

The application of existing, new, or develop our products.

We are highly dependent onfuture tax laws, and results of audits, whether in the key employees in our clinical engineering, technology development, sales, training and marketing personnel and management teams. The loss of the services provided by those individuals may significantly delayU.S. or prevent the achievement of our product development and other business objectives andinternationally, could harm our business. Our future success will also depend on our ability to identify, recruit, train and retain additional qualified personnel, including orthodontists. Few orthodontists are accustomed to working in a manufacturing environment since they are generally trained to work in private practices, universities and other research institutions. Thus, we may be unable to attract and retain personnel with the advanced qualifications necessary for the further development of our business. Furthermore, we may not be successful in retaining our key personnel or their services. If we are unable to attract and retain key personnel, our business could be materially harmed.
If we infringe the patents or proprietary rights of other parties or are subject to a patent infringement claim, our ability to grow our business may be severely limited.

Extensive litigation over patents and other intellectual property rights is common in the medical device industry. Wethere have been sued for infringement of third party’s patents in the past and we maywill continue to be the subject of patent or other litigation in the future. From time to time, we have received and may in the future receive letters from third parties drawing our attention to their patent rights. While we do not believe that we infringe upon any valid and enforceable rights that have been brought to our attention, there may be other more pertinent rights of which we are presently unaware. The defense and prosecution of intellectual property suits, interference proceedings and related legal and administrative proceedings could result in substantial expense to us and significant diversion of effort by our technical and management personnel. An adverse determination of any litigation or interference proceeding to which we may become a party could subject us to significant liabilities. An adverse determination of this nature could also put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly or require us to seek licenses from third parties. Licenses may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all, in which event, our business would be materially adversely affected.



We maintain single supply relationships for certain of our key machines and materials technologies, and our business and operating results could be harmed if supply is restricted or ends or the price of raw materials used in our manufacturing process increases.

We are highly dependent on manufacturers of specialized scanning equipment, rapid prototyping machines, resin and other advanced materials, as well as the optics, electronic and other mechanical components of our intraoral scanners. We maintain single supply relationships for many of these machines and materials technologies. In particular, our CT scanning and stereolithography equipment used in our aligner manufacturing and many of the critical components for the optics of our scanners are provided by single suppliers. We are also committed to purchasing the vast majority of our resin and polymer, the primary raw materials used in our manufacturing process for clear aligners, from a single source. If these or other suppliers encounter financial, operating or other difficulties or if our relationship with them changes, we might not be able to quickly establish or qualify replacement sources of supply and could face production interruptions, delays and inefficiencies. In addition, technology changes by our vendors could disrupt access to required manufacturing capacity or require expensive, time consuming development efforts to adapt and integrate new equipment or processes. Our growth may exceed the capacity of one or more of these manufacturers to produce the needed equipment and materials in sufficient quantities to support our growth. Conversely, in order to secure supplies for production of products, we sometimes enter into non-cancelable minimum purchase commitments with vendors, which could impact our ability to adjust our inventory to reflect declining market demands. If demand for our products is less than we expect, we may experience additional excess and obsolete inventories and be forced to incur additional charges and our profitability may suffer. In the event of technology changes, delivery delays, or shortages of or increases in price for these items, our business and growth prospects may be harmed.

We depend on a single contract manufacturer and supplier of parts used in our iTero scanner and any disruption in this relationship may cause us to fail to meet the demands of our customers and damage our customer relationships.

We rely on a third party manufacturer to supply key sub-assemblies for our iTero Element scanner. As a result, if this third party manufacturer fails to deliver its components, if we lose its services or if we fail to negotiate acceptable terms, we may be unable to deliver our products in a timely manner and our business may be harmed. Any difficulties encountered by the third party manufacturer with respect to hiring personnel and maintaining acceptable manufacturing standards, controls, procedures and policies could disrupt our ability to deliver our products in a timely manner. Finding a substitute manufacturer may be expensive, time-consuming or impossible and could result in a significant interruption in the supply of our intraoral scanning products. Any failure by our contract manufacturer that results in delays in our fulfillment of customer orders may cause us to lose revenues and suffer damage to our customer relationships.

We primarily rely on our direct sales force to sell our products, and any failure to maintain our direct sales force could harm our business.

Our ability to sell our products and generate revenues primarily depends upon our direct sales force within our North American and international markets. We do not have any long-term employment contracts with the members of our direct sales force. The loss of the services provided by these key personnel may harm our business. If we are unable to retain our direct sales force personnel or replace them with individuals of equivalent technical expertise and qualifications, or if we are unable to successfully instill such technical expertise or if we fail to establish and maintain strong relationships with our customers within a relatively short period of time, our net revenues and our ability to maintain market share could be materially harmed. In addition, due to our large and fragmented customer base, we may not be able to provide all of our customers with product support immediately upon the launch of a new product. As a result, adoption of new products by our customers may be slower than anticipated and our ability to grow market share and increase our net revenues may be harmed.

If our distributor relationships are not successful, our ability to market and sell our products would be harmed and our financial performance will be adversely affected.

We depend on relationships with distributors for the marketing and sales of our products in various geographic regions, and we have a limited ability to influence their efforts. Relying on distributors for our sales and marketing could harm our business for various reasons, including:



agreements with distributors may terminate prematurely due to disagreements or may result in litigation between the partners;
we may not be able to renew existing distributor agreements on acceptable terms;
our distributors may not devote sufficient resources to the sale of products;
our distributors may be unsuccessful in marketing our products;
our existing relationships with distributors may preclude us from entering into additional future arrangements with other distributors; and
we may not be able to negotiate future distributor agreements on acceptable terms.
Complying with regulations enforced by the FDA and other regulatory authorities is an expensive and time-consuming process, and any failure to comply could result in substantial penalties.

Our products are considered medical devices and are subject to extensive regulation in the U.S. and internationally. FDA regulations are wide ranging and govern, among other things:

product design, development, manufacturing and testing;
product labeling;
product storage;
pre-market clearance or approval;
complaint handling and corrective actions;
advertising and promotion; and
product sales and distribution.
Our failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements could result in enforcement action by the FDA or state agencies, which may include any of the following sanctions:

warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties;
repair, replacement, refunds, recall or seizure of our products;
operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production;
refusing our requests for 510(k) clearance or pre-market approval of new products, new intended uses, or modifications to existing products;
withdrawing clearance or pre-market approvals that have already been granted; and
criminal prosecution.
If any of these events were to occur, they could harm our business. We must comply with facility registration and product listing requirements of the FDA and adhere to applicable Quality System regulations. The FDA enforces its Quality System regulations through periodic unannounced inspections. Our failure to take satisfactory corrective action in response to an adverse inspection or the failure to comply with applicable manufacturing regulations could result in enforcement action, and we may be required to find alternative manufacturers, which could be a long and costly process. Any FDA enforcement action could have a material adverse effect on us.

Before we can sell a new medical device in the U.S., or market a new use of or claim for an existing product, we must obtain FDA clearance or approval unless an exemption applies. Obtaining regulatory clearances or approvals can be a lengthy and time-consuming process. Even though the devices we market have obtained the necessary clearances from the FDA, we may be unable to maintain such clearances in the future. Furthermore, we may be unable to obtain the necessary clearances for new devices that


we intend to market in the future. Our inability to maintain or obtain regulatory clearances or approvals could materially harm our business.

In addition, as part of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the SEC adopted disclosure requirements regarding the use of certain minerals, known as conflict minerals, which are mined from the Democratic Republic of Congo and adjoining countries, as well as procedures regarding a manufacturer's efforts to identify and discourage the sourcing of such minerals and metals produced from those minerals. Additional reporting obligations are being proposed by the European Union. The U.S. requirements and any additional requirements in Europe could affect the sourcing and availability of metals used in the manufacture of a limited number of parts (if any) contained in our products. For example, these disclosure requirements may decrease the number of suppliers capable of supplying our needs for certain metals, thereby negatively affecting our ability to obtain products in sufficient quantities or at competitive prices. Our material sourcing is broad based and multi-tiered, and we may be unable to conclusively verify the origins for all metals used in our products. We may suffer financial and reputational harm if customers require, and we are unable to deliver, certification that our products are conflict free. Regardless, we will incur additionalongoing costs associated with compliancecomplying with these disclosurethe various tax requirements including time-consuming and costly efforts to determine the source of any conflict minerals used indefending our products.

If compliance with healthcare regulations becomes costly and difficult for our customers or for us, we may not be able to grow our business.

Participantspositions in the healthcare industry are subject to extensive and frequently changing regulations under numerous laws administered by governmental entities at the federal, state and local levels, some ofmarkets in which are, and others of which may be, applicable to our business. In response to perceived increases in health care costs, Congress passed health care reform legislation that was signed into law in March 2010. This legislation contains many provisions designed to generate the revenues necessary to fund the coverage expansions. The most relevant of these provisions are those that impose feeswe conduct or taxes on certain health-related industries, including medical device manufacturers. 

Furthermore, our healthcare provider customers are also subject to a wide variety of laws and regulations that could affect the nature and scope of their relationships with us. The healthcare market itself is highly regulated and subject to changing political, economic and regulatory influences. Regulations implemented pursuant to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act ("HIPAA"), including regulations affecting the security and privacy of patient healthcare information held by healthcare providers and their business associates may require us to make significant and unplanned enhancements of software applications or services, result in delays or cancellations of orders, or result in the revocation of endorsement of our products and services by healthcare participants. The effect of HIPAA and newly enforced regulations on our business is difficult to predict, and there can be no assurance that we will adequately address the business risks created by HIPAA and its implementation or that we will be able to take advantage of any resulting business opportunities.

Extensive and changing government regulation of the healthcare industry may be expensive to comply with and exposes us to the risk of substantial government penalties.

In addition to medical device laws and regulations, numerous state and federal healthcare-related laws regulate our business, covering areas such as:

storage, transmission and disclosure of medical information and healthcare records;
prohibitions against the offer, payment or receipt of remuneration to induce referrals to entities providing healthcare services or goods or to induce the order, purchase or recommendation of our products; and
the marketing and advertising of our products.
Complying with these laws and regulations could be expensive and time-consuming, and could increase our operating costs or reduce or eliminate certain of our sales and marketing activities or our revenues.

Our business exposes us to potential product liability claims, and we may incur substantial expenses if we are subject to product liability claims or litigation.

Medical devices involve an inherent risk of product liability claims and associated adverse publicity. We may be held liable if any product we develop or any product that uses or incorporates any of our technologies causes injury or is otherwise found unsuitable. Although we intend to continue to maintain product liability insurance, adequate insurance may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all, and may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. A product liability claim, regardless


of its merit or eventual outcome, could result in significant legal defense costs. These costs would have the effect of increasing our expenses and diverting management’s attention away from the operation of our business, and could harm ourconduct business.


Historically, the market price for our common stock has been volatile.


The market price of our common stock could beis subject to widerapid and large price fluctuations in responseattributable to various factors, many of which are beyond our control. The factors include:


quarterly variations in our results of operations and liquidity;liquidity or changes in our forecasts and guidance;
our ability to regain or sustain our historical growth rates;
changes in recommendations by the investment community or in their estimates of our net revenues or operating results;
speculation in the press or investment community concerningregarding estimates of our business andnet revenues, operating results of operations;or other performance indicators;
announcements by us or our competitors or new market entrants, including strategic actions, by our competitors, such as product announcementsmanagement changes, and material transactions or acquisitions;
36


technical factors in the public trading markets for our stock that may produce price movements that may or may not comport with macro, industry or company-specific fundamentals, including, without limitation, the sentiment of retail investors (including as it may be expressed on financial trading and other social media sites), the amount and status of short interest in our securities, access to margin debt, trading in options and other derivatives on our common stock, fractional share trading, and other technical trading factors or strategies;
announcements regarding stock repurchases, sales or purchases of our common stock by us, our officers or directors, credit agreements and debt issuances;
announcements of technological innovations, new, additional or newrevised programs, business models, products or product offerings by us, our customers or competitors;
key decisions in pending litigation, new litigation, settlements, judgments or decrees; and
general economic market conditions.conditions, including rising interest rates, inflationary pressures, recessions, consumer sentiment and demand, global political conflict and industry factors unrelated to our actual performance.

In addition, the stock market in general, and the market for technology and medical device companies, in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated to or disproportionate to thecorporate operating performance of those companies.performance. These broad market and industry factors may seriously harminclude market expectations of, or actual changes in, monetary policies that have the market pricegoal of our common stock, regardlesseasing or tightening interest rates such as the U.S. federal funds rate and austerity measures of our operating performance.governments intended to control budget deficits. Historically, securities litigation, including securities class action litigationlawsuits and securities derivative lawsuits, is often brought against an issuing companyissuer following periods of volatility in the market price of its securities and we have not been exempt from such litigation.

We cannot guarantee that we will continue to repurchase our common stock in the future, and any repurchases that we may make may not achieve our desired objectives.

We have a company’s securities.history of recurring stock repurchase programs intended to return capital to our investors. Future stock repurchase programs are contingent on a variety of factors, including our financial condition, results of operations, business requirements, and our Board of Directors' continuing determination that stock repurchases are in the best interests of our stockholders and in compliance with all applicable laws and agreements. There is no assurance that we will continue repurchasing our common stock in the future, consistent with historical levels or at all, or that our stock repurchase programs will have a beneficial impact on our stock price. Additionally, the IRA, among other things, imposes a 1% excise tax on any domestic corporation that repurchases its stock after December 31, 2022, which will increase our cost to make repurchases and may impact if and how much stock we choose to repurchase in the future.


Future sales of significant amounts of our common stock may depress our stock price.


A largesignificant percentage of our outstanding common stock is currently owned by a small number of significant stockholders. These stockholders have sold in the past, and may sell in the future, large amounts of commonour stock over relatively short periods of time. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market by our existing stockholders may adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Such sales could create publicstock by creating the perception of difficulties or problems with our business andthat may depress our stock price.


We are subject to risks associated with our strategic investments. Impairments in the value of our investments and receivables could negatively impact our financial results.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.
We have invested in SmileDirectClub, LLC ("SDC") and other privately held companies for strategic reasons and to support key business initiatives, and we may not realize a return on our strategic investments. Many of such companies generate net losses and the market for their products, services or technologies may be slow to develop. Further, valuations of privately held companies are inherently complex due to the lack of readily available market data. If we determine that our investments and receivables in SDC or other privately held companies have experienced a decline in value, we may be required to record impairments, which could be material and could have an adverse impact on our financial results.

None.
If our goodwill or long-lived assets become impaired, we may be required to record a significant charge to earnings.

37
Under Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States (“GAAP”), we review our goodwill and long-lived asset group for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Additionally, goodwill is required to be tested for impairment at least annually. The qualitative and quantitative analysis used to test goodwill are dependent upon various assumptions and reflect management’s best estimates. Changes in certain assumptions including revenue growth rates, discount rates, earnings multiples and future cash flows may cause a change in circumstances indicating that the carrying value of goodwill or the asset group may be impaired. We may be required to record a significant charge to earnings in the financial statements during the period in which any impairment of goodwill or asset group are determined.



Changes in, or interpretations of, accounting rules and regulations, could result in unfavorable accounting charges.

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP. These principles are subject to interpretation by the SEC and various bodies formed to interpret and create appropriate accounting policies. A change in these policies can have a significant effect on our reported results and may even retroactively affect previously reported transactions. Our accounting policies that recently have been, or may be affected by changes in the accounting rules relate to stock-based compensation, revenue recognition and leases.



If we fail to manage our exposure to global financial and securities market risk successfully, our operating results and financial statements could be materially impacted.

The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve principal. To achieve this objective, a majority of our marketable investments are investment grade, liquid, fixed-income securities and money market instruments denominated in U.S. dollars. If the carrying value of our investments exceeds the fair value, and the decline in fair value is deemed to be other-than-temporary, we will be required to write down the value of our investments, which could materially harm our results of operations and financial condition. Moreover, the performance of certain securities in our investment portfolio correlates with the credit condition of the U.S. financial sector. In an unstable credit environment, we might incur significant realized, unrealized or impairment losses associated with these investments.

On July 1, 2016, we changed our corporate structure; however, if we are unable to maintain this structure or if it is challenged by U.S. or foreign tax authorities, we may be unable to realize tax savings which could materially and adversely affect our operating results.

We implemented a new international corporate structure on July 1, 2016. This corporate structure may reduce our overall effective tax rate over time through changes in the structure of our international procurement and sales operations, as well as realignment of the ownership and use of intellectual property among our wholly-owned subsidiaries.

The structure includes legal entities located in jurisdictions with income tax rates lower than the U.S. federal statutory tax rate. Such intercompany arrangements would be designed to result in income earned by such entities in accordance with arm’s-length principles and commensurate with functions performed, risks assumed and ownership of valuable corporate assets. We believe that income taxed in certain foreign jurisdictions at a lower rate relative to the U.S. federal statutory rate will have a beneficial impact on our worldwide effective tax rate over the medium to long term.

If the structure is challenged by U.S. or foreign tax authorities, if changes in domestic and international tax laws negatively impact the structure, including the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act enacted into law on December 22, 2017, or if we do not operate our business in a manner consistent with the structure and applicable regulatory provisions, we may fail to achieve the financial and operational efficiencies that we anticipate as a result of the structure, and our business, financial condition and net income may be materially and adversely affected.

Our effective tax rate may vary significantly from period to period.

Various internal and external factors may have favorable or unfavorable effects on our future effective tax rate. These factors include, but are not limited to, changes in tax laws, regulations and/or rates, new or changes to accounting pronouncements, non-deductible goodwill impairments, changing interpretations of existing tax laws or regulations, changes in the relative proportions of revenues and income before taxes in the various jurisdictions in which we operate that have differing statutory tax rates, the future levels of tax benefits of stock-based compensation, settlement of income tax audits, and changes in overall levels of pretax earnings. With the adoption of the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2016-09, we also anticipate our first quarter effective tax rate to vary significantly due to the timing of when majority of our equity compensation vests each year. Other quarters can also be impacted depending on the timing of equity vests.

In addition, our tax rate may be impacted by tax holidays or incentives. In June 2017, the Costa Rica Ministry of Foreign Trade, an agency of the Government of Costa Rica, granted an extension of certain income tax incentives for an additional twelve year period. Under these incentives, all of the income in Costa Rica is subject to a reduced tax rate. In order to receive the benefit of these incentives, we must hire a specified number of employees and maintain certain minimum levels of fixed asset investment in Costa Rica. If we do not fulfill these conditions for any reason, our incentive could lapse and our income in Costa Rica would be subject to taxation at higher rates which could have a negative impact on our operating results. The Costa Rica corporate income tax rate that would apply, absent the incentives, is 30% for 2017, 2016 and 2015. As a result of these incentives, our income taxes were reduced by $1.8 million, $19.1 million and $32.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, representing a benefit to diluted net income per share of $0.02, $0.23 and $0.40 in the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.





Changes in tax laws or tax rulings could negatively impact our income tax provision and net income.

As a U.S. multinational corporation, we are subject to changing tax laws both within and outside of the U.S. Changes in tax laws or tax rulings, or changes in interpretations of existing tax laws, could affect our income tax provision and net income or require us to change the manner in which we operate our business. On December 22, 2017, the U.S. enacted significant tax reform, and certain provisions of the new law may adversely affect us. In addition, governmental tax authorities are increasingly scrutinizing the tax positions of companies. Many countries in Europe, as well as a number of other countries and organizations, have recently proposed or recommended changes to existing tax laws or have enacted new laws. For example, the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development ("OECD") has been working on a "Base Erosion and Profit Shifting Project," which is focused on a number of issues, including the shifting of profits between affiliated entities in different tax jurisdictions. In 2015, the OECD issued and is expected to continue to issue, guidelines and proposals that may change various aspects of the existing framework under which our tax obligations are determined in many of the countries in which we do business.

ITEM 1B.UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTSItem 2.Properties.
None.

ITEM 2.PROPERTIES
We occupy several leased and owned facilities with total office and manufacturing areafacilities. As of over 786,714 square feet. At December 31, 2017,2022, the significant facilities occupied were occupied as follows:
LocationLease/OwnPrimary UseExpiration of Lease
San Jose, CaliforniaTempe, Arizona, U.S.A.OwnLeaseOffice for corporate headquarters
San Jose, California, U.S.A.OwnOffice for research & development and administrative personnelN/A
Juarez, MexicoRaleigh, North Carolina, U.S.A.OwnManufacturing and officeOwnOffice for administrative personnelAmericas regional headquartersN/A
San Jose, Costa RicaLeaseLease and OwnOffice for administrative personnel, treatment personnel, and customer careJune 2023
Or Yehuda,Wroclaw, Poland
Lease and OwnManufacturing and office for treatment and administrative personnel
Petah Tikva, Israel

LeaseLease and OwnManufacturing and office for research & development and administrative personnelFebruary 2022
Amsterdam, The NetherlandsRotkreuz, SwitzerlandLeaseLeaseOffice for internationalEMEA regional headquarters sales and marketing and administrative personnelMarch 2020
Moscow, RussiaJuarez, MexicoLeaseOffice for research & developmentOwnJuly 2023
Raleigh, North CarolinaLeaseOffice for research & development and administrative personnelNovember 2024
Ziyang, ChinaLeaseManufacturing and office for administrative personnelMay 2021
Ziyang, ChinaOwnManufacturing and office for administrative personnel


We believe our existing facilities are in good operating condition and are suitable for the conduct of our business. The facilities noted above are used mostly by all our reportable segments.

Item 3.Legal Proceedings.

For a discussion of legal proceedings, refer to Note 7 "Legal Proceedings" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

ITEM 3.LEGAL PROCEEDINGSItem 4.Mine Safety Disclosures.


Patent Infringement LawsuitNot applicable.

38
On November 14, 2017, Align filed six patent infringement lawsuits asserting 26 patents against 3Shape A/S, a Danish corporation,


PART II

Item 5.Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and a related U.S. corporate entity, asserting that 3Shape's Trios intraoral scanning systemIssuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

Market Information

Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol ALGN. As of February 20, 2023, there were approximately 53 holders of record of our common stock. Because the majority of our shares of outstanding common stock are held by brokers and Dental System software infringe Align patents. Align filed two Section 337 complaintsother institutions on behalf of stockholders, we are unable to estimate the total number of stockholders represented by these record holders.

Performance Graph

Notwithstanding any statement to the contrary in any of our previous or future filings with the U.S. International Trade Commission (ITC) allegingSEC, the following information relating to the price performance of our common stock shall not be deemed “filed” with the SEC or “Soliciting Material” under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C, or to liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange Act except to the extent we specifically request that 3Shape violates U.S. trade lawssuch information be treated as soliciting material or to the extent we specifically incorporate this information by selling for importationreference.

The graph below matches our cumulative 5-year total stockholder return on common stock with the cumulative total returns of the NASDAQ Composite index, the S&P 500 index and importing its infringing Trios intraoral scanning systemthe S&P 1500 Composite Health Care Equipment & Supplies index. The graph tracks the performance of a $100 investment in our common stock and Dental System software. Align's ITC complaints seek ceaseeach index (with the reinvestment of all dividends) from December 31, 2017 to December 31, 2022.
algn-20221231_g13.jpg
39


Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities

None.

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and desist orders and exclusion orders prohibitingAffiliated Purchasers

The following table summarizes the importation of 3Shape's Trios scanning system and Dental System software products into the U.S. Align also filed four separate complaints in the United States District Courtstock repurchase activity for the Districtthree months ended December 31, 2022:

PeriodTotal Number of Shares PurchasedAverage Price Paid per ShareTotal Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Programs
Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Programs(1)
October 1, 2022 through October 31, 2022848,266 $188.62 848,266 $249,926,094 
November 1, 2022 through November 30, 2022— $— — $249,926,094 
December 1, 2022 through December 31, 2022— $— — $249,926,094 
Total848,266 848,266 

1 May 2021 Repurchase Program. On May 13, 2021, we announced that our Board of Delaware alleging patent infringement by 3Shape's Trios intraoral scanning system and Dental System software. AllDirectors had authorized a plan to repurchase up to $1.0 billion of these district court complaints seek monetary damages and injunctive relief against further infringement.

In the course of Align's operations, Align is involved in a variety of claims, suits, investigations, and proceedings, including actions with respect to intellectual property claims, patent infringement claims, government investigations, labor and employment claims, breach of contract claims, tax, and other matters. Regardless of the outcome, these proceedings can have an adverse impact


on us because of defense costs, diversion of management resources, and other factors. Although the results of complex legal proceedings are difficult to predict and Align's view of these matters may change in the future as litigation and events related thereto unfold; Align currently does not believe that these matters, individually or in the aggregate, will materially affect Align's financial position, results of operations or cash flows (Refer to our common stock. See Note 8 "Legal Proceedings"10 Common Stock Repurchase Programs” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial StatementsStatements for details on legal proceedings).the May 2021 Repurchase Program.


ITEM 4.MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURESItem 6.[Reserved]
Not applicable.




PART II
ITEM 5.MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Price Range of Common Stock

Our common stock is quoted on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “ALGN.” The following table sets forth the range of high and low per share sales prices as reported for each period indicated:
 High Low
Year Ended December 31, 2017:   
Fourth quarter$266.41
 $184.67
Third quarter$190.04
 $148.95
Second quarter$154.85
 $113.40
First quarter$115.20
 $88.56
Year Ended December 31, 2016:   
Fourth quarter$102.10
 $83.27
Third quarter$96.90
 $80.30
Second quarter$81.98
 $70.03
First quarter$73.55
 $57.31

On February 23, 2018, the closing price of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market was $265.07 per share.  As of February 23, 2018, there were approximately 86 holders of record of our common stock. Because the majority of our shares of outstanding common stock are held by brokers and other institutions on behalf of stockholders, we are unable to estimate the total number of stockholders represented by these record holders.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock.  We currently intend to retain any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.  
Performance Graph

Notwithstanding any statement to the contrary in any of our previous or future filings with the SEC, the following information relating to the price performance of our common stock shall not be deemed “filed” with the SEC or “Soliciting Material” under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C, or to liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange Act except to the extent we specifically request that such information be treated as soliciting material or to the extent we specifically incorporate this information by reference.

The graph below matches our cumulative 5-year total shareholder return on common stock with the cumulative total returns of the NASDAQ Composite index, the S&P 500 and the S&P 1500 Composite Health Care Equipment & Supplies index. The graph tracks the performance of a $100 investment in our common stock, in the peer group, and the index (with the reinvestment of all dividends) from December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2017.





UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS

Following is a summary of stock repurchases for the three months ended December 31, 2017:

Period Total Number of Shares Repurchased Average Price Paid per Share Total Number of Shares Repurchased as Part of Publicly Announced Program 
Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet Be Repurchased Under the Program (1)
October 1, 2017 through October 31, 2017 
 $
 
 $250,000,000
November 1, 2017 through November 30, 2017 205,000
 $243.40
 205,000
 $200,000,000
December 1, 2017 through December 31, 2017 
 $
 
 $200,000,000

(1) Stock Repurchase Programs
April 2014 Repurchase Program. In 2017, we repurchased shares of our common stock on the open market for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $3.8 million, completing the April 2014 Repurchase Program.

April 2016 Repurchase Program. In 2017, we repurchased, $50.0 million of our common stock through an accelerated stock repurchase agreement and $50.0 million on the open market.




Remaining Available Repurchases. As of December 31, 2017, we have $200.0 million remaining under the April 2016 Repurchase Program. In February 2018, we repurchased approximately 0.4 million shares on the open market for an aggregate purchase price of $100 million, at an average share price of $252.24.(Refer to Note 10 "Common Stock Repurchase Program" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details on stock repurchase program).

ITEM 6.SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables set forth the selected consolidated financial data for each of the years in the five-year period ended December 31, 2017. The selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes and Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.  We have derived the statements of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 from the consolidated audited financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The statements of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 were derived from the consolidated audited financial statements that are not included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.Operations.
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
(in thousands, except per share data)
 Year Ended December 31,
  
2017 2016 2015 2014 2013
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:         
Net revenues 
$1,473,413
 $1,079,874
 $845,486
 $761,653
 $660,206
Gross profit (1)
$1,116,947
 $815,294
 $640,110
 $578,443
 $498,106
Income from operations (2)
353,611
 248,921
 188,634
 193,576
 94,212
Interest and other income (expense), net 
11,188
 (6,355) (2,533) (3,207) (1,073)
Net income before provision for income taxes and equity in losses of investee (3)
364,799
 242,566
 186,101
 190,369
 93,139
Provision for income taxes (4)
130,162
 51,200
 42,081
 44,537
 28,844
Equity in losses of investee, net of tax3,219
 1,684
 
 
 
Net income 
$231,418
 $189,682
 $144,020
 $145,832
 $64,295
Net income per share:         
Basic$2.89
 $2.38
 $1.80
 $1.81
 $0.80
Diluted$2.83
 $2.33
 $1.77
 $1.77
 $0.78
Shares used in computing net income per share:         
Basic80,085
 79,856
 79,998
 80,754
 80,551
Diluted81,832
 81,484
 81,521
 82,283
 82,589
          
 December 31,
 2017 2016 2015 2014 2013
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:         
Working capital (5)
$659,187
 $598,643
 $460,338
 $455,349
 $369,338
Total assets1,777,856
 1,396,151
 1,158,633
 987,997
 832,147
Total long-term liabilities129,670
 46,427
 39,035
 33,415
 22,839
Stockholders’ equity$1,150,370
 $995,389
 $847,926
 $752,771
 $633,970

(1)
Gross profit includes:

$1.7 million out of period adjustment in 2013


(2)Income from operations includes:

$40.7 million and $26.3 million of goodwill and long-lived asset impairment, respectively, in 2013
$1.9 million, net of tax, out of period adjustment in 2013


(3)Net income before provision for income taxes and equity in losses of investee includes:

$40.7 million and $26.3 million of goodwill and long-lived asset impairment, respectively, in 2013
$1.9 million, net of tax, out of period adjustment in 2013

(4)
Provision for income taxes includes:
$1.8 million out of period income tax adjustment in 2014

(5)
Working capital is calculated as the difference between total current assets and total current liabilities



ITEM 7.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Overview

A discussion regarding our financial condition and results of operations for fiscal 2022 compared to fiscal 2021 is presented under Results of Operations of this Form 10-K. Discussions regarding our financial condition and results of operations for fiscal 2021 compared to 2020 have been omitted from this Annual Report on Form 10-K, but can be found in "Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, filed with the SEC on February 25, 2022, which is available without charge on the SEC's website at www.sec.gov and on our investor relations website at investor.aligntech.com.

Executive Overview of Results

Trends and Uncertainties

Our goal isbusiness strategic priorities remain focused on four principal pillars for growth: (i) international expansion; (ii) GP adoption; (iii) patient demand and conversion; and (iv) orthodontic utilization. Our growth strategy depends on our ability to establish Invisalign clear alignersfacilitate the digital transformation of dentistry happening around the world, our continuous focus on innovation, and expansion to meet and exceed evolving customer expectations as the standard method for treating malocclusionarray of products and services available to establish the iTero intraoral scanner as the preferred scanning device for 3D digital scans, ultimately driving increased product adoption by dental professionals. them increases.

We intendstrive to achieve this by continued focus and executiondeliver on each of our strategic growth drivers set forth in the Business Strategy section in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The successful executionthrough a variety of our business strategy in 2018 and beyond may be affected by a number of other factorsinterrelated enterprise-wide efforts including:


New Products, Feature EnhancementsContinuing penetration and Technology Innovation. Product innovation drives greater treatment predictability and clinical applicability and ease of use for our customers which supports adoption of Invisalign products, intraoral scanners and CAD/CAM solutions in international markets by investing in manufacturing operations, research and development, clinical treatment planning, sales and marketing and building our quality and regulatory capabilities in their practices. Our focus is to develop solutionsexisting and features to treatemerging markets globally. For instance, in 2022, we opened a wide range of cases from simple to complex. Most recently,new aligner fabrication facility in March 2017, we announced Invisalign Teen with mandibular advancement, the first clear aligner solution for Class II correction in growing tween and teen patients. This new offering combines the benefits of the most advanced clear aligner system in the world with features for moving the lower jaw forward while simultaneously aligning the teeth. Invisalign Teen with mandibular advancement is now available in Canada, and select Europe, Middle East and Africa ("EMEA"), Asia Pacific ("APAC") and Latin America ("LATAM") countries. Invisalign Teen with mandibular advancement is pending 510(k) clearance and is not yet available in the United States ("U.S."). We believe that over the long-term, clinical solutions and treatment tools will increase adoption of Invisalign and increase salesWroclaw, Poland as a part of our intraoral scanners; however, it is difficultstrategy to predictbring operational facilities closer to customers to serve them more quickly and respond to their needs more effectively as well as new treatment planning operations in targeted regional geographies. We also diversified our research and development activities throughout Europe in 2022, which has created a longer term, more stable environment for consistent hiring, retention and innovation in a variety of high technology sectors.

Targeting growth opportunities with international orthodontists and GP customers, particularly with adopters of digital dentistry platforms by tailoring our sales and marketing strategies, manufacturing operations and resources around the rate of adoption which may vary by region and channel.
40



Invisalign Adoption. Our goal isunique needs of each customer channel. As we continue growing, we intend to establish Invisalign asopportunistically expand our research, development, manufacturing, treatment planning, and sales and marketing operations to meet local and regional demand thoughtfully and deliberately. Over the treatment of choice for treating malocclusion ultimately driving increased product adoption and frequency of use by dental professionals, also known as "utilization rates." Our quarterly utilization rates for the last 9 quarters are as follows:
*    Invisalign Utilization Rates = # of cases shipped divided by # of doctors cases were shippedlonger-term, we expect international revenues to



Total utilization in the fourth quarter of 2017 increased to 5.7 cases per doctor compared to 5.2 in the fourth quarter of 2016.
North America: Utilization among our North American orthodontist customers reached an all time high in the fourth quarter of 2017 at 14.0 cases per doctor. Compared to 11.3 cases per doctor utilized in the fourth quarter of 2016, the increase in North America orthodontist utilization in the fourth quarter of 2017 reflects improvements in product and technology which continues to strengthen our doctors’ clinical confidence such that they now utilize Invisalign more often and on more complex cases, including their teenage patients.
International: International doctor utilization of 5.2 cases per doctor in the fourth quarter of 2017 compared to 5.0 in the fourth quarter of 2016. The International utilization reflects growth in both the EMEA and APAC regions due to increasing adoption of the product due in part to its ability to treat more complex cases.
We expect that over the long-term our utilization rates will gradually improve grow faster than Americas' revenues as a result of advancements in product and technology, which continue to strengthen our doctors’ clinical confidence in the use of Invisalign. In addition, since the teenage market makes up 75% of the 10 million total orthodontic case starts each year and as we continue to drive adoption of teenage patients through sales and marketing programs, we expect our utilization rate to improve. In 2017, 25.5% of our volume was from teenagers starting treatment with Invisalign, an increase of 40.4% from 2016. Our utilization rates, however, may fluctuate from period to period due to a variety of factors, including seasonal trends in our business along with adoption rates of new products and features.
Number of New Invisalign Doctors Trained. We continue to expand our Invisalign customer base through the training of new doctors. In 2017, Invisalign growth was driven primarily by increased utilization across all regions as well as by the continued expansion of our customer base as we trained a total of 16,500 new Invisalign doctors, of which 67% were trained internationally.

International Invisalign Growth. We will continue to focus our efforts towards increasing Invisalign adoption by dental professionals in our directgrowing international markets. On a year over year basis, international Invisalign volume increased 52.3% driven primarily by strong performance in our APAC and EMEA regions. We believe that the introduction of Invisalign Teen treatment with mandibular advancement is helping to raise visibility for Invisalign treatment of teenagers and contributed to some of the growth in the APAC market. In 2018, we are continuing to expand in our existing markets through targeted investments in sales coverage and professional marketing and education programs, along with consumer marketing in selected country markets. We expect international Invisalign clear aligner revenues to continue to grow at a faster rate than North America for the foreseeable future due todemand, our continued investment in international market expansion, the size of the market opportunity,opportunities and our relatively low market penetration in these regions.

Building confidence within the GP and orthodontic communities through training and education efforts to increase their adoption and utilization of these regions (Referdigital dental practice transformation and clear aligner treatment. Accordingly, we continue to Item 1A Risk Factors- “Weexpand our Invisalign customer base by educating new doctors on the benefits of digital dentistry through the Invisalign system and demonstrating to GPs and orthodontists how the iTero portfolio of intraoral scanners and CAD/CAM restorative services and workflows can increase revenues and profitability for their dental practices by enhancing patient experiences and creating operation practice efficiencies.

Investing in research and development that allows us to innovate, develop and bring to market products and solutions that deliver the ever-increasing clinical precision and predictability that doctors expect with the speed and convenience their patients require.

Creating demand and enabling patient conversion through targeted investments in advertising and public relations through social media, influencers and other forms of digital communications to encourage treatment by Invisalign trained doctors. We believe that well-designed, targeted sales and marketing promotions that build on our strong brand awareness allow us to differentiate our products and solutions from traditional and emerging competitors. In 2022, we continued to build on the success of the “Invis-is” consumer advertising campaign with creative content and influencers focused on teens and young adults. We expect to make further investments to create additional demand for Invisalign system treatment driving more consumers to dental professionals for those treatments.

Pursuing new product lines that complement our doctor-prescribed principal products currently available in certain e-commerce and retail channels in the U.S. Similarly, in 2023 we expect to continue to focus on our doctor subscription plan and grow our underpenetrated share of the retainer business through strategic marketing campaigns focused on driving adoption and increasing market share in the U.S.

Increasing global orthodontic utilization rates as doctors’ clinical confidence in the efficacy and predictability of the Invisalign system increases with advancements in products and technology and as patients and doctors demand treatments that emphasize convenience and safety through fewer visits and less invasive and quicker treatments. In addition, the teenage and younger market makes up 75% of the approximately 21 million total annual global orthodontic case starts each year. As we continue to emphasize the benefits of the Invisalign system for teenage and younger patient treatments through education, training and sales and marketing programs, we expect utilization rates to rise. However, our utilization rates will fluctuate from period to period due to a variety of factors, which may include seasonal trends in our business, consumer demand due to macroeconomic factors, office closures or slowdowns related to COVID-19-and adoption rates for new products and features.

Macroeconomic Challenges and Military Conflict in Ukraine

Our revenues are exposedsusceptible to fluctuations in macroeconomic conditions, in line with inflation, rising interest rates, threats of or actual recessions, fluctuations in currency exchange rates, supply chain challenges, market volatility, wars and military actions, and other factors, each of which couldimpact customer confidence, consumer sentiment and demand. Many of these same factors are also impacting our costs through higher raw material prices, transportation costs, labor costs, supply and distribution operations and the operations of our suppliers. Additionally, many of our international operations are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and in 2022 were impacted, and may continue to be impacted, by macroeconomic slowing or contraction causing weakening against the U.S. dollar, which is negatively affectimpacting our financial condition and results of operations.for information on related risk factors).
While we expect moderation of the strength of the dollar, we also expect the dollar to remain historically strong against many of these currencies. The nature and extent of the impact of these factors varies by time and region and remains uncertain and unpredictable.

Establish Regional Order Acquisition, Treatment PlanningThe military conflict between Russia and Manufacturing Operations. We willUkraine increased the unpredictability of the already uncertain macroeconomic conditions during 2022 and may continue to establish and expand additional order acquisition, treatment planning and manufacturing operations closer to our international customers in order to improve our operational efficiency and to provide doctors confidence in using Invisalign clear aligners to treat more patients and more often:
In June 2017, we opened a new treatment planning facility in Chengdu, China which services and supports our customers within China. It also serves as a clinical education and training center for all of our customers across Asia Pacific.
In August 2017, we opened a treatment planning facility in Cologne, Germany to support our customers located in Europe.
In 2017, we purchased two buildings in Costa Rica for a total purchase price of approximately $51.7 million in order to support our expanding treatment planning and customer service needs.
In November 2017, we entered into an Investment Agreement with the People’s Republic of China in which we have committed to invest a minimum of $46.0 million in Ziyang, China over five years to establish manufacturing operations.


Refer to Item 1A Risk Factors - “Asimpact this unpredictability. While we continue to grow,employ research and development personnel in Russia as well as certain sales, marketing and administrative personnel, the total number of employees in Russia was significantly reduced in 2022, complementing programs previously underway aimed at maintaining and growing our research and development operations and diversifying the facilities at which our personnel are located.

41


Although immaterial to our consolidated financial statements, our commercial business operations in Russia were significantly impacted by the conflict in 2022. Although we remain committed to providing continuity of care consistent with our values and ethical responsibility to patients who are subjectin Invisalign treatment in Russia, we deemed it prudent to growth related risks, including risks relatedalign the size of our commercial operations with the ongoing resources needed to excess or constrained capacity atperform those functions. Accordingly, in the fourth quarter of 2022, we initiated a restructuring plan to increase efficiencies across the organization and lower our existing facilities” for information on related risk factorsoverall cost structure, which reduced the number of employees and our commercial business operations in Russia. Refer to Note 9 "Commitments16 “Restructuring and Contingencies" of the Notes of Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on the Costa Rica purchase agreements and the China investment agreement.
Operating Expenses. We expect operating expenses to increase in 2018 due in part to:
Investments in international expansion in new country markets;
Investments in manufacturing to enhance our regional capabilities;
Increases in legal expenses primarily related to the continued protection of our intellectual property rights, including our patents;
Increases in sales, marketing and customer support resources; and
Product and technology innovation to enhance product efficiency and operational productivity.
We believe that these investments will position us to increase our revenues and continue to grow our market share.
Stock Repurchases: April 2016 Repurchase Program. In 2017, we repurchased $50.0 million of our common stock through an accelerated stock repurchase agreement and repurchased $50.0 million on the open market.As of December 31, 2017, we had $200.0 million remaining under the April 2016 Repurchase Program. In February 2018, we repurchased $100.0 million of our common stock on the open market (Refer to Note 11 "Common Stock Repurchase Program" Other Chargesof the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for detailsfurther details.

Our Board of Directors and its applicable committees receive regular updates from management regarding the military conflict between Russia and Ukraine and continue to provide oversight of the risks to our personnel, operations and other areas of strategic importance. Our management continues to closely monitor the situation and evaluate additional ways in which we can support our employees and operations.

COVID-19 Pandemic Update

Although there remains significant uncertainty surrounding the COVID-19 pandemic for regional economies, its global impact has gradually declined. During 2022, we experienced the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic primarily in the Asia Pacific region, particularly in China, where lockdowns decreased economic activity throughout most of the year. With the easing of the restrictions in China in 2023 and the increased rate of infections, the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic are likely to persist into 2023 and remain unpredictable, but we expect it to be at a lesser extent than in 2022. Nevertheless, comparing our financial results for the reporting periods of 2023 to the same reporting periods of 2022 or earlier may not be a useful means by which to evaluate our business and results of operations due to volatility in regional business environments caused by the pandemic.

Changing Product Preferences

As the markets for clear aligners and digital processes and workflows used to transform the practice of dentistry continue to mature, we anticipate customer and patient expectations and demands will evolve. We expect to meet customer demands with innovative treatment options that include more choices to address a wider scope of treatment goals and budgets based on stock repurchase program).
our existing and new products. This may result in larger and unpredictable variations in geographic and product mix and selling prices with uncertain implications on our financial statements and business operations.


U.S. Tax CutsWe strive to manage the challenges from the macroeconomic conditions, the conflict in Ukraine, COVID-19 and Jobs Act. The U.S. Tax Cutsthe evolution of our target markets by focusing on improving our operations, building flexibility and Jobs Act (the “TCJA”) was enacted into lawefficiencies in our processes, adjusting our business models to changing circumstances and offering products that meet market demand. Specifically, we are managing cost impacts through pricing actions, implementing cost saving measures and slowing hiring. We also continue to innovate and introduce new and enhanced products that augment our doctor customer and patient experiences.

Further discussion of the impact of these challenges on December 22, 2017our business may be found in Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the heading “Risk Factors.”

Key Financial and impactedOperating Metrics

We measure our effective tax rate forperformance against these strategic priorities by the achievement of key financial and operating metrics. For the year ended December 31, 2017. The TCJA made significant changes to2022, our business operations reflect the Internal Revenue Code, including, but not limited to,following:

Revenues of $3,734.6 million, a corporatedecrease of 5.5% year-over-year;
Clear Aligner revenues of $3,072.6 million, a decrease of 5.4% year-over-year;
Americas Clear Aligner revenues of $1,458.8 million, a decrease of 5.6% year-over-year;
International Clear Aligner revenuesof $1,349.0 million, a decrease of 10.0% year-over-year;
Clear Aligner volume decrease of 7.4% year-over-year and Clear Aligner volume decrease for teenage patients of 0.2% year-over-year;
Imaging Systems and CAD/CAM Services revenues of $662.1 million, a decrease of 6.2% year-over-year;
Income from operations of $642.6 million and operating margin of 17.2%;
Effective tax rate decrease from 35% to 21% effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, the transition of U.S. international taxation from a worldwide tax system to a territorial system,39.6%;
Net income of $361.6 million with diluted net income per share of $4.61;
Cash, cash equivalents and a one-time transition tax on the mandatory deemed repatriationmarketable securities of cumulative foreign earnings$1,041.6 million as of December 31, 2017. We2022;
Operating cash flow of $568.7 million;
Capital expenditures of $291.9 million, predominantly related to increases in our manufacturing capacity and facilities; and
42


Number of employees was 23,165 as of December 31, 2022, an increase of 2.8% year-over-year.

Other Statistical Data and Trends

As of December 31, 2022, over 14 million people worldwide have estimatedbeen treated with our Invisalign system. Management measures these results by comparing to the impactmillions of people who can benefit from straighter teeth and uses this data to target opportunities to expand the TCJA and recordedmarket for orthodontics by educating consumers about the benefits of straighter teeth using the Invisalign system.

For the fourth quarter of 2022, total Invisalign cases submitted with a provisional amount of $84.3 million additional income tax expensedigital scanner in the Americas increased to 92.5%, up from 89.1% in the fourth quarter of 2017. This provisional amount includes income tax expenses related2021 and international scans increased to 86.8%, up from 80.8% in the fourth quarter of 2021. For the fourth quarter of 2022, 97.4% of Invisalign cases submitted by North American orthodontists were submitted digitally.

The total utilization rate in 2022 was 18.9 cases per doctor compared to 20.8 cases per doctor in 2021 and 16.1 cases per doctor in 2020. Our utilization rates have declined in 2022 due to the remeasurement of certain deferred tax assetsmacroeconomic conditions, COVID-19 impacts, and liabilities of $10.4 million,other factors as described in the Trends and Uncertainties section above. In general, we expect utilization rates to rise over time although they are likely to fluctuate from period to period.

North America: The utilization rate among our North American orthodontist customers was 89.2 cases per doctor in 2022 compared to 98.1 cases per doctor in 2021 and 67.3 cases per doctor in 2020 and the one-time transition taxutilization rate among our North American GP customers was 13.9 cases per doctor in 2022 compared to 14.3 cases per doctor in 2021 and 9.6 cases per doctor in 2020.

International: International doctor utilization rate was 16.2 cases per doctor in 2022 compared to 17.5 cases per doctor in 2021 and 14.5 cases per doctor in 2020.


algn-20221231_g14.jpg
* Invisalign utilization rates are calculated by the number of cases shipped divided by the number of doctors to whom cases were shipped. Our International region includes Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA) and Asia Pacific (APAC). Latin America (LATAM) is excluded from the International region based on its immateriality to the mandatory deemed repatriation of cumulative foreign earningsyear; however is included in the amount of $73.9 million. Additional work is necessary for a more detailed analysis of our deferred tax assets and liabilities and our historical foreign earnings as well as potential correlative adjustments. Any subsequent adjustment to these amounts will be recorded to tax expense in 2018 when the analysis is complete.
Total utilization.

SmileDirectClub. In February 2018, we received a communication on behalf of SDC Financial LLC, SmileDirectClub LLC, and the Members of SDC Financial LLC other than Align (collectively, the "SDC Entities") alleging that the launch and operation of our Invisalign store pilot program constitutes a breach of non-compete provisions applicable to the members of SDC Financial LLC, including Align. As a result of this alleged breach, SDC Financial LLC has notified Align that its members (other than Align) seek to exercise a right to repurchase all of Align’s SDC Financial LLC membership interests for a purchase price equal to the current capital account balance of Align. The SDC Entities also allege that Align has breached confidentiality provisions applicable to the SDC Financial LLC members and demands that Align cease all activities related to the Invisalign store pilot project, close existing Invisalign stores and cease using SDC’s confidential information. Align disputes the allegations that it has breached its obligations to the SDC Entities, including the allegation that the SDC Entities are entitled to exercise a repurchase right. Pursuant to the parties’ agreement, the dispute will be arbitrated if it is not resolved through negotiations. We are currently evaluating the potential impact that this could have on our consolidated financial statements.


Results of Operations

43



Net Revenues by Reportable Segment Comparison for Year Ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015:


We group our operations into two reportable segments: Clear Aligner segment and Scanner segmentSystems and Services segment.


Our Clear Aligner segment consists of Comprehensive Products, Non-Comprehensive Products and Non-Case revenues as defined below:



Comprehensive Products include, but are not limited to, Invisalign Comprehensive and Invisalign First.
Comprehensive Products include our Invisalign Full, Teen and Assist products.
Non-Comprehensive Products include our Invisalign Express, Invisalign Lite, Invisalign i7 and Invisalign Go products in addition to revenues from the sale of aligners to SmileDirectClub (“SDC”) under our supply agreement. Revenue from SDC is recorded after eliminating outstanding intercompany transactions.
Non-Case includes our Vivera retainers along with our training and ancillary products for treating malocclusion. 

Non-Comprehensive Products include, but are not limited to, Invisalign Moderate, Lite and Express packages and Invisalign Go and Invisalign Go Plus.

Non-Case products include, but are not limited to, retention products, Invisalign training, adjusting tools used by dental professionals during the course of treatment and Invisalign Accessory Products that are complementary to our doctor-prescribed principal products such as aligner cases (clamshells), teeth whitening products, cleaning solutions (crystals, foam and other material) and other oral health products available in certain e-commerce channels in select markets. We also offer in the U.S. and Canada, a Doctor Subscription Program which is a monthly subscription program based on the doctor’s monthly need for retention or limited treatment. The program allows doctors the flexibility to order both “touch-up” or retention aligners within their subscribed tier and is designed for a segment of experienced Invisalign trained doctors who are currently not regularly using our retainers or low-stage aligners.

Our ScannerSystems and Services segment consists of our iTero intraoral scanning systems, which includes a single hardware platform and additionalrestorative or orthodontic software options. Our services available with the intraoral scannersinclude subscription software, disposables, rentals, leases, pay per scan services, as well as exocad’s CAD/CAM software solutions that provide digital alternativesintegrate workflows to the traditional cast models. This segment includes our iTero scannerdental labs and OrthoCAD services.dental practices.

Net revenues for our Clear Aligner segment and Scanner segmentSystems and Services segments by region for the year ended December 31, 2017, 20162022, 2021 and 20152020 are as follows (in millions):
Year Ended     Year Ended     Year Ended December 31,Year Ended December 31,
Net Revenues
December 31,
2017
 
December 31,
2016
 Change 
December 31,
2016
 
December 31,
2015
 ChangeNet Revenues20222021Change20212020Change
Clear Aligner revenues:               Clear Aligner revenues:
North America$744.6
 $568.7
 $175.9
 30.9% $568.7
 $498.7
 $70.0
 14.0%
Americas Americas$1,458.8 $1,544.8 $(85.9)(5.6)%$1,544.8 $1,010.2 $534.5 52.9 %
International483.0
 326.6
 156.4
 47.9% 326.6
 250.1
 76.5
 30.6% International1,349.0 1,498.7 (149.7)(10.0)%1,498.7 965.4 533.2 55.2 %
Non-Case81.7
 63.0
 18.7
 29.7% 63.0
 51.4
 11.6
 22.6%
Non-case Non-case264.8 203.7 61.1 30.0 %203.7 125.8 77.8 61.9 %
Total Clear Aligner net revenues
$1,309.3
 $958.3
 $351.0
 36.6% $958.3
 $800.2
 $158.1
 19.8%
Total Clear Aligner net revenues
$3,072.6 $3,247.1 $(174.5)(5.4)%$3,247.1 $2,101.5 $1,145.6 54.5 %
Scanner net revenues164.1
 121.5
 42.6
 35.1% 121.5
 45.3
 76.2
 168.2%
Systems and Services net revenuesSystems and Services net revenues662.1 705.5 (43.5)(6.2)%705.5 370.5 335.0 90.4 %
Total net revenues$1,473.4
 $1,079.8
 $393.6
 36.5% $1,079.8
 $845.5
 $234.3
 27.7%Total net revenues$3,734.6 $3,952.6 $(217.9)(5.5)%$3,952.6 $2,471.9 $1,480.6 59.9 %
Changes and percentages are based on actual values. Certain tables may not sum or recalculate due to rounding.


Clear Aligner Case Volume by Region


Case volume data which represents Clear Aligner case shipments by region, for the year ended December 31, 2017, 20162022, 2021 and 20152020 is as follows (in millions)thousands):
 Year Ended     Year Ended    
Region
December 31,
2017
 
December 31,
2016
 Change 
December 31,
2016
 
December 31,
2015
 Change
    North America621.9
 464.5
 157.4
 33.9% 464.5
 398.4
 66.1
 16.6%
    International354.5
 244.7
 109.8
 44.9% 244.7
 184.8
 59.9
 32.4%
Total case volume976.4
 709.2
 267.2
 37.7% 709.2
 583.2
 126.0
 21.6%
 Year Ended December 31,Year Ended December 31,
20222021Change20212020Change
Total case volume2,358.7 2,547.7 (189.0)(7.4)%2,547.7 1,645.3 902.4 54.8 %
Changes and percentages are based on actual values. Certain tables may not sum or recalculate due to rounding.
Fiscal Year 2017 compared to Fiscal Year 2016


Total net revenues increaseddecreased by $393.6$217.9 million in 20172022 as compared to 20162021, primarily asdue to unfavorable foreign exchange rates, a result ofdecrease in both Clear Aligner case volume growth across all regionsvolumes and products as well as increasedscanner volumes, partially offset by increases in Clear Aligner non-case revenue.revenues, service revenues and an increase in Clear Aligner average selling price (“ASP”).


44


Clear Aligner - North AmericaAmericas


North AmericaAmericas net revenues increaseddecreased by $175.9$85.9 million in 20172022 as compared to 20162021, primarily due to a decrease in case volume growth across all channels and most productsvolumes of 9.4% which reduced net revenues by $145.3 million, partially offset by an increase in ASP which increased net revenues by $192.6$59.4 million. This increaseHigher ASP was mainly due to processing fees charged on most shipments and price increases in certain markets which increased net revenues by $54.2 million along with lower net deferrals which increased net revenues by $34.5 million. The increases in ASP were partially offset by unfavorable promotional discounts and sales credits which reduced net revenues by $25.1 million.

Clear Aligner - International

International net revenues decreased by $149.7 million in part by lower average selling price ("ASP")2022 as compared to 2021due to a 5.0% decrease in case volumes, which decreased net revenues by $16.7 million. The ASP decline is a result of a shift in product mix towards Non-Comprehensive Products, primarily driven by increased SDC revenues which carry a lower ASP and higher Invisalign promotional discounts, which collectively reduced revenues by $58.4 million. These factors contributing to the decline in ASP were offset in part by price increases on our Comprehensive Products effective on April 1, 2017 which contributed $28.4 million to net revenues as well as an increase in additional aligner revenue which contributed $10.8 million to net revenues, among other factors.



Clear Aligner - International

International net revenues increased by $156.4 million in 2017 compared to 2016 primarily driven by case volume growth across all channels and products which increased net revenues by $146.7$75.1 million, and to a lesser extent, higher ASP which contributed approximately $9.7 million to the increase in net revenues. The increase in ASP was primarily due to price increases in our Comprehensive Products effective on July 1, 2017, as well as the impact from acquiring certain distributors as we now recognize direct sales at full ASP rather than the discounted ASP, which collectively contributed $24.7 million to net revenues. The factors contributing to an increase in ASP were offset in part by higher promotional discounts which decreased net revenues by $12.6 million as well as an increase in net revenue deferrals of $3.6 million, among other factors.

Clear Aligner - Non-Case

Non-case net revenues, consisting of training fees and ancillary product revenues, increased by $18.7 million in 2017 compared to 2016 primarily due to increased Vivera volume in both North America and International.

Scanner

Scanner net revenues increased by $42.6 million in 2017 compared to 2016 primarily as a result of an increase in the number of scanners recognized which increased net revenues by $29.7 million as well as higher CAD/CAM services resulting from a larger installed base of scanners which contributed $16.2 million to net revenues. These increases were offset in part by a decrease in scanner ASP which reduced net revenues by $3.3 million.
Fiscal Year 2016 compared to Fiscal Year 2015

Total net revenues increased by $234.3 million in 2016 as compared to 2015 primarily as a result of case volume growth across all regions and products as well as increased non-case revenue.

Clear Aligner - North America

North America net revenues increased by $70.0 million in 2016 compared to 2015 primarily due to case volume growth across all channels and products which increased net revenues by $82.7 million. This increase was offset in part by lower average selling price ("ASP") which decreased net revenues by $12.7 million. ASP declined in 2016 compared to 2015 as a result of higher promotional discounts of $21.9 million as well as an increase in net deferrals of $7.7 million primarily related to the full year effect of our new additional aligners product policy launched in July 2015. These declines were partially offset by price increases on our Comprehensive Products effective April 1, 2016 which contributed $17.7 million to net revenues.

Clear Aligner - International

International net revenues increased by $76.5 million in 2016 compared to 2015 primarily driven by case volume growth across all channels and products which increased net revenues by $80.9 million. This increase was offset in part by lower ASP, which decreased net revenues by $4.4$74.6 million. Lower ASP declined in 2016 comparedwas largely due to 2015 as a result of higher promotional discounts of $6.9 million as well as the unfavorable impact of changes in foreign exchange rates which resulted in lower net revenues of $6.8$150.6 million, a product mix shift to lower priced products which decreased net revenues by $60.5 million, and unfavorable promotional discounts which decreased net revenues $39.4 million. These declines wereThe decrease in ASP was partially offset by the price increasesprocessing fees charged on our Comprehensive products effective April 1, 2016most shipments which contributed $5.7 million toincreased net revenues as well as an increase in additional aligner revenue of $3.5by $94.1 million and lower net deferrals which increased net revenues by $81.4 million.


Clear Aligner - Non-Case


Non-case net revenues consisting of training fees and ancillary product revenues, increased by $11.6$61.1 million in 20162022 compared to 20152021 mainly due to increased volume for retention products across most regions primarily driven by Vivera retainers.

Systems and Services

Systems and Services net revenues decreased by $43.5 million in 2022 as compared to 2021 primarily due to increased Vivera volume both in North America and International.

Scanner

Scanner net revenues increased by $76.2 million in 2016 compared to 2015 primarily as a result of an increase in thelower number of scanners recognized as we began shipping our next generation iTero Element scanner in September 2015,sold which contributed $43.3 million indecreased net revenues by $97.1 million and lower scanner ASP which decreased net revenues by $9.0 million. The decreases were partially offset by higher service and other revenues which increased net revenues by $62.6 million mostly due to a lesser extent, an increase in ASP. which contributed $23.7 million to net revenues.larger scanner install base.




Cost of net revenues and gross profit (in millions):
Year Ended   Year Ended   Year Ended December 31,Year Ended December 31,
December 31,
2017
 
December 31,
2016
 Change 
December 31,
2016
 
December 31,
2015
 Change 20222021Change20212020Change
Clear Aligner           Clear Aligner
Cost of net revenues$289.7
 $210.8
 $78.9
 $210.8
 $172.0
 $38.8
Cost of net revenues$844.4 $772.7 $71.7 $772.7 $569.3 $203.4 
% of net segment revenues22.1% 22.0%   22.0% 21.5% 

% of net segment revenues27.5 %23.8 %23.8 %27.1 %
Gross profit$1,019.6
 $747.5
 $272.1
 $747.5
 $628.2
 $119.3
Gross profit$2,228.2 $2,474.4 $(246.2)$2,474.4 $1,532.1 $942.2 
Gross margin %77.9% 78.0%   78.0% 78.5%  Gross margin %72.5 %76.2 %76.2 %72.9 %
Scanner           
Systems and ServicesSystems and Services
Cost of net revenues$66.8
 $53.7
 $13.1
 $53.7
 $33.4
 $20.3
Cost of net revenues$256.4 $244.5 $11.9 $244.5 $139.4 $105.1 
% of net segment revenues40.7% 44.2%   44.2% 73.7% 

% of net segment revenues38.7 %34.7 %34.7 %37.6 %
Gross profit$97.4
 $67.8
 $29.6
 $67.8
 $11.9
 $55.9
Gross profit$405.6 $461.0 $(55.4)$461.0 $231.1 $229.9 
Gross margin %59.3% 55.8%   55.8% 26.3%  Gross margin %61.3 %65.3 %65.3 %62.4 %
Total cost of net revenues$356.5
 $264.6
 $91.9
 $264.6
 $205.4
 $59.2
Total cost of net revenues$1,100.9 $1,017.2 $83.6 $1,017.2 $708.7 $308.5 
% of net revenues24.2% 24.5%   24.5% 24.3%  % of net revenues29.5 %25.7 %25.7 %28.7 %
Gross profit$1,116.9
 $815.3
 $301.6
 $815.3
 $640.1
 $175.2
Gross profit$2,633.8 $2,935.4 $(301.6)$2,935.4 $1,763.2 $1,172.1 
Gross margin %75.8% 75.5%   75.5% 75.7%  Gross margin %70.5 %74.3 %74.3 %71.3 %
Changes and percentages are based on actual values. Certain tables may not sum or recalculate due to rounding.


Cost of net revenues for our Clear Aligner and Scanner segments includes personnel-related costs including payroll and stock-based compensation for staff involved in the production process, the cost of materials, packaging, freight and shipping related costs, depreciation on capital equipment and facilities used in the production process, amortization of acquired intangible assets and training costs.

Fiscal Year 2017 compared to Fiscal Year 2016


Clear Aligner

45



The gross margin percentage declined slightlydecreased in 20172022 as compared to 20162021 primarily due to an increase in aligners per case driven bya higher mix of additional aligners, which was partially offset by higher absorptionfreight costs and increased manufacturing spend as a result of increased production volumes.we continue to ramp our new manufacturing facility in Poland.


ScannerSystems and Services


The gross margin percentage increaseddecreased in 20172022 as compared to 20162021 primarily due to a favorable product mix shift to ourmanufacturing inefficiencies from lower cost iTero Element scanner. This was partially offset by a lower ASP.

Fiscal Year 2016 compared to Fiscal Year 2015

Clear Aligner

The gross margin percentage declined in 2016 compared to 2015 primarily driven by a higher number of aligners per caseproduction volumes and lower ASP which wasASP. These factors were partially offset by higher absorption as a result of increased production volumes.service revenues.


Scanner

The gross margin percentage increased in 2016 compared to 2015 due to a product mix shift to our iTero Element scanner which has a higher ASP along with lower costs per unit.



Selling, general and administrative (in millions):
Year Ended   Year Ended   Year Ended December 31,Year Ended December 31,
December 31,
2017
 
December 31,
2016
 Change 
December 31,
2016
 
December 31,
2015
 Change 20222021Change20212020Change
Selling, general and administrative$665.8
 $490.7
 $175.1
 $490.7
 $390.2
 $100.5
Selling, general and administrative$1,674.5 $1,708.6 $(34.2)$1,708.6 $1,200.8 $507.9 
% of net revenues45.2% 45.4%   45.4% 46.2%  % of net revenues44.8 %43.2 %43.2 %48.6 %
Changes and percentages are based on actual values. Certain tables may not sum or recalculate due to rounding.


Selling, general and administrative expense generally includes personnel-related costs, including payroll, commissionsstock-based compensation and stock-based compensationcommissions for our sales force, marketing and administration in addition toadvertising expenses including media, and advertising expenses,market research, marketing materials, clinical education, trade shows and industry events, product marketing,legal and outside consulting services, legal expenses,service costs, equipment, software and maintenance costs, depreciation and amortization expense the medical device excise tax ("MDET") and allocations of corporate overhead expenses including facilities and IT.Information Technology (“IT”).


Selling, general and administrative expense increaseddecreased in 20172022 compared to 20162021 primarily due to higherlower incentive compensation, related costs of $85.6 million mainly as a result of increased headcount resulting in higher salaries expense, incentive bonuses and fringe benefits. We also incurred higher expenses fromlower advertising and marketing costs and lower allocations of $34.2 million,corporate overhead expenses. These decreases were offset by higher salaries expenses, fringe benefits and stock-based compensation from increased headcount as well as higher equipment, software and maintenance costs of $21.9 million, and outside services costs of $20.3 million.costs.


Selling, general and administrative expense increased in 2016 compared to 2015 primarily due to higher compensation related costs of $47.1 million as a result of increased headcount resulting in higher salaries expense, incentive bonuses and fringe benefits. We also incurred higher expenses from advertising and marketing of $16.5 million, outside services costs of $12.2 million, equipment and material costs of $6.8 million, travel and related costs of $6.0 million and credit card processing fees of $4.2 million. In addition, during the first quarter of 2015, there was a refund of MDET taxes paid in 2014 of $6.8 million as our aligners are no longer subject to the excise tax.


Research and development (in millions):
Year Ended   Year Ended   Year Ended December 31,Year Ended December 31,
December 31,
2017
 
December 31,
2016
 Change 
December 31,
2016
 
December 31,
2015
 Change 20222021Change20212020Change
Research and development$97.6
 $75.7
 $21.9
 $75.7
 $61.2
 $14.5
Research and development$305.3 $250.3 $54.9 $250.3 $175.3 $75.0 
% of net revenues6.6% 7.0%   7.0% 7.2%  % of net revenues8.2 %6.3 %6.3 %7.1 %
Changes and percentages are based on actual values. Certain tables may not sum or recalculate due to rounding.

Research and development expense generally includes the personnel-related costs, including payroll and stock-based compensation, and outside consulting expensesservice costs associated with the research and development of new products and enhancements to existing products, software, equipment, material and maintenance costs, depreciation and amortization expense and allocations of corporate overhead expenses including facilities and IT.


Research and development expense increased in 20172022 compared to 20162021 primarily due to higher compensation costs as a result of increased headcount resulting in higher salaries expense, incentive bonusesfringe benefits and fringe benefits.

Researchstock-based compensation as we continue to focus our investments in innovation and development expense increasedresearch in 2016 compared to 2015 dueaddition to higher compensationallocations of corporate overhead expenses, outside services costs as a result of increased headcount resulting in higher salaries expense,and equipment and materials costs. These increases were partially offset by lower incentive bonusescompensation.

Restructuring and fringe benefits.



Income from operationsother charges (in millions):

 Year Ended   Year Ended  
 
December 31,
2017
 
December 31,
2016
 Change 
December 31,
2016
 
December 31,
2015
 Change
Clear Aligner           
Income from operations$564.6
 $411.8
 $152.8
 $411.8
 $371.1
 $40.7
Operating margin %43.1% 43.0%   43.0% 46.4 %  
Scanner           
Income (loss) from operations$49.6
 $37.5
 $12.1
 $37.5
 $(12.3) $49.8
Operating margin %30.2% 30.9%   30.9% (27.2)%  
Total income from operations(1)
$353.6
 $248.9
 $104.7
 $248.9
 $188.6
 $60.3
Operating margin %24.0% 23.1%   23.1% 22.3 %  
 Year Ended December 31,Year Ended December 31,
 20222021Change20212020Change
Restructuring and other charges$11.5 $— $11.5 $— $— $— 
% of net revenues0.3 %— %— %— %
Changes and percentages are based on actual values. Certain tables may not sum or recalculate due to rounding.


(1) Refer to Note 16 "Segments and Geographical Information" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details on unallocated corporate expenses and the reconciliation to total income from operations.

Fiscal Year 2017 compared to Fiscal Year 2016

Clear Aligner

Operating margin percentage increased slightly in 2017 compared to 2016 as we leveraged our operating expenses on higher Clear Aligner revenues.

Scanner

Operating margin percentage decreased in 2017 compared to 2016 due to higher operating expenses and, to a lesser extent, lower ASP. This was partially offset by a favorable product mix shift to our lower cost iTero Element scanner.

Fiscal Year 2016 compared to Fiscal Year 2015

Clear Aligner

Operating margin percentage declined in 2016 compared to 2015 primarily due to higher compensation costs as a result of increased headcount, higher number of aligners manufactured per case and lower ASP.

Scanner

Operating margin percentage increased in 2016 compared to 2015 due to a product mix shift to our iTero Element scanner resulting in a higher ASP and lower costs per unit. We also incurred lower operating expenses as a percentage of revenues as we leveraged our operating expenses on higher revenues.


InterestRestructuring and other income (expense), netcharges includes $7.3 million of severance and related costs, in addition to lease termination charges and asset impairments.
46


Income from operations (in millions):
 Year Ended   Year Ended  
 
December 31,
2017
 
December 31,
2016
 Change 
December 31,
2016
 
December 31,
2015
 Change
Interest and other income (expense), net$11.2
 $(6.4) $17.6
 $(6.4) $(2.5) $(3.9)
 Year Ended December 31,Year Ended December 31,
 20222021Change20212020Change
Clear Aligner
Income from operations$1,134.4 $1,325.9 $(191.4)$1,325.9 $768.0 $557.8 
Operating margin %36.9 %40.8 %40.8 %36.5 %
Systems and Services
Income from operations$179.8 $259.1 $(79.4)$259.1 $96.1 $163.1 
Operating margin %27.2 %36.7 %36.7 %25.9 %
Total income from operations 1
$642.6 $976.4 $(333.8)$976.4 $387.2 $589.2 
Operating margin %17.2 %24.7 %24.7 %15.7 %
Changes and percentages are based on actual values. Certain tables may not sum or recalculate due to rounding.


Interest1Refer to Note 15 “Segments and other income (expense), net, includes foreign currency revaluation gainsGeographical Information” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details on unallocated corporate expenses and losses, interest income earned on cash, cash equivalents and investment balances, gains and losses on foreign currency forward contracts and other miscellaneous charges.the reconciliation to Consolidated Income from Operations.



Clear Aligner


Interest and other income (expense), net, increasedOperating margin percentage decreased in 20172022 compared to 2016 mainly2021 primarily due to lower gross margin.

Systems and Services

Operating margin percentage decreased in 2022 compared to 2021 primarily due to higher foreign exchange gainsoperating expenses as a resultpercentage of the Euro strengthening to the U.S. dollar.net revenues as well as lower gross margin.


Interest and other income (expense), net, decreased in 2016 compared to 2015 mainly due to higher foreign exchange losses as a result of the Euro weakening to the U.S. dollar.

Equity in losses of investee, net of tax (in millions):

 Year Ended   Year Ended  
 December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016 Change December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015 Change
Equity in losses of investee, net of tax$3.2
 $1.7
 $1.5
 $1.7
 
 $1.7
 Year Ended December 31,Year Ended December 31,
 20222021Change20212020Change
Interest income$5.4 $3.1 $2.3 $3.1 $3.1 $— 
% of net revenues0.1 %0.1 %0.1 %0.1 %
Changes and percentages are based on actual values. Certain tables may not sum or recalculate due to rounding.


We acquired a 17% equityInterest income generally includes interest earned on cash, cash equivalents and investment balances.

Interest income increased in SDC in July 2016 and an additional 2% in July 2017 for combined equity interest of 19% on a fully diluted basis. We account for this investment based on the equity method of accounting. In 2017, equity in losses of investee, net of tax increased2022 compared to the same period in 20162021 primarily due to a full year of losses attributable to equity method investments as well as a higher share dueinterest rates during 2022, which was partially offset by the interest earned from the arbitration award related to our additional investment (Refer to Note 4 "Equity Method Investments"in SmileDirectClub in the first quarter of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details on equity method investments).2021.


Provision forOther income taxes(expense), net (in millions):
 Year Ended   Year Ended  
 
December 31,
2017
 
December 31,
2016
 Change 
December 31,
2016
 
December 31,
2015
 Change
Provision for income taxes$130.2
 $51.2
 $79.0
 $51.2
 $42.1
 $9.1
Effective tax rates35.7% 21.1%   21.1% 22.6%  
 Year Ended December 31,Year Ended December 31,
 20222021Change20212020Change
Other income (expense), net$(48.9)$32.9 $(81.8)$32.9 $(11.3)$44.3 
% of net revenues(1.3)%0.8 %0.8 %(0.5)%
Changes and percentages are based on actual values. Certain tables may not sum or recalculate due to rounding.


Our provisionOther income (expense), net, generally includes foreign exchange gains and losses, gains and losses on foreign currency forward contracts, interest expense, gains and losses on equity investments and other miscellaneous charges.

Other income (expense), net decreased in 2022 compared to 2021primarily due to a $43.4 million gain associated to the arbitration award related to our investment in SmileDirectClub recognized in the first quarter of 2021 as well as $30.5 million of higher net foreign exchange losses from the weakening of international currencies against the U.S. dollar in 2022 as compared to 2021.

47


Provision for (benefit from) income taxes was $130.2 million, $51.2 million(in millions):
 Year Ended December 31,Year Ended December 31,
 20222021Change20212020Change
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes$237.5 $240.4 $(2.9)$240.4 $(1,396.9)$1,637.3 
Effective tax rates39.6 %23.7 %23.7 %(368.6)%
Changes and $42.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, representing effective tax rates of 35.7%, 21.1% and 22.6%, respectively.percentages are based on actual values. Certain tables may not sum or recalculate due to rounding.


The U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “TCJA”) was enacted into law on December 22, 2017 and impactedincrease in our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2017. The TCJA made significant changes2022 compared to the Internal Revenue Code, including, but not limitedsame period in 2021 is primarily attributable to decreased earnings in low tax jurisdictions and an increase in the amount of foreign earnings subject to US tax in 2022. Additionally, a corporatechange in U.S. tax laws effective January 1, 2022 which requires capitalization and amortization of research and development expenses incurred after December 31, 2021 increased our effective tax rate decrease from 35%for the year ended December 31, 2022.

During 2020, we completed an intra-entity transfer of certain intellectual property rights and fixed assets to 21%our Swiss subsidiary, where our EMEA regional headquarters is located beginning January 1, 2020. The transfer of intellectual property rights did not result in a taxable gain; however, it did result in a step-up of the Swiss tax deductible basis in the transferred assets, and accordingly, created a temporary difference between the book basis and the tax basis of such intellectual property rights. Consequently, this transaction resulted in the recognition of a deferred tax asset and related one-time tax benefit of approximately $1,493.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2020, which is the net impact of the deferred tax asset recognized as a result of the additional Swiss tax deductible basis in the transferred assets and certain costs related to the transfer of fixed assets and inventory. The amortization of this deferred tax asset depends on the profitability of our Swiss headquarters and the recognition of this tax benefit is allowed for a maximum recovery period of 15 years.

The U.S. Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 (“IRA”) was enacted in the United States on August 16, 2022. The IRA imposes a 15% alternative minimum tax on the financial statement income of certain corporations which is effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, the transition of U.S. international taxation from2022, as well as a worldwide tax system to a territorial system, and a one-time transition1% excise tax on the mandatory deemed repatriationnet fair market value of cumulative foreign earnings as ofstock repurchases made after December 31, 2017. We have estimated the impact2022. Based upon our analysis of the TCJA and recorded a provisional amount of $84.3 million of additional incomeIRA, we have determined there is no impact to our tax expense in the fourth quarter of 2017. This provisional amount includes income tax expenses related to the remeasurement of certain deferred tax assets and liabilities of $10.4 million, and the one-time transition tax on the mandatory deemed repatriation of cumulative foreign earnings in the amount of $73.9 million. The provisional impact of the TCJA is discussed further in Note 13 "Income Taxes" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Our effective tax rate differs from the statutory federal income tax rate of 35% primarily due to certain foreign earnings, most significantly from the Netherlands and Costa Rica, being taxed at lower tax rates and excess tax benefits related to stock-based compensation recognized as a reduction of income tax expense, partially offset by certain one-time tax charges recorded as a result of the TCJA. The increase in the effective tax rate in 2017 compared to 2016 was primarily attributable to tax charges recorded as a result of the TCJA and the tax benefit recognized pursuant to the release of valuation allowance against our Israel deferred tax assets in 2016 that did not recur this year, partially offset by excess tax benefits related to stock-based compensation recognized as a reduction of income tax expense in accordance with ASU 2016-09 and increased tax benefits from foreign earnings being taxed at lower tax rates. The increase in the effective rateprovision for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to 2015 was primarily related to our international corporate restructuring as explained below.

On July 1, 2016, we implemented a new international corporate structure. This changed the structure of our international procurement and sales operations, as well as realigned the ownership and use of intellectual property among our wholly-owned subsidiaries.2022. We will continue to anticipate that an increasing percentage of our consolidated pre-tax income will be derived from, and reinvested in our foreign operations. We believe that income taxed in certain foreign jurisdictions at a lower rate relative toevaluate the U.S. federal statutory rate will have a beneficial impact on our worldwide effective tax rate over time. Although the license of


intellectual property rights between consolidated entities did not result in any gain in the consolidated financial statements, the Company generated taxable income in certain jurisdictions in 2016 resulting in a tax expense of $34.3 million. Additionally, as a result of the restructuring, we reassessed the need for a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets considering all available evidence. Given the current earnings and anticipated future earnings of our subsidiary in Israel, we concluded that we have sufficient positive evidence to release the valuation allowance against our Israel operating loss carryforwards of $31.4 million, which resulted in an income tax benefit in 2016.

In June 2017, the Costa Rica Ministry of Foreign Trade, an agency of the Government of Costa Rica, granted an extension of certain income tax incentives for an additional twelve year period. Under these incentives, all of the income in Costa Rica is subject to a reduced tax rate. In order to receive the benefit of these incentives, we must hire a specified number of employees and maintain certain minimum levels of fixed asset investment in Costa Rica. If we do not fulfill these conditions for any reason, our incentive could lapse and our income in Costa Rica would be subject to taxation at higher rates which could have a negative impacttax law changes on our operating results. The Costa Rica corporate income tax rate that would apply, absent the incentives, is 30% for 2017, 2016 and 2015. As a result of these incentives, our income taxes were reduced by $1.8 million, $19.1 million and $32.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 respectively, representing a benefit to diluted net income per share of $0.02, $0.23 and $0.40 in the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively (Refer to Note 13 "Income Taxes" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details on income taxes).future periods.     


Liquidity and Capital Resources
We fund our operations from product sales.
Liquidity and Trends

As of December 31, 20172022 and 2016,2021, we had the following cash and cash equivalents and short-term and long-term marketable securities (in thousands):

December 31,
 20222021
Cash and cash equivalents$942,050 $1,099,370 
Marketable securities, short-term57,534 71,972 
Marketable securities, long-term41,978 125,320 
Total$1,041,562 $1,296,662 
 Year Ended December 31,
 2017 2016
Cash and cash equivalents$449,511
 $389,275
Marketable securities, short-term272,031
 250,981
Marketable securities, long-term39,948
 59,783
Total$761,490
 $700,039
Cash flows (in thousands):
 Year Ended December 31,
 2017 2016 2015
Net cash provided by (used in):     
Operating activities$438,539
 $247,654
 $237,997
Investing activities(248,313) 72,848
 (166,361)
Financing activities(135,500) (95,524) (100,786)
Effects of foreign exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents5,510
 (3,417) (3,007)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents$60,236
 $221,561
 $(32,157)


As of December 31, 2017, we had $761.52022 and 2021, approximately $653.7 million in cash, cash equivalents, and short-term and long-term marketable securities. Cash equivalents and marketable securities are comprised of money market funds and highly liquid debt instruments which primarily include commercial paper, corporate bonds, U.S. government agency bonds, U.S. government treasury bonds and certificates of deposit.

As of December 31, 2017, approximately $490.1$713.8 million, respectively, of cash, cash equivalents and short-term and long-term marketable securities waswere held by our foreign subsidiaries. The TCJA enacted into law on December 22, 2017 included a one-time transition tax onWe intend to continue reinvesting our foreign subsidiary earnings indefinitely and expect the mandatory deemedadditional costs upon repatriation of these foreign earnings not to be significant. We generate sufficient domestic operating cash flow and as a result, we recorded a provisional amounthave access to external funding under our $300.0 million revolving line of additional income tax expense of $73.9 million, whichcredit. We believe that our current cash balances and the borrowing capacity under our credit facility, if necessary, will be paid oversufficient to fund our business for at least the next eight years. We may repatriate12 months.

The sanctions against Russian banks or international bank messaging systems due to the military conflict between Ukraine and Russia could impact our ability to access our cash in Russia but would not materially impact our liquidity position. As of December 31, 2022, cash and cash equivalents domiciled in Russia, which is required to fund their current operating requirements, represent approximately 2.6% of our total cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities backsecurities.

Our material cash requirements as of December 31, 2022 are as below:

48


Our purchase commitments for goods and services, excluding capital expenditures, totaled $1,151.7 million, of which $860.8 million will be payable within the next 12 months. These commitments primarily relate to agreements with contract manufacturers and suppliers, sales and marketing services, research and development services and technological services.

We expect our investments in capital expenditures to exceed $200.0 million for the U.S.next 12 months. Capital expenditures primarily relate to investbuilding construction and improvements as well as additional manufacturing capacity due to international expansion. Despite the challenging market conditions, we intend to expand our investments in market expansion opportunities, provide additional working capital,research and development, manufacturing, treatment planning, sales and marketing operations to meet actual and anticipated local and regional demands.

We have greater flexibility to fund our stock repurchase program (future operating lease payments of $158.3 million, which includes $14.3 million for leases that have not yet commenced as of December 31, 2022. Refer to Note 13 "Income Taxes"4 Leases of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details).details on the lease payments.



We have $249.9 million available for repurchase under the stock repurchase program authorized by our Board of Directors in May 2021 (“May 2021 Repurchase Program”). Our stock repurchase program is subject to periodic evaluations to determine when and if repurchases are in the best interests of our stockholders, taking into account prevailing market conditions. Refer to Note 10 Common Stock Repurchase Programs of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details on our stock repurchase programs. Subsequent to the fourth quarter, in January 2023, our Board of Directors authorized a new plan to repurchase up to $1.0 billion of our common stock. Additionally, in February 2023, we entered into an ASR to repurchase $250.0 million of our common stock, completing our 2021 Repurchase Program. Under the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022, effective January 1, 2023, excise tax of 1% is applicable to stock repurchases. We are currently evaluating the impact of this provision, if any, on our results of operations and cash flows.


Sources and Use of Cash

The following table summarizes our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 (inthousands):
 Year Ended December 31,
 202220212020
Net cash provided by (used in):
Operating activities$568,732 $1,172,544 $662,174 
Investing activities(213,316)(563,430)(231,506)
Financing activities(501,686)(458,332)(30,808)
Effects of foreign exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash(11,514)(12,117)10,480 
Net (decrease) increase in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash
$(157,784)$138,665 $410,340 

Operating Activities


For the year ended December 31, 2017,2022, cash flows from operations of $438.5$568.7 million resulted primarily from our net income of approximately $231.4$361.6 million as well as the following:


Significant non-cash activitiesadjustments to net income

Stock-based compensation was $58.9of $133.4 million related to equity incentive compensationawards granted to employees and directors,directors; and
Depreciation and amortization of $37.7$125.8 million related to our fixed assetsinvestments in property, plant and acquiredequipment and purchased intangible assets, andassets.
Net change in deferred tax assets of $17.6 million.


Significant changes in working capital

Increase of $91.0 million in accounts receivable which is a result of the increase in net revenues,
Increase of $79.7$241.9 million in deferred revenues corresponding to the increases in case shipments,
Increase of $69.0 million in long-term income tax payable due to the new U.S.Tax Cut and Jobs Act enacteddeferral of revenue on December 22, 2017, and
Increase of $24.2 million in accrued and other long-term liabilities due to timing of payments and activities.

Forshipments over the year ended December 31, 2016, cash flows from operations of $247.7 million resulted primarily from our net income of approximately $189.7 millionperiod as well as timing of revenue recognition;
Increase of $130.1 million in inventories primarily due to lower shipment volumes over the following:

Significant non-cash activities
Stock-based compensation was $54.1 million related to equity incentive compensation granted to employees and directors,
Depreciation and amortization of $24.0 million relatedperiod in addition to our fixed assetsefforts to manage stock at appropriate levels as required; and acquired and purchased intangible assets,
Excess tax benefits from our share-based compensation arrangements
49


Decrease of $16.8 million,
Net change in deferred tax assets of $16.4 million, and
Net tax benefits from stock based compensation of $15.9 million.
Significant changes in working capital
Increase of $94.4 million in accounts receivable which is a result of the increase in net revenues,
Increase of $60.7 million in deferred revenues corresponding to the increases in case shipments and full year effect of our additional aligner product policy effective in July 2015, and
Increase of $37.6 million in accrued and other long-term liabilities due to timing of payments and activities.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, cash flows from operations of $238.0 million resulted primarily from our net income of approximately $144.0 million as well as the following:
Significant non-cash activities
Stock-based compensation was $52.9 million related to our equity incentive compensation granted to employees and directors,
Depreciation and amortization of $18.0 million related to our fixed assets and acquired and purchased intangible assets, and
Excess tax benefits from our share-based compensation arrangements of $10.4 million.

Significant changes in working capital
Increase of $41.9 million in deferred revenues corresponding to higher product sales along with the increased deferrals as a result of the change to our new additional aligner product policy in July 2015,
Increase of $40.8 million in accounts receivable which is a result of the increase in net revenues, and


Increase of $19.5$121.9 million in accrued and other long-term liabilities primarily due to the payment of our 2021 corporate bonus as well as timing payment of other activities.

For the year ended December 31, 2021, cash flows from operations of $1,172.5 million resulted primarily from our net income of approximately $772.0 million as well as the following:

Significant adjustments to net income

Stock-based compensation of $114.3 million related to equity awards granted to employees and directors;
Depreciation and amortization of $108.7 million related to our investments in property, plant and equipment and intangible assets; and
Gain related to our SDC arbitration award of $43.4 million.

Significant changes in working capital

Increase of $462.6 million in deferred revenues primarily related to increased case volumes in our Clear Aligner segment, increased scanner volumes in our Systems and Services segment and timing of revenue recognition;
Increase of $262.1 million in accounts receivable which is primarily a result of the increase in our sales;
Increase of $158.5 million in accrued and other long-term liabilities and an increase of $124.6 million in income tax payable along withprepaid expenses and other accrualsassets due to the timing of payment.prepayment and activities; and

Increase of $112.5 million in inventories to support our demand, including safety stock, due to shipping delays during the COVID-19 pandemic as well as long lead times with our suppliers.

Investing Activities


Net cash used in investing activities was $248.3$213.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017,2022 which primarily consisted of purchases of marketable securities of $390.2 million, property, plant and equipment of $291.9 million, purchases of $195.7marketable securities of $28.0 million for additional manufacturing capacity and $12.3 million cash paid relating to purchase our new headquarters, $30.0 million of loan advances to equity investee, net of repayments and $12.8 million related to our equity interest investment in SmileDirectClub, LLC ("SDC").a business acquisition. These outflows were partially offset by maturitiessales and salesmaturities of marketable securities of $388.8$121.1 million.

For 2018, we expect to invest $200.0 million to $230.0 million on capital expenditures primarily related to operational expansion and ongoing growth of the business.

Net cash provided by investing activities was $72.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, which primarily consisted of maturities and sales of our marketable securities of $604.0 million. These inflows were partially offset by purchases of marketable securities of $405.6 million, property, plant and equipment purchases of $70.6 million including the implementation of our new ERP system and $46.7 million related to our equity interest investment in SDC.


Net cash used in investing activities was $166.4$563.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, which2021 and primarily consisted of purchases of marketable securities of $447.1 million and property, plant and equipment of $401.1 million and purchases of $53.5marketable securities of $200.9 million, for additional manufacturing capacity and infrastructure including the project to implement a new ERP system which we started in late 2014. These uses were partially offset by $334.1$43.4 million of maturities and sales ofproceeds from our marketable securities.SDC arbitration award.


Financing Activities


Net cash used byin financing activities was $135.5$501.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 primarily resulting from2022 which consisted of payments related to our common stock repurchases of $103.8$475.0 million (Refer to Note 11 "Common Stock Repurchase Program" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details on the stock repurchase program) and payroll taxes paid for vesting of restricted stock units ("RSUs")equity awards through share withholdings of $46.2 million. These outflows$52.8 million, which were partially offset in part by $14.5$26.1 million fromof proceeds from the issuance of common stock.stock under our employee stock purchase plan.


Net cash used byin financing activities was $95.5$458.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 primarily resulting from common stock repurchases2021 which consisted of $96.2 million (Referpayments related to Note 11 "Common Stock Repurchase Program" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details on theour accelerated stock repurchase program)arrangements of $375.0 million and $29.9 million of payroll taxes paid for vesting of RSUsequity awards through share withholdings of $108.9 million which were partially offset by excess tax benefit$25.6 million of proceeds from our share-based compensation arrangements of $16.8 million and proceeds fromthe issuance of common stock of $13.8 million.stock.


Net cash used by financing activities was $100.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 resulting from repurchases of our common stock of $101.8 million and $20.7 million of payroll taxes paid for our employees' vesting of RSUs through share withholdings, partially off-set by proceeds from issuance of common stock of $11.3 million and $10.4 million from excess tax benefit from our share-based compensation arrangements.

As restricted stock units are taxable to the individuals when they vest, the number of shares we issue to each of our employees will be net of applicable withholding taxes which will be paid by us on their behalf.  During 2017, 2016 and 2015, we paid $46.2 million, $29.9 million and $20.7 million, respectively, for taxes related to RSUs that vested during the periods.



Stock Repurchases

Refer to Note 11"Common Stock Repurchase Program" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details on stock repurchase program.
April 2014 Repurchase Program. In 2017, we repurchased shares of our common stock on the open market for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $3.8 million, completing the April 2014 Repurchase Program.

April 2016 Repurchase Program. In 2017, we repurchased, $50.0 million of our common stock through an accelerated stock repurchase agreement and $50.0 million on the open market.

Remaining Available Repurchases. As of December 31, 2017, we have $200.0 million remaining under the April 2016 Repurchase Program. In February 2018, we repurchased approximately 0.4 million shares on the open market for an aggregate purchase price of $100 million, at an average share price of $252.24 (Refer to Note 10 "Common Stock Repurchase Program" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details on stock repurchase program).

We believe that our current cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities combined with our positive cash flows from operations will be sufficient to fund our operations and stock repurchases for at least the next 12 months. If we are unable to generate adequate operating cash flows, we may need to suspend our stock repurchase program, utilize our credit facility, or seek additional sources of capital through equity or debt financing, collaborative or other arrangements with other companies, bank financing and other sources in order to realize our objectives and to continue our operations. There can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain additional debt or equity financing on terms acceptable to us, or at all. If adequate funds are not available, we may need to make business decisions that could adversely affect our operating results such as modifications to our pricing policy, business structure or operations. Accordingly, the failure to obtain sufficient funds on acceptable terms when needed could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Credit Facility

On March 22, 2013, we entered into a credit facility for a $50.0 million revolving line of credit, with a $10.0 million letter of credit, and a maturity date of March 22, 2018. On February 27, 2018, we entered into a new credit facility for a $200.0 million revolving line of credit, with a $50.0 million letter of credit, and a maturity date of February 27, 2021, replacing existing credit facility (Refer to Note 7 "Credit Facility"of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details of the credit facility).

Contractual Obligations/Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

The impact that our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2017 are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows in future periods is as follows (in thousands):
   Payments Due by Period
 Total 
Less than
1 Year
 
1-3
Years
 
3-5
Years
 
More than
5 Years
Operating lease obligations (1)
$61,555
 $14,799
 $23,019
 $14,164
 $9,573
Unconditional purchase obligations683,242
 414,726
 173,663
 94,853
 
Total contractual cash obligations$744,797
 $429,525
 $196,682
 $109,017
 $9,573

(1) Sublease income is not material and excluded from the table below.

Our contractual obligations table above excludes approximately $38.1 million of non-current uncertain tax benefits which are included in other long-term obligations and deferred tax assets on our balance sheet as of December 31, 2017.  We have not included this amount because we cannot make a reasonably reliable estimate regarding the timing of settlements with taxing authorities, if any.

We had no material off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in Regulation S-K Item 303(a) (4) as of December 31, 2017 other than certain items disclosed in Note 9 "Commitments and Contingencies" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.



Indemnification Provisions

In the normal course of business to facilitate transactions in our services and products, we indemnify customers, vendors, lessors, and other parties with respect to certain matters, including, but not limited to, services to be provided by us and intellectual property infringement claims made by third parties. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and certain of our officers that will require us, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers. Several of these agreements limit the time within which an indemnification claim can be made and the amount of the claim.

It is not possible to make a reasonable estimate of the maximum potential amount under these indemnification agreements due to the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular agreement. Additionally, we have a limited history of prior indemnification claims and the payments we have made under such agreements have not had a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows, or financial position. However, to the extent that valid indemnification claims arise in the future, future payments by us could be significant and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or cash flows in a particular period. As of December 31, 2017, we did not have any material indemnification claims that were probable or reasonably possible.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates


Management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses and disclosures at the date of the financial statements. We evaluate our estimates on an on-going basis including those related to revenue recognition, stock-based compensation, goodwill and finite-lived assets and related impairment, and income taxes. We use authoritative pronouncements, historical experience and other assumptions as the basis for making the estimates. Actual results could differ from those estimates.


We believe the following critical accounting policies and estimates affect our more significant judgments used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. For further information on all of our significant accounting policies, see Note 1 "SummarySummary of Significant Accounting Policies"Policiesof the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8.8.


50


Revenue Recognition


Our revenues are derived primarily from the sale of aligners, scanners, and services from our Clear Aligner and Systems and Services segments. We enter into sales arrangementscontracts that may consist of multiple deliverables of our products and servicesdistinct performance obligations where certain elementsperformance obligations of the sales arrangementcontract are not delivered in one reporting period. We measure and allocate revenuerevenues according to ASC 606-10, “Revenues from Contracts with Customers.”

Determining the accounting guidance for multiple-element revenue arrangementsstandalone selling price (“SSP”) in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 605-25, "Revenue Recognition – Multiple-Element Arrangements."

Each element within a multiple-element arrangement is accounted for as a separate unit of accounting providedorder to allocate consideration from the following criteria are met: the delivered products or services have valuecontract to the customer on a standalone basis;individual performance obligations is the result of various factors, such as changing trends and for an arrangement that includes a general right of return relative tomarket conditions, historical prices, costs, and gross margins. While changes in the delivered products or services, delivery or performanceallocation of the undelivered product or serviceSSP between performance obligations will not affect the amount of total revenues recognized for a particular contract, any material changes could impact the timing of revenue recognition, which would have a material effect on our financial position and result of operations. This is considered probable and is substantially controlled by us. We consider a deliverable to have standalone value ifbecause the product or service is sold separately by us or another vendor or could be resold by the customer. Further, our revenue arrangements generally do not include a general right of return relative to the delivered products. The arrangementcontract consideration is allocated to each element,performance obligation, delivered or undelivered, at the inception of the arrangementcontract based on the relative selling priceSSP of each unit of accounting. distinct performance obligation.

We use a hierarchy to determine the fair value to be usedallocate revenues for allocating revenue to elements, based first on vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) if it exists, second on third-party evidence (“TPE”) if it exists, or on best estimated selling price (“BESP”) if neither VSOE nor TPE exist (a description as to how we determine VSOE, TPE and BESP is provided below).

VSOE - In most instances, this applies to products and services that are sold separately in stand-alone arrangements. We determine VSOEeach clear aligner treatment plan based on pricingeach unit’s SSP. Management considers a variety of factors such as same or similar product historical sales, costs, and discounting practices for the specific product or service when sold separately, considering geographical, customer, and other economic or marketing variables, as well as renewal rates or stand-alone prices for the service element(s).

TPE - If we cannot establish VSOE of selling price for a specific product or service included in a multiple-element arrangement, we use third-party evidence of selling price. We determine TPE based on sales of comparable amount of similar products or service offered by multiple third parties considering the degree of customization and similarity of product or service sold.



BESP - The best estimated selling price represents the price atgross margin, which we would sell a product or service if it were sold on a stand-alone basis.  When VSOE or TPE does not exist for all elements, we determine BESP for the arrangement element based on sales, cost and margin analysis, as well as other inputs based on our pricing practices.  Adjustments for other market and company specific factors are made as deemed necessary in determining BESP. We regularly review our estimates of selling price and maintain internal controls over the establishment and update of these estimates.

Revenue recognition for multiple-element arrangements requires judgment to determine if multiple elements exist, whether elements can be accounted for as separate units of accounting, and if so, the fair value for each of the elements, and the manner in which revenue should be allocated among the accounting units. Our process for determining BESPs requires judgment and considers multiple factors that may vary over time depending upon the unique facts and circumstances related to each deliverable. Further, while changesperformance obligation in the allocation of the best estimated selling price between the accounting units will not affect the amount of total revenue recognized for a particular arrangement, any material changes inmaking these allocations could impact the timing of revenue recognition, which could have a material effect on our financial positionestimates. In addition to historical data, we take into consideration changing trends and results of operations.

Clear Aligner

We enter into arrangements (“treatment plan(s)”) that involve multiple future product deliverables. Invisalign Full, Invisalign Teen, and Invisalign Assist products include optional additional aligners at no charge for a period of up to five years after initial shipment and Invisalign Go includes optional additional aligners at no charge for a period of up to two years after initial shipment. Invisalign Teen also includes up to six optional replacement aligners in the price of the product and may be ordered by the dental professional any time throughout treatment. Invisalign Lite includes one optional case refinement in the price of the product. Case refinement is a finishing tool used to adjust a patient's teeth to the desired final position and may be elected by the dental professional at any time during treatment; however, it is generally ordered in the last stages of orthodontic treatment. 

We determined that ourmarket conditions. For treatment plans except Invisalign Assist with progress tracking, comprise the following deliverablesmultiple options, we also consider usage rates, which also represent separate units of accounting: initial aligners, additional aligners, case refinement, and replacement aligners. We allocate revenue for each treatment plan based on each unit's relative selling price based on BESP and recognize the revenue upon shipment of each unit in the treatment plan.

For Invisalign Assist with the progress tracking feature, aligners and services are provided to the dental professional every nine stages (a "batch”). We are able to reliably estimateis the number of batches which aretimes a customer is expected to be shipped for each case based upon our historical experience. The amounts allocated to this deliverable are recognized on a prorated basis as each batch is shipped.

Scanners and Services

We sell intraoral scanners and CAD/CAM services through both our direct sales force and distribution partners. The intraoral scanner sales price includes one year of warranty, and unlimited scanning services. The customer may, for additional fees, also select extended warranty and unlimited scanning services for periods beyondorder more aligners after the initial year. When intraoral scanners are sold with an unlimited scanning service agreement and/or extended warranty, we allocate revenue based on each element's relative selling price. shipment. Our process for estimating usage rates requires significant judgment and evaluation of inputs, including historical usage data by region, country and channel.

We estimate the selling priceSSP of each element as if it is sold onin a stand-alone basis,scanner system and services sale taking into consideration same or similar product historical prices as well as our discounting strategies.


Stock-Based Compensation ExpenseUnfulfilled Performance Obligations for Clear Aligners and Scanners


We recognize stock-based compensation cost for only those shares ultimatelyThe estimated revenues expected to vest on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award. We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options and employee stock purchase plan shares. We estimate the fair value of market-performance based restricted stock units using a Monte Carlo simulation model which requires the input of assumptions, including expected term, stock price volatility and the risk-free rate of return. In addition, judgment is required in estimating the number of stock-based awards that are expected to be forfeited. Forfeitures are estimated based on historical experience at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of share-based payment awards represent management’s best estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. As a result, if factors change and we use different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future. We adopted the ASU 2016-09, "Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting" (Topic 718) in the first quarter of fiscal year 2017 and we elected to continue to estimate expected forfeitures rather than as they occur to determine the amount of compensation cost to be recognized in each period.the future related to our unfulfilled performance obligations, including deferred revenues and backlog, as of December 31, 2022 is $1,515.4 million. This estimate includes both product and service unfulfilled performance obligations and the time range reflects our best estimate of when we will transfer control to the customer and may change based on customer usage patterns, timing of shipments, readiness of customers' facilities for installation, and manufacturing availability some of which involve significant judgement. Generally, our deferred revenue will be recognized over a period of one to five years.




Goodwill and Finite-Lived Acquired Intangible Assets


Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price paid over the fair value of tangible and identifiable intangible net assets acquired in business combinations and is allocated to the respective reporting units based on relative synergies generated. For the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, all goodwill is attributed to our Clear Aligner reporting unit.

Our intangible assets primarily consist of intangible assets acquired as part of acquisitionswith finite lives are subject to impairment testing and are amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives, reflecting the period in which the economic benefits of the assets are expected to be realized.
Impairment of Goodwill, Finite-Lived Acquired Intangible Assets and Long-Lived assets

Goodwill

We evaluate goodwillreviewed for impairment at least annually on November 30th or more frequently if indicators are present, an event occurs or changes in circumstances suggest an impairment may exist and that it would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. The allocation of goodwill to the respective reporting unit is based on relative synergies generated as a result of an acquisition.  

We perform an initial assessment of qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events and circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. In performing the qualitative assessment, we identify and consider the significance of relevant key factors, events, and circumstances that affect the fair value of our reporting units. These factors include external factors such as macroeconomic, industry, and market conditions, as well as entity-specific factors, such as our actual and planned financial performance. We also give consideration to the difference between the reporting unit fair value and carrying value as of the most recent date a fair value measurement was performed. If, after assessing the totality of relevant events and circumstances, we determine that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value and there is no indication of impairment, no further testing is performed; however, if we conclude otherwise, the first step of the two-step impairment test is performed by estimating the fair value of the reporting unit and comparing it with its carrying value, including goodwill. Refer to Note 6 "Goodwill and Intangible Assets" of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details on intangible long-lived assets.

Finite-Lived Intangible Assets and Long-Lived Assets

We evaluate long-lived assets (including finite-lived intangible assets) for impairment wheneverwhen events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amountvalue of an asset group mayis not be recoverable. An asset or asset group is considered impaired if itsrecoverable and the carrying amount exceeds its fair value. We evaluate the recoverability of the carrying value of these identifiable intangible assets based on estimated undiscounted cash flows to be generated from such assets. If the cash flow estimates or the significant operating assumptions upon which they are based change in the future, undiscounted net cash flowswe may be required to record impairment charges.

Assumptions and estimates about future values and remaining useful lives of our acquired intangible assets are complex and subjective. They can be affected by external factors such as industry and economic trends and internal factors such as changes in our business strategy and internal forecasts. Our ongoing consideration of all these factors could result in impairment charges in the assetfuture.

If we were to have impairments to goodwill or asset group is expected to generate. If an asset or asset group is considered to be impaired,finite-lived acquired intangible assets, it could adversely affect our operating results. During the fiscal year 2022 and 2021, we did not have any impairment to be recognized is calculated as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset or asset group exceeds its fair market value. Our estimates of future cash flows attributablecharges related to our long-lived assets require significant judgment based on our historical and anticipated results and are subject to many factors. Factors we consider important which could trigger an impairment review include significant negative industrygoodwill or economic trends, significant loss of customers and changes in the competitive environment. The estimation of fair value utilizing a discounted cash flow approach includes numerous uncertainties which require our significant judgment when making assumptions of expected growth rates and the selection of discount rates, as well as assumptions regarding general economic and business conditions, and the structure that would yield the highest economic value, among other factors. Refer to Note 6 "Goodwill and Intangible Assets" of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details of the impairment analysis.acquired intangible assets.

Accounting for Income Taxes


We make certain estimates and judgments in determining income tax expense for financial statement purposes. These estimates and judgments occur in the calculation of certain tax assets and liabilities, which arise from differences in the timing of recognition of revenue and expense for tax and financial statement purposes.

As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are requiredsubject to estimate our income taxes in eachthe U.S. and numerous foreign jurisdictions. The evaluation of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves us estimating our current tax exposure under the applicable tax laws and assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included in our Consolidated Balance Sheets.



We account for uncertainty in income taxes pursuant to authoritative guidance based on a two-step approach to recognize and measure uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The first step is to determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on audit based on its technical merits, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. We adjust reserves for our uncertain tax positions due to changing facts and circumstances, such as the closing of a tax audit, or refinement of estimates due to new information. To the extent that the final outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will impact our tax provision in our Consolidated Statement of Operationsinvolves significant judgment in the period in which such determination is made.

We assess the likelihood that we will be able to realize our deferred tax assets. Should there be a change in our ability to realize our deferred tax assets, our tax provision would increase in the period in which we determine that it is more likely than not that we cannot realize our deferred tax assets. We consider all available evidence, both positiveinterpretation and negative, including historical levels of income, expectations and risks associated with estimates of future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for a valuation allowance. If it is more likely than not that we will not realize our deferred tax assets, we will increase our provision for taxes by recording a valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets that we estimate will not ultimately be realized.

The TCJA was enacted into law on December 22, 2017 and impacted our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2017. The TCJA made significant changes to the Internal Revenue Code, including, but not limited to, a corporate tax rate decrease from 35% to 21% effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, the transitionapplication of U.S. GAAP and complex domestic and international taxation from a worldwide tax system to a territorial system, and a one-time transition tax on the mandatory deemed repatriation of cumulative foreign earnings as of December 31, 2017.

On December 22, 2017, Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 ("SAB 118") was issued to address the application of GAAP in situations when a registrant does not have the necessary information available, prepared, or analyzed (including computations) in reasonable detail to complete the accounting for certain income tax effects of the TCJA. We recorded an additional income tax expense of $84.3 million in the fourth quarter of 2017, which represents the provisional amount of the impact of the TCJA. This provisional amount includes income tax expenseslaws related to the remeasurementallocation of certain deferred tax assets and liabilities of $10.4 million, andinternational taxation rights between countries. We are also required to evaluate the one-time transition tax on the mandatory deemed repatriation of cumulative foreign earning in the amount of $73.9 million. Additional work is necessary for a more detailed analysisrealizability of our deferred tax assets and liabilities andon an ongoing basis in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which requires the assessment of both of our historical foreign earningsand future performance as well as potential correlative adjustments. Any subsequent adjustmentother relevant factors. Realization of our deferred tax assets is dependent on our ability to generate future taxable income which is determined based on assumptions such as
51


estimated growth rates in revenues, gross margins, future cash flows and discount rates. The accuracy of these amounts willestimates could be recordedaffected by unforeseen events or actual results, and the sustainability of our future tax benefits is dependent upon the acceptance of these valuation estimates and assumptions by the taxing authorities.

Accounting for Legal Proceedings and Litigation

Estimates of probable losses resulting from litigation are inherently difficult to tax expense in 2018make, particularly when the analysismatters are in early procedural stages with incomplete facts and information. The final outcome of legal proceedings is complete. Referdependent on many variables difficult to Note 13 "Income Taxes"predict and, therefore, the ultimate cost to entirely resolve such matters may be materially different than the amount of the Notescurrent estimates. Consequently, new information or changes in judgments and estimates could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of Consolidated Financial Statements for details on provision impact of the TCJA.operations or cash flows.


Recent Accounting Pronouncements


See Note 1Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” inof the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 for a full descriptiondiscussion of recent accounting pronouncements, including the expected dates of adoption and estimated effects on results of operations and financial condition, which is incorporated herein.




Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

In the normal course of business, we are exposed to interest rate, foreign currency exchange and inflation risks that could impact our financial position and results of operations. In addition, we are subject to the broad market risk that is created by the global market disruptions and uncertainties resulting from macroeconomic challenges, the military conflict between Russia and Ukraine and the COVID-19 pandemic. Further discussion on these risks may be found in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the heading “Risk Factors”.

Interest Rate Risk

Changes in interest rates could impact our anticipated interest income on our cash equivalents and investments in marketable securities. Our investments are fixed-rate short-term and long-term securities. Fixed-rate securities may have their fair market value adversely impacted due to a rise in interest rates, and, as a result, our future investment income may fall short of expectations due to changes in interest rates or we may suffer losses in principal if forced to sell securities which have declined in market value due to changes in interest rates. As of December 31, 2022, we had approximately $99.5 million invested in available-for-sale marketable securities. An immediate 10% change in interest rates would not have a material adverse impact on our future operating results and cash flows.

We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes and have not used any derivative financial instruments to manage our interest rate risk exposure. As of December 31, 2022, we are not subject to risks from immediate interest rate increases on our unsecured revolving line of credit facility.

Currency Rate Risk

As a result of our international business activities, our financial results have been affected by factors such as changes in foreign currency exchange rates as well as economic conditions in foreign markets, and there is no assurance that exchange rate fluctuations will not harm our business in the future. We generally sell our products in the local currency of the respective countries. This provides some natural hedging because most of the subsidiaries’ operating expenses are generally denominated in their local currencies.

We enter into foreign currency forward contracts for currencies where we have exposures, primarily the Euro, Chinese Yuan, Polish Zloty and Canadian Dollar, to minimize the short-term impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations on cash and certain trade and intercompany receivables and payables.These forward contracts are not designated as hedging instruments and are generally one month in original maturity and are marked to market through earnings every period. The gains and losses on these forward contracts are intended to offset the gains and losses in the underlying foreign currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities being economically hedged. We do not enter into foreign currency forward contracts for trading or speculative purposes. As our international operations grow, we will continue to reassess our approach to managing the risks relating to fluctuations in currency rates. It is difficult to predict the impact forward contracts could have on our results of operations.

52


Although we will continue to monitor our exposure to currency fluctuations, and, where appropriate, may use forward contracts to minimize the effect of these fluctuations, the impact of an aggregate change of 10% in foreign currency exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar on our results of operations and financial position could be material.

Military Conflict between Russia and Ukraine

Beginning 2022, the military conflict between Russia and Ukraine has continued to escalate and create challenges to already uncertain macroeconomic conditions. As of December 31, 2022, we do not expect these events to have any material impact on our operations. Our Russia net revenues as a percentage of our consolidated net revenues and our assets domiciled in Russia, including cash and cash equivalents, as a percentage of our total assets, are immaterial.

Inflation Risk

The economy has been impacted by certain macroeconomic challenges which have contributed to a rising inflationary trend that have impacted both our revenues and costs globally, and which we expect will continue into the foreseeable future. If our costs become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. There can be no assurance that our results of operations and financial condition will not be materially impacted by inflation in the future.

53



Item 8.Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Page

54


REPORT OF MANAGEMENT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Management of Align is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Our internal control over financial reporting is designed by, or under supervision of, our CEO and CFO, and effected by the board of directors, management and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of Align;

provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of Align are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of Align; and

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of Align’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. In addition, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth in Internal Control-Integrated Framework(2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission ("COSO").

Based on our assessment, management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2022, our internal control over financial reporting was effective based on criteria in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein.

/S/    JOSEPH M. HOGAN      
Joseph M. Hogan
President and Chief Executive Officer
February 27, 2023
/S/    JOHN F. MORICI 
John F. Morici
Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President, Global Finance
February 27, 2023

55


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To theBoard of Directors and Stockholders of Align Technology, Inc.

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Align Technology, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and the related consolidated statements of operations, of comprehensive income, of stockholders’ equity and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2022, including the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(2) (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2022 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.

Basis for Opinions

The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

56


Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Revenue Recognition – Determination of Standalone Selling Price of Distinct Performance Obligations in Clear Aligner Contracts

As described in Notes 1 and 15 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company recognized net revenues of $3.1 billion from its Clear Aligner segment for the year ended December 31, 2022. The Company enters into contracts (“treatment plans”) that involve multiple future performance obligations. Management identifies a performance obligation as distinct if both of the following criteria are met: the customer can benefit from the good or service either on its own or together with other resources that are readily available to the customer and the entity’s promise to transfer the good or service to the customer is separately identifiable from other promises in the contract. Management allocates revenues for each treatment plan based on each unit’s standalone selling price. Management considers a variety of factors such as same or similar product historical sales, costs, and gross margin, which may vary over time depending upon the unique facts and circumstances related to each performance obligation in making these estimates. In addition to historical data, they take into consideration changing trends and market conditions. Management also considers usage rates, which is the number of times a customer is expected to order additional aligners. Management’s process for estimating usage rates requires significant judgment and evaluation of inputs, including historical usage data by region, country and channel.

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures related to revenue recognition and the determination of standalone selling price of distinct performance obligations in Clear Aligner contracts is a critical audit matter are the significant judgment by management in determining the estimate of standalone selling price, which includes significant assumptions related to usage rates for each distinct performance obligation. This in turn led to significant auditor judgment, subjectivity, and effort in performing procedures to evaluate management’s determination of the estimates of standalone selling price and usage rates for each distinct performance obligation.

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to revenue recognition, including controls over the determination of standalone selling price for each distinct performance obligation in the Company’s Clear Aligner contracts. These procedures also included, among others, (i) testing management’s process for determining the estimate of standalone selling price, which included testing the completeness and accuracy of inputs used and evaluating the reasonableness of factors considered by management related to same or similar product historical sales and usage rates, and (ii) testing management’s process for estimating usage rates, which included evaluating the reasonableness of inputs evaluated by management related to historical usage data by region, country and channel.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
San Jose, California
February 27, 2023

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1997.
57


ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in thousands, except per share data)
 Year Ended December 31,
 202220212020
Net revenues$3,734,635 $3,952,584 $2,471,941 
Cost of net revenues1,100,860 1,017,229 708,706 
Gross profit2,633,775 2,935,355 1,763,235 
Operating expenses:
Selling, general and administrative1,674,469 1,708,640 1,200,757 
Research and development305,258 250,315 175,307 
Restructuring and other charges11,453 — — 
Total operating expenses1,991,180 1,958,955 1,376,064 
Income from operations642,595 976,400 387,171 
Interest income and other income (expense), net:
Interest income5,367 3,103 3,125 
Other income (expense), net(48,905)32,920 (11,347)
Total interest income and other income (expense), net(43,538)36,023 (8,222)
Net income before provision for (benefit from) income taxes599,057 1,012,423 378,949 
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes237,484 240,403 (1,396,939)
Net income$361,573 $772,020 $1,775,888 
Net income per share:
Basic$4.62 $9.78 $22.55 
Diluted$4.61 $9.69 $22.41 
Shares used in computing net income per share:
Basic78,190 78,917 78,760 
Diluted78,420 79,670 79,230 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
58


ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(in thousands)

 Year Ended December 31,
 202220212020
Net income$361,573 $772,020 $1,775,888 
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Change in foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax(11,480)(38,680)44,383 
Change in unrealized gains (losses) on investments, net of tax(3,130)(495)(194)
Other comprehensive income (loss)(14,610)(39,175)44,189 
Comprehensive income$346,963 $732,845 $1,820,077 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.





59


ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except per share data)

December 31,
20222021
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents$942,050 $1,099,370 
Marketable securities, short-term57,534 71,972 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $10,343 and $9,245, respectively859,685 897,198 
Inventories338,752 230,230 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets226,370 195,305 
Total current assets2,424,391 2,494,075 
Marketable securities, long-term41,978 125,320 
Property, plant and equipment, net1,231,855 1,081,926 
Operating lease right-of-use assets, net118,880 121,257 
Goodwill407,551 418,547 
Intangible assets, net95,720 109,709 
Deferred tax assets1,571,746 1,533,767 
Other assets55,826 57,509 
Total assets$5,947,947 $5,942,110 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable$127,870 $163,886 
Accrued liabilities454,374 607,315 
Deferred revenues1,343,643 1,152,870 
Total current liabilities1,925,887 1,924,071 
Income tax payable124,393 118,072 
Operating lease liabilities100,334 102,656 
Other long-term liabilities195,975 174,597 
Total liabilities2,346,589 2,319,396 
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 7 and 8)
Stockholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value (5,000 shares authorized; none issued)— — 
Common stock, $0.0001 par value (200,000 shares authorized; 77,267 and 78,710 issued and outstanding, respectively)
Additional paid-in capital1,044,946 999,006 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net(10,284)4,326 
Retained earnings2,566,688 2,619,374 
Total stockholders’ equity3,601,358 3,622,714 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity$5,947,947 $5,942,110 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
60


ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(in thousands)

Common StockAdditional
Paid-In
Capital
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss), Net
Retained EarningsTotal
SharesAmount
Balance as of December 31, 201978,433 $$906,937 $(688)$439,912 $1,346,169 
Net income— — — — 1,775,888 1,775,888 
Net change in unrealized gains (losses) from investments— — — (194)— (194)
Net change in foreign currency translation adjustment
— — — 44,383 — 44,383 
Issuance of common stock relating to employee equity compensation plans427 — 20,314 — — 20,314 
Tax withholdings related to net share settlements of equity awards— — (51,122)— — (51,122)
Stock-based compensation— — 98,427 — — 98,427 
Balance as of December 31, 202078,860 974,556 43,501 2,215,800 3,233,865 
Net income— — — — 772,020 772,020 
Net change in unrealized gains (losses) from investments— — — (495)— (495)
Net change in foreign currency translation adjustment— — — (38,680)— (38,680)
Issuance of common stock relating to employee equity compensation plans442 — 25,623 — — 25,623 
Tax withholdings related to net share settlements of equity awards— — (108,917)— — (108,917)
Common stock repurchased and retired(592)— (6,592)— (368,446)(375,038)
Stock-based compensation— — 114,336 — — 114,336 
Balance as of December 31, 202178,710 999,006 4,326 2,619,374 3,622,714 
Net income— — — — 361,573 361,573 
Net change in unrealized gains (losses) from investments— — — (3,130)— (3,130)
Net change in foreign currency translation adjustment— — — (11,480)— (11,480)
Issuance of common stock relating to employee equity compensation plans305 — 26,149 — — 26,149 
Tax withholdings related to net share settlements of equity awards— — (52,799)— — (52,799)
Common stock repurchased and retired(1,748)— (20,777)— (414,259)(435,036)
Equity forward contract related to accelerated stock repurchase— — (40,000)— — (40,000)
Stock-based compensation— — 133,367 — — 133,367 
Balance as of December 31, 202277,267 $$1,044,946 $(10,284)$2,566,688 $3,601,358 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
61


ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)
 Year Ended December 31,
 202220212020
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income$361,573 $772,020 $1,775,888 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Deferred taxes(39,495)15,455 (1,491,577)
Depreciation and amortization125,793 108,729 93,538 
Stock-based compensation
133,367 114,336 98,427 
Non-cash operating lease cost30,520 26,807 22,467 
Arbitration award gain— (43,403)— 
Other non-cash operating activities41,288 24,363 33,743 
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions:
Accounts receivable21,549 (262,066)(139,777)
Inventories(130,097)(112,450)(29,110)
Prepaid expenses and other assets(65,514)(124,626)(21,130)
Accounts payable(36,523)19,747 52,206 
Accrued and other long-term liabilities(121,942)158,543 42,168 
Long-term income tax payable6,327 12,449 (2,802)
Deferred revenues241,886 462,640 228,133 
                   Net cash provided by operating activities568,732 1,172,544 662,174 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired(12,304)(8,002)(420,788)
Purchase of property, plant and equipment(291,900)(401,098)(154,916)
Purchase of marketable securities(28,002)(200,928)(5,341)
Proceeds from maturities of marketable securities23,785 498 42,641 
Proceeds from sales of marketable securities97,316 3,114 278,817 
Repayment on unsecured promissory note— 4,594 26,925 
Proceeds from arbitration award— 43,403 — 
Other investing activities(2,211)(5,011)1,156 
                   Net cash used in investing activities(213,316)(563,430)(231,506)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from issuance of common stock26,149 25,623 20,314 
Common stock repurchases(435,036)(375,038)— 
Payment for equity forward contract related to accelerated stock repurchase agreement(40,000)— — 
Payroll taxes paid upon the vesting of equity awards(52,799)(108,917)(51,122)
                    Net cash used in financing activities(501,686)(458,332)(30,808)
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash(11,514)(12,117)10,480 
            Net (decrease) increase in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash(157,784)138,665 410,340 
                    Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of year1,100,139 961,474 551,134 
                    Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of year$942,355 $1,100,139 $961,474 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
62


ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ITEM 7A.QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISKNote 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
In
Business Description

Align Technology, Inc. (“We”, “Our”, “Align”) is a global medical device company primarily engaged in the normal coursedesign, manufacture and marketing of business,Invisalign® clear aligners for the treatment of malocclusions, or the misalignment of teeth, by orthodontists and general dental practitioners (“GPs”), Vivera® retainers for retention, iTero® intraoral scanners and services for dentistry, and exocad® computer-aided design and computer-aided manufacturing (“CAD/CAM”) software for dental laboratories and dental practitioners. Our vision and strategy is to revolutionize orthodontic and restorative dentistry through digital treatment planning and implementation using our Align Digital PlatformTM, an integrated suite of proprietary technologies and services designed to deliver a seamless, end-to-end solution for patients and consumers, orthodontists and GPs and lab partners. We strive to achieve our vision and strategy through key objectives made possible with the proprietary technologies and services of the Align Digital Platform to establish: clear aligners as the principal solution for the treatment of malocclusions with the Invisalign System as the treatment solution of choice by orthodontists, GPs and patients globally, our intraoral scanners as the preferred scanning technology for digital dental scans, and our exocad CAD/CAM software as the dental restorative solution of choice for dental labs. Our corporate headquarters is located in Tempe, Arizona and we have offices worldwide. Our Americas regional headquarters is located in Raleigh, North Carolina; our European, Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”) regional headquarters is located in Rotkreuz, Switzerland; and our Asia Pacific (“APAC”) regional headquarters is located in Singapore. We have two operating segments: (1) Clear Aligner, known as the Invisalign system, and (2) Imaging Systems and CAD/CAM services (“Systems and Services”), known as the iTero intraoral scanner and CAD/CAM services.

Basis of Presentation and Preparation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Align and our wholly-owned subsidiaries after elimination of intercompany transactions and balances.  

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in the United States of America (“U.S.”) requires our management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to revenue recognition, useful lives of intangible assets and property and equipment, long-lived assets and goodwill, income taxes, contingent liabilities, the fair values of financial instruments, stock-based compensation and the valuation of investments in privately held companies among others. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. We use the GAAP fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. This hierarchy requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1 - Quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 - Observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability. We obtain fair values for our Level 2 investments. Our custody bank and asset managers independently use professional pricing services to gather pricing data which may include quoted market prices for identical or comparable financial instruments, or inputs other than quoted prices that are observable either directly or indirectly, and we are exposedultimately responsible for these underlying estimates.

63


Level 3 - Unobservable inputs to foreignthe valuation methodology that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the measurement of the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include those whose fair value measurements are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar valuation techniques, as well as significant management judgment or estimation.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider currency exchange rateon hand, demand deposits, time deposits, and all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash and cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents are held in various financial institutions in the U.S. and internationally.

Restricted Cash

The restricted cash primarily consists of funds reserved for legal requirements. Restricted cash balances are primarily included in other assets within our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Marketable Securities

Our marketable securities consist of marketable debt securities which are classified as available-for-sale and are carried at fair value. Our fixed-income securities investment portfolio allows for investments with a maximum effective maturity of up to 40 months on any individual security. Marketable securities classified as current assets have maturities within one year from the balance sheet date. Unrealized gains or losses on such securities are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net (“AOCI”) in stockholders’ equity. Realized gains and losses from sales and maturities of all such securities are reported in earnings and computed using the specific identification cost method. 

All of our marketable securities are subject to a periodic impairment review. We evaluate if an allowance for credit loss is necessary by considering available information relevant to the collectibility of the security and information about credit rating changes, past events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Any allowance for credit loss is recorded as a charge to other income (expense), net, in our Consolidated Statement of Operations. If we have an intent to sell, or if it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security in an unrealized loss position before recovery of its amortized cost basis, we will write down the security to its fair value and record the corresponding charge as a component of other income (expense), net in our Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Variable Interest Entities

We evaluate whether an entity in which we have made an investment is considered a variable interest rate risksentity (“VIE”). If we determine we are the primary beneficiary of a VIE, we would consolidate the VIE into our financial statements. In determining if we are the primary beneficiary, we evaluate whether we have the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIEs economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits of the VIE that could impactpotentially be significant to the VIE. Our evaluation includes identification of significant activities and an assessment of our ability to direct those activities based on governance provisions and arrangements to provide or receive product and process technology, product supply, operations services, equity funding, financing, and other applicable agreements and circumstances. Our assessments of whether we are the primary beneficiary of a VIE require significant assumptions and judgments. We have concluded that we are not the primary beneficiary of our VIE investments; therefore, we do not consolidate their results into our consolidated financial positionstatements.

Investments in Privately Held Companies
Our investments in privately held companies in which we cannot exercise significant influence and resultsdo not own a majority equity interest or otherwise control are accounted for under the measurement alternative. Under the measurement alternative, the carrying value of operations.

Interest Rate Risk

Changesour equity investment is adjusted to fair value for observable transactions for identical or similar investments of the same issuer.Investments in interest rates could impact our anticipated interest incomeequity securities are reported on our cash equivalentsConsolidated Balance Sheet as other assets, and we periodically evaluate them for impairment. We record any change in carrying value of our equity securities, in other income (expense), net in our Consolidated Statement of Operations. The carrying value of our equity investments in marketable securities. Our cash equivalents and investments are fixed-rate short-term and long-term securities. Fixed-rate securities may have theirprivately held companies without readily determinable fair market value adversely impacted due to a rise in interest rates, and as a result, our future investment income may fall short of expectations due to changes in interest rates or we may suffer losses in principal if forced to sell securities which have declined in market value due to changes in interest rates. As of December 31, 2017, we had approximately $312.0 million invested in available-for-sale marketable securities. An immediate 10% change in interest rates wouldvalues were not have a material adverse impact on our future operating results and cash flows.

We do not have interest bearing liabilities as of December 31, 2017,2022 or 2021 and therefore, we are not subjectthe associated adjustments to risks from immediate interest rate increases.

Currency Rate Risk

As a result of our international business activities, including the impactcarrying values of the change in our new international corporate structure in 2016, our financial results could be affected by factors such as changes in foreign currency exchange rates or economic conditions in foreign markets, and there is no assurance that exchange rate fluctuations willinvestments were not harm our business in the future. We generally sell our products in the local currency of the respective countries. This provides some natural hedging because most of the subsidiaries’ operating expenses are generally denominated in their local currencies as discussed further below. Regardless of this natural hedging, our results of operations may be adversely impacted by exchange rate fluctuations. Formaterial during the year ended December 31, 20172022, 2021 and 2016, we had foreign currency net gains (losses) of $9.0 million and $(8.0) million, respectively.2020.

64


Derivative Financial Instruments

We may enter into foreign currency forward contracts to minimize the short-term impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations on cashassociated with certain assets and certain trade and intercompany receivables and payables.liabilities. These forward contracts are not designated as hedging instruments and do not subject us to material balance sheet risk due to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.instruments. The gains and losses on these forward contracts are intended to offset the gains and losses in the underlying foreign currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities being economically hedged. These instruments are marked to market through earnings every period and generally are one month in original maturity. We do not enter into foreign currency forward contracts for trading or speculative purposes. AsThe net gain or loss from the settlement of these foreign currency forward contracts is recorded in other income (expense), net in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Foreign Currency

For our international operations grow,subsidiaries, we will continueanalyze on an annual basis or more often if necessary, if a significant change in facts and circumstances indicate that the functional currency has changed. For international subsidiaries where the local currency is the functional currency, adjustments from translating financial statements from the local currency to reassess our approach to managing the risks relating to fluctuationsU.S. dollar reporting currency are recorded as a separate component of AOCI in the stockholders’ equity section of the Consolidated Balance Sheet. This foreign currency rates. It is difficult to predicttranslation adjustment reflects the impact hedging activities could have on our resultstranslation of operations. As ofthe balance sheet at period end exchange rates, and the income statement at the transaction date or average exchange rate in effect during the period. The foreign currency revaluation that are derived from monetary assets and liabilities stated in a currency other than functional currency are included in other income (expense), net. For the year ended December 31, 2017,2022, 2021 and 2020, we didhad foreign currency net gains (losses) of $(43.8) million, $(13.3) million and $6.8 million, respectively.

Certain Risks and Uncertainties

We are subject to risks including, but not have any outstanding foreign exchange forward contracts.

Although we will continuelimited to, monitor our exposure to currencyglobal and regional economic market conditions, inflation, fluctuations and, where appropriate, may use financial hedging techniques in the future to minimize the effect of these fluctuations, the impact of an aggregate change of 10% in foreign currency exchange rates, relativechanges in consumer confidence and demand, increased competition, dependence on key personnel, protection and litigation of proprietary technology, shifts in taxable income between tax jurisdictions and compliance with regulations of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) and similar international agencies. Further, our operations globally have been impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic. Although its impact has been gradually declining, we continue to be exposed to risks and uncertainties posed by it which varies by geographic regions at different levels. The extent to which our business could be impacted in the future by the pandemic is highly uncertain and difficult to predict.

Our cash and investments are held primarily by five financial institutions. Financial instruments which potentially expose us to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash equivalents and marketable securities. We invest excess cash primarily in money market funds, corporate bonds, asset-backed securities, municipal bonds and U.S. government agency bonds and treasury bonds and periodically evaluate them for credit losses. Such credit losses have not been material to our financial statements.

We purchase certain inventory from sole suppliers. Additionally, we rely on a limited number of hardware manufacturers. The inability of any supplier or manufacturer to fulfill our supply requirements could materially and adversely impact our future operating results.

Accounts Receivable, net

Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount. Accounts receivable, net includes allowances for doubtful accounts for any potentially uncollectible amounts. We periodically assess the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts by reviewing the accounts receivable on a collective basis by considering factors such as aging of the receivables and customers’ expected ability to pay, and on an individual basis for specific customers with known disputes or collectability issues. In determining the amount of the allowance for doubtful accounts, we also evaluate the creditworthiness of customers, current market conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions to make any adjustments. Actual write-offs have not materially differed from the estimated allowances. No individual customer accounted for 10% or more of our accounts receivable at December 31, 2022 or 2021 or net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2022, 2021 or 2020.

In 2022, we entered into factoring transactions on a non-recourse basis with financial institutions to sell certain of our non-U.S. accounts receivable. We account for these transactions as sales of accounts receivables and include the cash proceeds as a part of our cash flows from operations in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. Total accounts receivable sold under the factoring arrangements was $37.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2022. Factoring fees on the sales of receivables were recorded in other income (expense), net in our Consolidated Statement of Operations and were not material.

65


Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value, with cost computed using standard cost which approximates actual cost on a first-in-first-out basis. Excess and obsolete inventories are determined primarily based on future demand forecasts, and write-downs of excess and obsolete inventories are recorded as a component of cost of net revenues.

Property, Plant and Equipment, net

Property, plant and equipment, net are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Construction in progress is related to the U.S. dollarconstruction or development of property (including land) and equipment that have not yet been placed in service for their intended use. Upon sale or retirement, the asset’s cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the balance sheet and any related gains or losses are reflected in income from operations. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Refer to Note 3 “Balance Sheet Components" of the Notes of Consolidated Financial Statements for details on estimated useful lives.

Leases - Lessee

We determine if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Leases with a term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheet. Right-of-use (“ROU”) assets represent our right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent our obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. We use our incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments as the rate implicit in our leases is not readily determinable. We determine lease terms as the noncancellable period of the lease and may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that we will exercise that option. We have lease agreements with lease and non-lease components which are accounted for as a single lease component. Payments under our lease arrangements are primarily fixed; however, certain lease agreements contain variable payments which are expensed as incurred and not included in the operating lease ROU assets and liabilities.

Business Combinations

We allocate the fair value of the purchase consideration to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the acquisition date. When determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, management is required to make certain estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets. The estimates and assumptions used in valuing intangible assets include, but are not limited to, the amount and timing of projected future cash flows including forecasted revenues, the discount rate used to determine the present value of these cash flows, and the determination of the assets’ life cycle. Amounts recorded in a business combination may change during the measurement period, which is a period not to exceed one year from the date of acquisition, as additional information about conditions existing at the acquisition date becomes available.

Goodwill and Finite-Lived Acquired Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price paid over the fair value of tangible and identifiable intangible net assets acquired in business combinations and is allocated to the respective reporting units based on relative synergies generated.

Our intangible assets primarily consist of intangible assets acquired as part of our acquisitions. These assets are amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives ranging from two to fifteen years reflecting the period in which the economic benefits of the assets are expected to be realized.

Impairment of Goodwill and Long-Lived Assets

Goodwill

We evaluate goodwill for impairment at least annually on November 30th or more frequently if indicators are present, an event occurs or changes in circumstances suggest an impairment may exist and that it would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. The allocation of goodwill to the respective reporting unit is based on relative synergies generated as a result of an acquisition.  

We perform an initial assessment of qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events and circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. In
66


performing the qualitative assessment, we identify and consider the significance of relevant key factors, events, and circumstances that affect the fair value of our reporting units. These factors include external factors such as macroeconomic, industry, and market conditions, as well as entity-specific factors, such as our actual and planned financial performance. We also give consideration to the difference between the reporting unit fair value and carrying value as of the most recent date a fair value measurement was performed. If, after assessing the totality of relevant events and circumstances, we determine that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value and there is no indication of impairment, no further testing is performed; however, if we conclude otherwise, then we will perform the quantitative impairment test which compares the estimated fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value, including goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit is in excess of its fair value, an impairment loss would be recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Long-Lived Assets

We evaluate long-lived assets (including finite-lived intangible assets) for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset group may not be recoverable. An asset or asset group is considered impaired if its carrying amount exceeds the future undiscounted net cash flows that the asset or asset group is expected to generate. Factors we consider important which could trigger an impairment review include significant negative industry or economic trends, significant loss of customers and changes in the competitive environment. If an asset or asset group is considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is calculated as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset or asset group exceeds its fair market value. Our estimates of future cash flows attributable to our long-lived assets require significant judgment based on our historical and anticipated results and are subject to many assumptions. The estimation of operationsfair value utilizing a discounted cash flow approach includes numerous uncertainties which require our significant judgment when making assumptions of expected growth rates and financial position couldthe selection of discount rates, as well as assumptions regarding general economic and business conditions, and the structure that would yield the highest economic value, among other factors.Refer to Note 5 Goodwill and Intangible Assets of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details on intangible long-lived assets.

Development Costs for Internal Use Software

Internally developed software includes enterprise-level business software that we customize to meet our specific operational needs. Such capitalized costs include external direct costs utilized in developing or obtaining the applications and payroll and payroll-related costs for employees, who are directly associated with the development of the applications. There were no significant internally developed software costs capitalized in 2022 or 2021.

Development Costs for Software to be material.Marketed





ITEM 8.CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
Quarterly ResultsThe costs to develop software that is marketed externally have not been capitalized as we believe our current software development process is essentially completed concurrent with the establishment of Operations
 Three Months Ended
 2017 2016
 December 31, 2017 September 30, 2017 June 30, 2017 March 31, 2017 December 31, 2016 September 30, 2016 June 30, 2016 March 31, 2016
 
(in thousands, except per share data)
(unaudited )
Net revenues$421,323
 $385,267
 $356,482
 $310,341
 $293,203
 $278,589
 $269,362
 $238,720
Gross profit317,917
 292,488
 270,917
 235,625
 220,249
 209,202
 205,216
 180,627
Income from operations109,606
 98,763
 83,569
 61,673
 68,372
 62,079
 65,136
 53,334
Net income10,264
 82,555
 69,179
 69,420
 47,621
 51,367
 50,148
 40,546
Net income per share:               
Basic$0.13
 $1.03
 $0.86
 $0.87
 $0.60
 $0.64
 $0.63
 $0.51
Diluted$0.13
 $1.01
 $0.85
 $0.85
 $0.59
 $0.63
 $0.62
 $0.50
Shares used in computing net income per share:               
Basic80,080
 80,163
 80,188
 79,904
 79,667
 79,977
 79,951
 79,831
Diluted81,863
 81,789
 81,631
 81,534
 81,248
 81,466
 81,281
 81,320
technological feasibility. As such, all related software development costs are expensed as incurred and included in research and development expense in our Consolidated Statement of Operations.
 

Product Warranty



We offer assurance warranties on our products which provide the customer assurance that the product will function as the parties intended because it complies with agreed-upon specifications; therefore, warranties are not treated as a separate revenue performance obligation and are accounted for as guarantees under GAAP.



Clear Aligner


We warrant our Invisalign products against material defects until the treatment plan is complete except in the case of retainers, which are warranted up to three months from expected first use. We accrue for warranty costs, which are primarily based on historical experience as to product failures as well as current information on replacement costs.
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Systems and Services

We warrant our intraoral scanners for a period of one year, which includes materials and labor. We accrue for these warranty costs based on average historical repair costs. An extended warranty may be purchased for additional fees. We warrant our CAD/CAM software for a one year period to perform in accordance with agreed product specifications. As we have not historically incurred any material warranty costs, we do not accrue for these software warranties.
     
67


Page
Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2017 and 2016
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Warranty costs are recorded in cost of net revenues upon shipment of products. We regularly review our warranty liability and update these balances based on historical warranty cost trends. Actual warranty costs incurred have not materially differed from those accrued; however future actual warranty costs could differ from the estimated amounts.


REPORT OF MANAGEMENT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTINGRevenue Recognition


ManagementOur revenues are derived primarily from the sale of Align is responsible for establishingaligners, scanners, and maintaining adequate internal control over financialservices from our Clear Aligner and Systems and Services segments. We enter into sales contracts that may consist of multiple distinct performance obligations where certain performance obligations of the sales contract are not delivered in one reporting period. We measure and allocate revenues according to ASC 606-10, “Revenues from Contracts with Customers.

We identify a performance obligation as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) underdistinct if both of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  Our internal control over financial reporting is designed by,following criteria are met: the customer can benefit from the good or under supervision of, our CEO and CFO, and effected byservice either on its own or together with other resources that are readily available to the board of directors, management and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reportingcustomer and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.   Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

pertainentity’s promise to transfer the good or service to the maintenancecustomer is separately identifiable from other promises in the contract. Determining the standalone selling price (“SSP”) in order to allocate consideration from the contract to the individual performance obligations is the result of records that,various factors, such as changing trends and market conditions, historical prices, costs, and gross margins. While changes in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositionsallocation of the assetsSSP between performance obligations will not affect the amount of Align;

provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparationtotal revenues recognized for a particular contract, any material changes could impact the timing of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of Align are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of Align; and

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of Align's assets that couldrevenue recognition, which would have a material effect on our financial position and result of operations. This is because the financial statements.contract consideration is allocated to each performance obligation, delivered or undelivered, at the inception of the contract based on the SSP of each distinct performance obligation.


BecauseClear Aligner

We enter into contracts (“treatment plan(s)”) that involve multiple future performance obligations. Invisalign Comprehensive, Invisalign First, Invisalign Moderate, Invisalign Go, Invisalign Go Plus, and Lite and Express Packages include optional additional aligners at no charge for a certain period of its inherent limitations, internal controltime ranging from six months to five years after initial shipment.

Our treatment plans comprise the following performance obligations that also represent distinct deliverables: initial aligners, the option of additional aligners, case refinement, and replacement aligners. We take the practical expedient to consider shipping and handling costs as activities to fulfill the performance obligation. Where processing fees are charged, the consideration received from the fees are included in the total consideration. We allocate revenues for each treatment plan based on each unit’s standalone selling price. Management considers a variety of factors such as same or similar product historical sales, costs, and gross margin, which may vary over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.time depending upon the unique facts and circumstances related to each performance obligation in making these estimates. In addition projectionsto historical data, we take into consideration changing trends and market conditions. For treatment plans with multiple future options, we also consider usage rates, which is the number of anytimes a customer is expected to order additional aligners. Our process for estimating usage rates requires significant judgment and evaluation of effectivenessinputs, including historical usage data by region, country and channel. We recognize the revenues upon shipment, as the customers obtain physical possession and we have enforceable rights to futurepayment. As we collect most consideration upfront, we consider whether a significant financing component exists; however, as the delivery of the performance obligations are at the customer’s discretion, we conclude that no significant financing component exists.

Systems and Services

We sell intraoral scanners and CAD/CAM services through both our direct sales force and distribution partners. The intraoral scanner sales price includes one year of warranty and unlimited scanning services. The customer may also select, for additional fees, extended warranty and unlimited scanning services for periods beyond the initial year. When intraoral scanners are subjectsold with an unlimited scanning service agreement and/or extended warranty, we allocate revenues based on the respective SSP of the scanner and the subscription service. We estimate the SSP of each element, taking into account factors such as same or similar historical prices and discounting strategies. Revenues are then recognized over time as the monthly services are rendered and upon shipment of the scanner, as that is when we deem the customer to have obtained control. We also have a rental program, where scanners are leased to customers. The contracts for the program are treated as operating leases, and the revenue is recognized ratably over the lease term.

CAD/CAM services, where sold separately, include the initial software license and maintenance and support. We allocate revenues based upon the respective SSPs of the software license and the maintenance and support. We estimate the SSP of each element using data such as historical prices. Revenues related to the risksoftware license are recognized upfront and revenues related to the maintenance and support are recognized over time. For both scanner and service sales, most consideration is
68


collected upfront and in cases where there are payment plans, consideration is collected within one year and, therefore, there are no significant financing components.

Volume Discounts

In certain situations, we offer promotions in which the discount will increase depending upon the volume purchased over time. We concluded that controls may become inadequate becausein these situations, the promotions can represent either variable consideration or options, depending upon the specifics of the promotion. In the event the promotion contains an option, the option is considered a material right and, therefore, included in the accounting for the initial arrangement. We estimate the average anticipated discount over the lifetime of the promotion or contract, and apply that discount to each unit as it is sold. On a quarterly basis, we review our estimates and, if needed, updates are made and changes in conditions or thatare applied prospectively.

Accrued Sales Return Reserve

We provide a reserve for sales returns based on historical sales returns as a percentage of revenues. 

Costs to Obtain a Contract

We offer a variety of commission plans to our salesforce; each plan has multiple components. To match the degree of compliance withcosts to obtain a contract to the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management assessedassociated revenues, we evaluate the effectiveness of our internal controlindividual components and capitalize the eligible components, recognizing the costs over financial reportingthe treatment period. The costs to obtain contracts were $27.4 million and $31.1 million as of December 31, 2017. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth2022 and 2021, respectively, and are included in Internal Control-Integrated Framework(2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

Basedother assets in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. We recognized amortization on our assessment, management has concluded that,costs to obtain a contract of $20.8 million, $17.0 million, and $10.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020, respectively, which is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Unfulfilled Performance Obligations for Clear Aligners and Scanners

Our unfulfilled performance obligations, including deferred revenues and backlog, as of December 31, 2017,2022 and the estimated revenues expected to be recognized in the future related to these performance obligations are $1,515.4 million. This includes performance obligations from the Clear Aligner segment, primarily the shipment of additional aligners, which are fulfilled over six months to five years. This also includes the performance obligations from the Systems and Services segment, primarily services and support, which are fulfilled over one to five years, and contracted deliveries of additional scanners. The estimate includes both product and service unfulfilled performance obligations and the time range reflects our internalbest estimate of when we will transfer control over financial reporting was effectiveto the customer and may change based on criteriacustomer usage patterns, timing of shipments, readiness of customers' facilities for installation, and manufacturing availability.

Contract Balances

The timing of revenue recognition results in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013)deferred revenues being recognized on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. For both aligners and scanners, we usually collect the total consideration owed prior to all performance obligations being performed with payment terms generally varying from net 30 to net 180 days. Contract liabilities are recorded as deferred revenue balances, which are generated based upon timing of invoices and recognition patterns, not payments. If the revenue recognition exceeds the billing, the exceeded amount is considered unbilled receivable and a contract asset. Conversely, if the billing occurs prior to the revenue recognition, the amount is considered deferred revenue and a contract liability.

Shipping and Handling Costs

Shipping and handling charges to customers as well as processing fees are included in net revenues, and the associated costs incurred are recorded in cost of net revenues.

Legal Proceedings and Litigations

We are involved in legal proceedings on an ongoing basis. If we believe that a loss arising from such matters is probable and can be reasonably estimated, we accrue the estimated loss in our consolidated financial statements. If only a range of estimated losses can be determined, we accrue an amount within the range that, in our judgment, reflects the most likely outcome; if none of the estimates within that range is a better estimate than any other amount, we accrue the low end of the range.
69



Research and Development

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred and includes the costs associated with the research and development of new products and enhancements to existing products. These costs primarily include personnel-related costs, including payroll and stock-based compensation, equipment, material and maintenance costs, outside consulting expenses, depreciation and amortization expense and allocations of corporate overhead expenses including facilities and information technology (“IT”).

Advertising Costs

The cost of advertising and media is expensed as incurred. For the year ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, we incurred advertising costs of $222.0 million, $325.6 million and $161.0 million, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

We recognize stock-based compensation cost for shares expected to vest on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award, net of estimated forfeitures. We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of employee stock purchase plan shares. We use a Monte Carlo simulation model to estimate the fair value of market-performance based restricted stock units which requires the input of assumptions, including expected term, stock price volatility and the risk-free rate of return. For restricted stock units which vest based on performance conditions, we use the stock price on the grant date to estimate the fair value and stock-based compensation cost is recorded based on expected attainment of performance targets. Forfeitures are estimated based on historical experience at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

Income Taxes

We make certain estimates and judgments in determining income tax expense for financial statement purposes. These estimates and judgments occur in the calculation of certain tax assets and liabilities, which arise from differences in the timing of recognition of revenues and expenses for tax and financial statement purposes.

As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves us estimating our current tax exposure under the applicable tax laws and assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities which are included in our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

We account for uncertainty in income taxes pursuant to authoritative guidance based on a two-step approach to recognize and measure uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The first step is to determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on audit based on its technical merits, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. We adjust reserves for our uncertain tax positions due to changing facts and circumstances, such as the closing of a tax audit or refinement of estimates due to new information. To the extent that the final outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will impact our tax provision in our Consolidated Statement of Operations in the period in which such determination is made.

We assess the likelihood that we will be able to realize our deferred tax assets. Should there be a change in our ability to realize our deferred tax assets, our tax provision would increase in the period in which we determine that it is more likely than not that we cannot realize our deferred tax assets. We consider all available evidence, both positive and negative, including historical levels of income, expectations and risks associated with estimates of future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for a valuation allowance. If it is more likely than not that we will not realize our deferred tax assets, we will increase our provision for taxes by recording a valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets that we estimate will not ultimately be realizable.

During fiscal 2020, we completed an intra-entity transfer of certain intellectual property rights and fixed assets to our Swiss subsidiary, which resulted in the recognition of deferred tax assets and related tax benefits. Refer to Note 12 “Income Taxes” of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information. The establishment of deferred tax assets from the intra-entity transfer of intangible assets required us to make significant estimates and assumptions to determine the fair value of intellectual property rights transferred which include, but are not limited to, our expectations of growth rates in revenue, margins, future cash flows, and discount rates. The accuracy of these estimates could be affected by unforeseen events or actual
70


results, and the sustainability of our future tax benefits is dependent upon the acceptance of these valuation estimates and assumptions by the taxing authorities.

The U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act includes provisions for certain foreign-sourced earnings referred to as Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income (“GILTI”) which imposes a tax on foreign income in excess of a deemed return on tangible assets of foreign corporations. We have made the election to record GILTI tax using the period cost method.

Common Stock Repurchase

We repurchase our own common stock from time to time under stock repurchase programs approved by our Board of Directors. We account for these repurchases under the accounting guidance for equity where we allocate the total repurchase value that is in excess over par value between additional paid-in capital and retained earnings. All shares repurchased are retired.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

(i) New Accounting Updates Recently Adopted

In October 2021, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update 2021-08, Business Combinations (Topic 805) Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers, which requires contract assets and contract liabilities acquired in a business combination to be recognized and measured in accordance with ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers as if the acquirer had originated the contracts. The updated guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2022 on a prospective basis and early adoption is permitted. We early adopted this standard during 2022 which did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

(ii) Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Effective

We continue to monitor new accounting pronouncements issued by the COSO.FASB and do not believe any of the recently issued accounting pronouncements will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements or related disclosures.


Note 2. Financial Instruments

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Marketable Securities

The effectiveness offollowing tables summarize our internal control over financial reportingcash and cash equivalents, and marketable securities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2017 has been audited2022 and 2021 (in thousands):
Reported as:
December 31, 2022Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair ValueCash and Cash EquivalentsMarketable securities, short-termMarketable securities, long-term
Cash$712,921 $— $— $712,921 $712,921 $— $— 
Money market funds229,129 — — 229,129 229,129 — — 
Corporate bonds69,390 — (2,915)66,475 — 36,510 29,965 
U.S. government treasury bonds
20,559 — (549)20,010 — 15,404 4,606 
Asset-backed securities4,514 (37)4,478 — 2,909 1,569 
Municipal bonds3,447 — (61)3,386 — 2,711 675 
U.S. government agency bonds5,231 (69)5,163 — — 5,163 
Total$1,045,191 $$(3,631)$1,041,562 $942,050 $57,534 $41,978 
71



Reported as:
December 31, 2021Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair ValueCash and Cash EquivalentsMarketable securities, short-termMarketable securities, long-term
Cash$754,802 $— $— $754,802 $754,802 $— $— 
Money market funds343,012 — (2)343,010 343,010 — — 
Corporate bonds115,507 (398)115,118 1,042 35,065 79,011 
U.S. government treasury bonds
42,976 — (48)42,928 — 22,251 20,677 
Asset-backed securities32,031 — (40)31,991 — 10,999 20,992 
Municipal bonds7,628 — (15)7,613 516 3,657 3,440 
U.S. government agency bonds1,201 — (1)1,200 — — 1,200 
Total$1,297,157 $$(504)$1,296,662 $1,099,370 $71,972 $125,320 
The following table summarizes the fair value of our available-for-sale marketable securities classified by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm,contractual maturity as statedof December 31, 2022 and 2021 (in thousands):

December 31,
20222021
Due in 1 year or less$51,037 $59,737 
Due in 1 year through 5 years48,475 139,113 
Total$99,512 $198,850 

The securities that we invest in are generally deemed to be low risk based on their report which is included herein.

/S/    JOSEPH M. HOGAN      
Joseph M. Hogan
President and Chief Executive Officer
February 28, 2018
/S/    JOHN F. MORICI 
John F. Morici
Chief Financial Officer
February 28, 2018


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Tocredit ratings from the Boardmajor rating agencies. The longer the duration of Directorsthese securities, the more susceptible they are to changes in market interest rates and Stockholders of Align Technology, Inc.

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Align Technology, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”)bond yields. As interest rates increase, those securities purchased at a lower yield show a mark-to-market unrealized loss. Our unrealized losses as of December 31, 20172022 and December 31, 2016,2021 are primarily due to changes in interest rates and credit spreads.

The following table summarizes the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017, including the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(2) (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reportinggross unrealized losses as of December 31, 2017, based2022, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous loss position (in thousands):

As of December 31, 2022
Less than 12 months12 Months of GreaterTotal
December 31, 2022Fair ValueUnrealized LossFair ValueUnrealized LossFair ValueUnrealized Loss
Corporate bonds$10,639 $(440)$54,634 $(2,475)$65,273 $(2,915)
U.S. government treasury bonds
5,262 (177)14,748 (372)20,010 (549)
Asset-backed securities2,636 (17)1,275 (20)3,911 (37)
Municipal bonds— — 2,412 (61)2,412 (61)
U.S. government agency bonds3,017 (5)1,136 (64)4,153 (69)
Total$21,554 $(639)$74,205 $(2,992)$95,759 $(3,631)

As of December 31, 2021, all gross unrealized losses had been in an unrealized loss position for less than 12 months.

Investment in SmileDirectClub, LLC (“SDC”)

After tendering of our SDC equity interest in 2019, on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework(2013)issued by the Committee of Sponsoring OrganizationsJuly 3, 2019, we filed a demand for arbitration regarding SDC’s calculation of the Treadway Commission (COSO).“capital account” balance. On March 12, 2021, the arbitrator ruled in our favor and against SDC and issued an award of $43.4 million along with interest. The gain of $43.4 million was recognized as a part of our other income (expense), net in our Consolidated Statement of Operation during the year ended December 31, 2021.


In
72


Fair Value Measurements

The following tables summarize our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Companyassets measured at fair value as of December 31, 20172022 and December 31, 2016,2021 (in thousands):

DescriptionBalance as of December 31, 2022Level 1
Level 2
Cash equivalents:
Money market funds$229,129 $229,129 $— 
Short-term investments:
U.S. government treasury bonds15,404 15,404 — 
Corporate bonds36,510 — 36,510 
Municipal bonds2,711 — 2,711 
Asset-backed securities2,909 — 2,909 
Long-term investments:
U.S. government treasury bonds4,606 4,606 — 
Corporate bonds29,965 — 29,965 
Municipal bonds675 — 675 
U.S. government agency bonds5,163 — 5,163 
Asset-backed securities1,569 — 1,569 
$328,641 $249,139 $79,502 

DescriptionBalance as of December 31, 2021Level 1
Level 2
Cash equivalents:
Money market funds$343,010 $343,010 $— 
Corporate bonds1,042 — 1,042 
Municipal bonds516 — 516 
Short-term investments:
U.S. government treasury bonds22,251 22,251 — 
Corporate bonds35,065 — 35,065 
Municipal bonds3,657 — 3,657 
Asset-backed securities10,999 — 10,999 
Long-term investments:
U.S. government treasury bonds20,677 20,677 — 
Corporate bonds79,011 — 79,011 
Municipal bonds3,440 — 3,440 
U.S. government agency bonds1,200 — 1,200 
Asset-backed securities20,992 — 20,992 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets:
Israeli funds3,841 — 3,841 
$545,701 $385,938 $159,763 

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments

Recurring foreign currency forward contracts

We enter into foreign currency forward contracts to minimize the short-term impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations on certain trade and the results of their operationsintercompany receivables and theircash flows for eachpayables. These forward contracts are classified within Level 2 of the three years infair value hierarchy. As a result of the periodsettlement of foreign currency forward contracts, the net gain recognized during the year ended December 31, 2017in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in2022 was not material and we recognized a net gain of $18.8 million and a net loss of $22.1 million, during the United Statesyear ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. As of America. Also inDecember 31, 2022 and 2021, the fair value of foreign exchange forward contracts outstanding was not material.
73



The following tables presents the gross notional value of all our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reportingforeign exchange forward contracts outstanding as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework(2013)issued by the COSO.2022 and 2021 (in thousands):


Change in Accounting Principle
December 31, 2022
Local Currency AmountNotional Contract Amount (USD)
Euro€186,900$200,010 
Polish ZlotyPLN365,98883,307 
Canadian DollarC$109,00080,514 
Chinese Yuan¥471,00068,223 
British Pound£41,20049,677 
Japanese Yen¥6,200,00047,196 
Israeli ShekelILS110,03031,383 
Swiss FrancCHF25,00027,165 
Brazilian RealR$141,20026,839 
Mexican PesoM$230,00011,746 
New Zealand DollarNZ$6,0003,806 
Australian DollarA$4,0002,721 
Czech KorunaKč56,0002,469 
New Taiwan DollarNT$60,0001,959 
$637,015 


As discussed in Note 1
December 31, 2021
Local Currency AmountNotional Contract Amount (USD)
Euro€165,110$186,358 
Canadian DollarC$99,80078,018 
Chinese Yuan¥494,50077,358 
Polish ZlotyPLN219,80054,014 
Brazilian RealR$286,50050,894 
Japanese Yen¥5,548,70048,206 
British Pound£34,74046,881 
Israeli ShekelILS54,11017,416 
Mexican PesoM$311,50015,133 
Swiss FrancCHF9,95010,883 
Australian DollarA$6,9005,009 
$590,170 
Other foreign currency forward contract

Prior to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for certain elements of its employee share-based payments in 2017.

Basis for Opinions

The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessmentclosing of the effectivenessexocad acquisition on April 1, 2020, we entered into a Euro foreign currency forward contract with a notional contract amount of internal control over financial reporting, included€376.0 million. Relating to this forward contract, in the accompanying Report2020, we recognized a loss of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on$10.2 million within other income (expense), net in our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulationsConsolidated Statement of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.Operations.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide


reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
San Jose, California
February 28, 2018

We have served as the Company's auditor since 1997.


ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in thousands, except per share data)

74
 Year Ended December 31,
 2017 2016 2015
Net revenues$1,473,413
 $1,079,874
 $845,486
Cost of net revenues356,466
 264,580
 205,376
Gross profit1,116,947
 815,294
 640,110
Operating expenses:     
Selling, general and administrative665,777
 490,653
 390,239
Research and development97,559
 75,720
 61,237
Total operating expenses763,336
 566,373
 451,476
Income from operations353,611
 248,921
 188,634
Interest and other income (expense), net11,188
 (6,355) (2,533)
Net income before provision for income taxes and equity in losses of investee364,799
 242,566
 186,101
Provision for income taxes130,162
 51,200
 42,081
Equity in losses of investee, net of tax3,219
 1,684
 
Net income$231,418
 $189,682
 $144,020
      
Net income per share:     
Basic$2.89
 $2.38
 $1.80
Diluted$2.83
 $2.33
 $1.77
Shares used in computing net income per share:     
Basic80,085
 79,856
 79,998
Diluted81,832
 81,484
 81,521

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(in thousands)



 Year Ended December 31,
 2017 2016 2015
Net income$231,418
 $189,682
 $144,020
Net change in foreign currency translation adjustment1,741
 (670) (154)
Change in unrealized gains (losses) on investments, net of tax(232) 712
 (686)
Other comprehensive income (loss)1,509
 42
 (840)
Comprehensive income$232,927
 $189,724
 $143,180

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.







ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except per share data)
 December 31,
 2017 2016
ASSETS   
Current assets:   
Cash and cash equivalents$449,511
 $389,275
Marketable securities, short-term272,031
 250,981
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts and returns of $7,178 and $4,310, respectively322,825
 247,415
Inventories31,688
 27,131
Prepaid expenses and other current assets80,948
 38,176
Total current assets1,157,003
 952,978
Marketable securities, long-term39,948
 59,783
Property, plant and equipment, net348,793
 175,167
Equity method investments54,606
 45,061
Goodwill and intangible assets, net89,068
 81,998
Deferred tax assets50,059
 67,844
Other assets38,379
 13,320
Total assets$1,777,856
 $1,396,151
    
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY   
Current liabilities:   
Accounts payable$36,776
 $28,596
Accrued liabilities194,198
 134,332
Deferred revenues266,842
 191,407
Total current liabilities497,816
 354,335
Income tax payable114,091
 45,133
Other long-term liabilities15,579
 1,294
Total liabilities627,486
 400,762
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 8 and 9)

 
Stockholders’ equity:   
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value (5,000 shares authorized; none issued)
 
Common stock, $0.0001 par value (200,000 shares authorized; 80,040 and 79,553 issued and outstanding, respectively)8
 8
Additional paid-in capital886,435
 864,871
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net571
 (938)
Retained earnings263,356
 131,448
Total stockholders’ equity1,150,370
 995,389
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity$1,777,856
 $1,396,151

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(in thousands)
 Common Stock 
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss), Net
 Retained Earnings (Deficit) Total
 Shares Amount 
Balances at December 31, 201480,205
 $8
 $783,410
 $(140) $(30,507) $752,771
Net income
 
 
 
 144,020
 144,020
Net change in unrealized gains (losses) from investments
 
 
 (686) 
 (686)
Net change in foreign currency translation adjustment
 

 
 (10) (154) 
 (164)
Issuance of common stock relating to employee equity compensation plans991
 
 11,325
 
 
 11,325
Tax withholdings related to net share settlements of restricted stock units
 
 (20,716) 
 
 (20,716)
Common stock repurchased and retired(1,696) 
 (15,669) 
 (86,122) (101,791)
Net tax benefits from stock-based awards
 
 10,224
 
 
 10,224
Stock-based compensation
 
 52,943
 
 
 52,943
Balances at December 31, 201579,500
 8
 821,507
 (980) 27,391
 847,926
Net income
 
 
 
 189,682
 189,682
Net change in unrealized gains (losses) from investments
 
 
 712
 
 712
Net change in foreign currency translation adjustment


 
 
 (670) 
 (670)
Issuance of common stock relating to employee equity compensation plans1,163
 
 13,778
 
 
 13,778
Tax withholdings related to net share settlements of restricted stock units
 
 (29,857) 
 
 (29,857)
Common stock repurchased and retired(1,110) 
 (10,593) 
 (85,625) (96,218)
Net tax benefits from stock-based awards
 
 15,888
 
 
 15,888
Stock-based compensation
 
 54,148
 
 
 54,148
Balances at December 31, 201679,553
 8
 864,871
 (938) 131,448
 995,389
Cumulative effect adjustment from adoption of ASU 2016-16
 
 
 
 (1,300) (1,300)
Net income
 
 
 
 231,418
 231,418
Net change in unrealized gains (losses) from investments
 
 
 (232) 
 (232)
Net change in foreign currency translation adjustment
 

 
 
 1,741
 
 1,741
Issuance of common stock relating to employee equity compensation plans1,073
 
 14,461
 
 
 14,461
Tax withholdings related to net share settlements of restricted stock units
 
 (46,168) 
 
 (46,168)
Common stock repurchased and retired(586) 
 (5,583) 
 (98,210) (103,793)
Stock-based compensation
 
 58,854
 
 
 58,854
Balances at December 31, 201780,040
 $8
 $886,435
 $571
 $263,356
 $1,150,370

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)
 Year Ended December 31,
 2017 2016 2015
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:     
Net income$231,418
 $189,682
 $144,020
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:     
Deferred taxes17,572
 (16,401) (11,424)
Depreciation and amortization37,739
 24,002
 18,004
Stock-based compensation58,854
 54,148
 52,943
Net tax benefits from stock-based awards
 15,888
 10,224
Excess tax benefit from share-based payment arrangements
 (16,773) (10,396)
Equity in losses of investee3,219
 1,684
 
Other non-cash operating activities13,847
 12,031
 13,799
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions:     
Accounts receivable(90,990) (94,444) (40,775)
Inventories(5,481) (7,663) (3,563)
Prepaid expenses and other assets(8,669) (9,390) (3,726)
Accounts payable8,175
 (3,395) 7,575
Accrued and other long-term liabilities24,235
 30,007
 12,532
Long-term income tax payable68,958
 7,622
 6,930
Deferred revenues79,662
 60,656
 41,854
                   Net cash provided by operating activities438,539
 247,654
 237,997
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:     
 Acquisition, net of cash acquired(8,953) 
 
 Purchase of property, plant and equipment(195,695) (70,576) (53,451)
 Purchase of marketable securities(390,244) (405,612) (447,092)
 Proceeds from maturities of marketable securities349,240
 387,873
 304,125
 Purchase of equity method investments(12,764) (46,745) 
 Proceeds from sales of marketable securities39,536
 216,119
 30,011
 Loan advances to equity investee(36,000) 
 
 Loan repayment from equity investee6,000
 
 
 Other investing activities567
 (8,211) 46
                   Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities(248,313) 72,848
 (166,361)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:     
 Proceeds from issuance of common stock14,461
 13,778
 11,325
 Common stock repurchases(103,793) (96,218) (101,791)
 Excess tax benefit from share-based payment arrangements
 16,773
 10,396
 Employees’ taxes paid upon the vesting of restricted stock units(46,168) (29,857) (20,716)
                    Net cash used in financing activities(135,500) (95,524) (100,786)
 Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents5,510
 (3,417) (3,007)
                    Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents60,236
 221,561
 (32,157)
                    Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year389,275
 167,714
 199,871
                    Cash and cash equivalents, end of year$449,511
 $389,275
 $167,714

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial state ments.


ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Business Description

Align Technology, Inc. (“We”, “Our”, or “Align”) was incorporated in April 1997 in Delaware. Align is a global medical device company engaged in the design, manufacture and marketing of Invisalign® clear aligners and iTero® intraoral scanners and services for orthodontics and restorative and aesthetic dentistry. Align’s products are intended primarily for the treatment of malocclusion or the misalignment of teeth and are designed to help dental professionals achieve the clinical outcomes that they expect. We are headquartered in San Jose, California with offices worldwide. Our European headquarters is located in Amsterdam, the Netherlands and our Asia Pacific headquarters is located in Singapore. We have two operating segments: (1) Clear Aligner, known as the Invisalign System, and (2) Scanners and Services ("Scanner"), known as the iTero intraoral scanner and OrthoCAD services.

Basis of Presentation and Preparation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Align and our wholly-owned subsidiaries after elimination of intercompany transactions and balances.  

In connection with the preparation of the consolidated financial statements, we evaluated events subsequent to the balance sheet date through the financial statement issuance date and determined that all material transactions have been recorded and disclosed properly.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") in the United States of America (“U.S.”) requires our management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to the fair values of financial instruments, long-lived assets and goodwill, equity method investments, useful lives of intangible assets and property and equipment, revenue recognition, stock-based compensation, income taxes and contingent liabilities, among others. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments
We measure our cash equivalents, marketable securities, Israeli fund and certain notes receivable at fair value. Fair value is the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value is estimated by applying the following hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value into three levels and bases the categorization within the hierarchy upon the lowest level of input that is available and significant to the fair value measurement:
Level 1 – Quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 – Observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.
Level 3 – Inputs that are generally unobservable and typically reflect management’s estimate of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider currency on hand, demand deposits, time deposits, and all highly liquid investments with an original or remaining maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash and cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents are held in various financial institutions in the U.S. and internationally.



Restricted Cash

Our restricted cash balance as of December 31, 2017 is not material. Our restricted cash balance as of December 31, 2016 was $3.7 million, of which $3.3 million was classified as a long-term asset and $0.4 million as a current asset. The restricted cash primarily consists of funds reserved for legal requirements.

Marketable Securities

We invest primarily in money market funds, commercial paper, corporate bonds, U.S. government agency bonds, asset-backed securities, municipal securities, U.S. government treasury bonds and certificates of deposits.

Marketable securities are classified as available-for-sale and are carried at fair value. Marketable securities classified as current assets have maturities of less than one year. Unrealized gains or losses on such securities are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net in stockholders’ equity. Realized gains and losses from maturities of all such securities are reported in earnings and computed using the specific identification cost method. Realized gains or losses and charges for other-than-temporary declines in value, if any, on available-for-sale securities are reported in interest and other income (expense), net as incurred. We periodically evaluate these investments for other-than-temporary impairment.

Variable Interest Entities
We evaluate whether an entity in which we have made an investment is considered a variable interest entity (“VIE”). If we determine we are the primary beneficiary of a VIE, we would consolidate the VIE into our financial statements. In determining if we are the primary beneficiary, we evaluate whether we have the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. Our evaluation includes identification of significant activities and an assessment of our ability to direct those activities based on governance provisions and arrangements to provide or receive product and process technology, product supply, operations services, equity funding, financing, and other applicable agreements and circumstances. Our assessments of whether we are the primary beneficiary of a VIE require significant assumptions and judgments. We have concluded that we are not the primary beneficiary of our VIE investments; therefore, we do not consolidate their results into our consolidated financials.

Investments in Privately Held Companies
Investments in privately held companies in which we can exercise significant influence but do not own a majority equity interest or otherwise control, are accounted for under the equity method of accounting. Equity method investments are reported on our balance sheet as a single amount, and we record our share of their operating results within equity in losses of investee, net of tax, in our Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Equity method investments are evaluated for impairment as events or circumstances indicate that there is an other-than-temporary loss in value. The decrease in value is recognized in the period the impairment occurs and recorded in interest and other income (expense), net in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Derivative Financial Instruments

We may enter into foreign currency forward contracts to minimize the short-term impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations associated with certain assets and liabilities. These forward contracts are not designated as hedging instruments and do not subject us to material balance sheet risk due to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. The gains and losses on these forward contracts are intended to offset the gains and losses in the underlying foreign currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities being economically hedged. We do not enter into foreign currency forward contracts for trading or speculative purposes. The net gain or loss from the settlement of these foreign currency forward contracts is recorded in interest and other income (expense), net in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.



Foreign Currency

For our international subsidiaries, we analyze on an annual basis or more often if necessary, if a significant change in facts and circumstances indicate that the functional currency has changed. For international subsidiaries where the local currency is the functional currency, adjustments from translating financial statements from the local currency to the U.S. dollar reporting currency are recorded as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net in the stockholders’ equity section of the Consolidated Balance Sheet. This foreign currency translation adjustment reflects the translation of the balance sheet at period end exchange rates, and the income statement at an average exchange rate in effect during the period. The foreign currency revaluation that are derived from monetary assets and liabilities stated in a currency other than functional currency are included in interest and other income (expense), net. For the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, we had foreign currency net gains (losses) of $9.0 million, $(8.0) million and $(4.0) million, respectively.

Certain Risks and Uncertainties

Our operating results depend to a significant extent on our ability to market and develop our products. The life cycles of our products are difficult to estimate due, in part, to the effect of future product enhancements and competition. Our inability to successfully develop and market our products as a result of competition or other factors would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our cash and investments are held primarily by three financial institutions. Financial instruments which potentially expose us to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash equivalents and marketable securities. We invest excess cash primarily in money market funds, commercial paper, corporate bonds, U.S. government agency bonds, municipal securities, U.S. government treasury bonds, certificates of deposits and asset-backed securities. If the carrying value of our investments exceeds the fair value, and the decline in fair value is deemed to be other-than-temporary, we will be required to write down the value of our investments, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. Moreover, the performance of certain securities in our investment portfolio correlates with the credit condition of the U.S. economy. 

We provide credit to customers in the normal course of business. Collateral is not required for accounts receivable, but ongoing evaluations of customers’ credit worthiness are performed. We maintain reserves for potential credit losses and such losses have been within management’s expectations. No individual customer accounted for 10% or more of our accounts receivable at December 31, 2017 or 2016, or net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 or 2015.

In the U.S., the Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) regulates the design, manufacture, distribution, pre-clinical and clinical study, clearance and approval of medical devices.  Products developed by us may require approvals or clearances from the FDA or other international regulatory agencies prior to commercialized sales.  There can be no assurance that our products will receive any of the required approvals or clearances.  If we were denied approval or clearance or such approval was delayed, it may have a material adverse impact on us.

We have manufacturing facilities located outside the U.S. In Juarez, Mexico, we manufacture our clear aligners, distribute and repair our scanners and perform our CAD/CAM services. In Or Yehuda, Israel, we produce our handheld intraoral scanner wand and perform the final assembly of our iTero scanner. Our digital treatment plans using a sophisticated, internally developed computer-modeling program are located in Costa Rica, China and Germany. Our reliance on international operations exposes us to related risks and uncertainties, including difficulties in staffing and managing international operations such as hiring and retaining qualified personnel; controlling production volume and quality of manufacture; political, social and economic instability, particularly as a result of increased levels of violence in Juarez, Mexico and Or Yehuda, Israel; interruptions and limitations in telecommunication services; product and material transportation delays or disruption; trade restrictions and changes in tariffs; import and export license requirements and restrictions; fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates; and potential adverse tax consequences. If any of these risks materialize, our international manufacturing operations, as well as our operating results, may be harmed.

We purchase certain inventory from sole suppliers. Additionally, we rely on a limited number of hardware manufacturers. The inability of any supplier or manufacturer to fulfill our supply requirements could materially and adversely impact our future operating results.



Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market, with cost computed using either standard cost, which approximates actual cost, or average cost on a first-in-first-out basis. Excess and obsolete inventories are determined primarily based on future demand forecasts, and write-downs of excess and obsolete inventories are recorded as a component of cost of net revenues.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Construction in progress ("CIP") is related to the construction or development of property (including land) and equipment that have not yet been placed in service for their intended use. Upon sale or retirement, the asset’s cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the balance sheet and any related gains or losses are reflected in operating expenses. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Refer to Note 3 "Balance Sheet Components" of the Notes of Consolidated Financial Statements for details on estimated useful lives.
Goodwill and Finite-Lived Acquired Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price paid over the fair value of tangible and identifiable intangible net assets acquired in business combinations and is allocated to the respective reporting units based on relative synergies generated. For the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, all goodwill is attributed to our Clear Aligner reporting unit.
Our intangible assets primarily consist of intangible assets acquired as part of our acquisition of Cadent Holdings, Inc. on April 11, 2011. These assets are amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives ranging from one to fifteen years, reflecting the period in which the economic benefits of the assets are expected to be realized.
Impairment of Goodwill and Long-Lived Assets

Goodwill

We evaluate goodwill for impairment at least annually on November 30th or more frequently if indicators are present, an event occurs or changes in circumstances suggest an impairment may exist and that it would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount.  The allocation of goodwill to the respective reporting units is based on relative synergies generated as a result of an acquisition.  

We perform an initial assessment of qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events and circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. In performing the qualitative assessment, we identify and consider the significance of relevant key factors, events, and circumstances that affect the fair value of our reporting units. These factors include external factors such as macroeconomic, industry, and market conditions, as well as entity-specific factors, such as our actual and planned financial performance. We also give consideration to the difference between the reporting unit fair value and carrying value as of the most recent date a fair value measurement was performed. If, after assessing the totality of relevant events and circumstances, we determine that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value and there is no indication of impairment, no further testing is performed; however, if we conclude otherwise, the first step of the two-step impairment test is performed by estimating the fair value of the reporting unit and comparing it with its carrying value, including goodwill.

Step one of the goodwill impairment test consists of a comparison of the fair value of a reporting unit against its carrying amount, including the goodwill allocated to each reporting unit. We determine the fair value of our reporting units based on the present value of estimated future cash flows under the income approach of the reporting units as well as various price or market multiples applied to the reporting unit's operating results along with the appropriate control premium under the marketing approach, both of which are classified as level 3 within the fair value hierarchy as described in Note 2 "Marketable Securities and Fair Value Measurements" of the Notes of Consolidated Financial Statements. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit is in excess of its fair value, step two requires the comparison of the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill against the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill. Any excess of the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill over the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is recorded as an impairment loss in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.



Finite-Lived Intangible Assets and Long-Lived Assets

We evaluate long-lived assets (including finite-lived intangible assets) for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset group may not be recoverable. An asset or asset group is considered impaired if its carrying amount exceeds the future undiscounted net cash flows that the asset or asset group is expected to generate. Factors we consider important which could trigger an impairment review include significant negative industry or economic trends, significant loss of customers and changes in the competitive environment. If an asset or asset group is considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is calculated as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset or asset group exceeds its fair market value. Our estimates of future cash flows attributable to our long-lived assets require significant judgment based on our historical and anticipated results and are subject to many assumptions. The estimation of fair value utilizing a discounted cash flow approach includes numerous uncertainties which require our significant judgment when making assumptions of expected growth rates and the selection of discount rates, as well as assumptions regarding general economic and business conditions, and the structure that would yield the highest economic value, among other factors. Refer to Note 6 "Goodwill and Intangible Assets" of the Notes of Consolidated Financial Statements for details on intangible long-lived assets.

There were no triggering events in 2017 that would cause an impairment of our goodwill or long-lived assets.

Development Costs for Internal Use Software

Internally developed software includes enterprise-level business software that we customize to meet our specific operational needs. Such capitalized costs include external direct costs utilized in developing or obtaining the applications and payroll and payroll-related costs for employees, who are directly associated with the development of the applications. Internally developed software costs capitalized during the year ended December 31, 2017 was not material. During the year ended December 31, 2016, we capitalized approximately $13.2 million related to our enterprise resource planning ("ERP") project which we placed into production during 2016 and amortize over its useful life of 10 years.

The costs to develop software that is marketed externally have not been capitalized as we believe our current software development process is essentially completed concurrent with the establishment of technological feasibility. As such, all related software development costs are expensed as incurred and included in research and development expense in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Product Warranty

Clear Aligner
We warrant our Invisalign products against material defects until the treatment plan is complete. We warrant SmileDirectClub, LLC (“SDC”) products against material defects for one year. We accrue for warranty costs in cost of net revenues upon shipment of products. The estimated warranty costs liability is primarily based on historical experience as to product failures as well as current information on replacement costs. Actual warranty costs could differ materially from the estimated amounts. We regularly review the warranty liability and update these balances based on historical warranty cost trends. 
Scanners and Services
We warrant our intraoral scanners for a period of one year, which include materials and labor. We accrue for these warranty costs based on average historical repair costs. An extended warranty may be purchased for additional fees.
Allowances for Doubtful Accounts and Sales Returns

We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts for customers that are not able to make payments and allowances for sales returns. We periodically review these allowances, including an analysis of the customers’ payment history and information regarding the customers’ creditworthiness, as well as historical sales returns as a percentage of revenue. Actual write-offs have not materially differed from the estimated allowances.



Revenue Recognition

We measure and allocate revenue according to the accounting guidance for multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 605-25, "Revenue Recognition – Multiple-Element Arrangements."

Multiple-Element Arrangements (“MEAs”): Arrangements with customers may include multiple deliverables, including any combination of products/equipment and services. The deliverables included in the MEAs are separated into more than one unit of accounting when (i) the delivered product/equipment has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis, and (ii) delivery of the undelivered service element(s) is probable and substantially in our control. Arrangement consideration is then allocated to each unit, delivered or undelivered, at the inception of the arrangement based on the relative selling price of each unit of accounting based first on vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) if it exists, second on third-party evidence (“TPE”) if it exists, or on best estimated selling price (“BESP”) if neither VSOE or TPE exist.

VSOE - In most instances, this applies to products and services that are sold separately in stand-alone arrangements. We determine VSOE based on pricing and discounting practices for the specific product or service when sold separately, considering geographical, customer, and other economic or marketing variables, as well as renewal rates or stand-alone prices for the service element(s).

TPE - If we cannot establish VSOE of selling price for a specific product or service included in a multiple-element arrangement, we use third-party evidence of selling price. We determine TPE based on sales of comparable amount of similar products or service offered by multiple third parties considering the degree of customization and similarity of product or service sold.

BESP - The best estimated selling price represents the price at which we would sell a product or service if it were sold on a stand-alone basis. When VSOE or TPE does not exist for all elements, we determine BESP for the arrangement element based on sales, cost and margin analysis, as well as other inputs based on our pricing practices. Adjustments for other market and company specific factors are made as deemed necessary in determining BESP. We regularly review our estimates of selling price and maintain internal controls over the establishment and update of these estimates.

Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of the arrangement exists, the price is fixed or determinable, collectability is reasonably assured, title and risk of loss have passed to customers based on the shipping terms, and allowances for discounts, returns, and customer incentives can be reliably estimated. Provisions for discounts and rebates to customers are provided for in the same period that the related product sales are recorded.
Clear Aligner

We enter into arrangements (“treatment plan(s)”) that involve multiple future product deliverables. Invisalign Full, Invisalign Teen, and Invisalign Assist products include optional additional aligners at no charge for a period of up to five years after initial shipment and Invisalign Go includes optional additional aligners at no charge for a period of up to two years after initial shipment. Invisalign Teen also includes up to six optional replacement aligners in the price of the product and may be ordered by the dental professional any time throughout treatment. Invisalign Lite includes one optional case refinement in the price of the product. Case refinement is a finishing tool used to adjust a patient's teeth to the desired final position and may be elected by the dental professional at any time during treatment; however, it is generally ordered in the last stages of the treatment. 

We determined that our treatment plans, except Invisalign Assist with progress tracking, comprise the following deliverables which also represent separate units of accounting: initial aligners, additional aligners, case refinement, and replacement aligners. We allocate revenue for each treatment plan based on each unit's relative selling price based on BESP and recognize the revenue upon shipment of each unit in the treatment plan.

For Invisalign Assist with the progress tracking feature, aligners and services are provided to the dental professional every nine stages (a "batch”). We are able to reliably estimate the number of batches which are expected to be shipped for each case based upon our historical experience. The amounts allocated to this deliverable are recognized on a prorated basis as each batch is shipped.


Scanners and Services

We recognize revenues from the sales of iTero intraoral scanners and CAD/CAM services. CAD/CAM services include scanning services, extended warranty for the intraoral scanners, a range of iTero restorative services, and OrthoCAD services such as OrthoCAD iRecord. We sell intraoral scanners and services through both our direct sales force and distribution partners. The intraoral scanner sales price includes one year of warranty, and, for additional fees, the customer may select an unlimited scanning service agreement over a fixed period of time or extended warranty periods. When intraoral scanners are sold with either an unlimited scanning service agreement and/or extended warranty, we allocate revenue based on each element's relative selling price. We estimate the selling price of each element, as if it is sold on a stand-alone basis, taking into consideration historical prices as well as our discounting strategies.  

Scanner revenue, net of related discounts and allowances, is recognized when products have been shipped and no significant obligations for installation or training remain. For certain distributors who provide installation and training to the customer, we recognize scanner revenue when the intraoral scanner is shipped to the distributor assuming all of the other revenue recognition criteria have been met. Discounts are deducted from revenue at the time of sale. Returns of products, excluding warranty related returns, are infrequent and insignificant.

Service revenue, including iTero restorative and all OrthoCAD services are recognized upon delivery or ratably over the contract term as the specified services are performed. If a customer selects a pay per use basis for scanning service fees, the revenue is recognized as the service is provided.

We offer customers an option to purchase extended warranties on certain products. We recognize revenue on these extended warranty contracts ratably over the life of the contract. The costs associated with these extended warranty contracts are recognized when incurred.

Shipping and Handling Costs

Shipping and handling charges to customers are included in net revenues, and the associated costs incurred are recorded in cost of net revenues.
Legal Proceedings and Litigations

We are involved in legal proceedings on an ongoing basis. If we believe that a loss arising from such matters is probable and can be reasonably estimated, we accrue the estimated loss in our consolidated financial statements. If only a range of estimated losses can be determined, we accrue an amount within the range that, in our judgment, reflects the most likely outcome; if none of the estimates within that range is a better estimate than any other amount, we accrue the low end of the range.
Research and Development

Research and development expense is expensed as incurred and includes the costs associated with the research and development of new products and enhancements to existing products. These costs primarily include personnel-related costs, including stock-based compensation, outside consulting expenses and allocations of corporate overhead expenses including facilities and IT.
Advertising Costs

The cost of advertising and media is expensed as incurred. For the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, we incurred advertising costs of $70.0 million, $36.0 million and $23.4 million, respectively.
Common Stock Repurchase

We repurchase our own common stock from time to time in the open market when our Board of Directors approve a stock repurchase program. We account for these repurchases under the accounting guidance for equity where we allocate the total


repurchase value that is in excess over par value between additional paid-in capital and retained earnings. All shares repurchased are retired.

Operating Leases

We lease office spaces, vehicles and equipment under operating leases with original lease periods of up to 9 years. Certain of these leases have free or escalating rent payment provisions and lease incentives provided by the landlord. We recognize rent expense under such leases on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

Income Taxes

We make certain estimates and judgments in determining income tax expense for financial statement purposes. These estimates and judgments occur in the calculation of certain tax assets and liabilities, which arise from differences in the timing of recognition of revenue and expense for tax and financial statement purposes.

As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves us estimating our current tax exposure under the applicable tax laws and assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included in our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

We account for uncertainty in income taxes pursuant to authoritative guidance based on a two-step approach to recognize and measure uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The first step is to determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on audit based on its technical merits, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. We adjust reserves for our uncertain tax positions due to changing facts and circumstances, such as the closing of a tax audit, or refinement of estimates due to new information. To the extent that the final outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will impact our tax provision in our Consolidated Statement of Operation in the period in which such determination is made.

We assess the likelihood that we will be able to realize our deferred tax assets. Should there be a change in our ability to realize our deferred tax assets, our tax provision would increase in the period in which we determine that it is more likely than not that we cannot realize our deferred tax assets. We consider all available evidence, both positive and negative, including historical levels of income, expectations and risks associated with estimates of future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for a valuation allowance. If it is more likely than not that we will not realize our deferred tax assets, we will increase our provision for taxes by recording a valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets that we estimate will not ultimately be realizable. The available positive evidence at December 31, 2017 included historical operating profits and a projection of future income sufficient to realize most of our remaining deferred tax assets. As of December 31, 2017, it was considered more likely than not that our deferred tax assets would be realized with the exception of certain foreign loss carryovers as we are unable to forecast sufficient future profits to realize the deferred tax assets.

The U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “TCJA”) was enacted into law on December 22, 2017 and impacted our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2017. The TCJA made significant changes to the Internal Revenue Code, including, but not limited to, a corporate tax rate decrease from 35% to 21% effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, the transition of U.S. international taxation from a worldwide tax system to a territorial system, and a one-time transition tax on the mandatory deemed repatriation of cumulative foreign earnings as of December 31, 2017.

On December 22, 2017, Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 ("SAB 118") was issued to address the application of GAAP in situations when a registrant does not have the necessary information available, prepared, or analyzed (including computations) in reasonable detail to complete the accounting for certain income tax effects of the TCJA. We recorded an additional income tax expense of $84.3 million in the fourth quarter of 2017, which represents the provisional amount of the impact of the TCJA. This provisional amount includes income tax expenses related to the remeasurement of certain deferred tax assets and liabilities of $10.4 million, and the one-time transition tax on the mandatory deemed repatriation of cumulative foreign earning in the amount of $73.9 million. Additional work is necessary for a more detailed analysis of our deferred tax assets and liabilities and our historical foreign earnings as well as potential correlative adjustments. Any subsequent adjustment to these amounts will be recorded to the


provision for income taxes in 2018 when the analysis is complete. Refer to Note 13 "Income Taxes" of the Notes of Consolidated Financial Statements for details on provision impact of the TCJA.

Stock-Based Compensation

We recognize stock-based compensation cost for shares expected to vest on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award, net of estimated forfeitures. We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of employee stock purchase plan shares. We estimate the fair value of market-performance based restricted stock units using a Monte Carlo simulation model which requires the input of assumptions, including expected term, stock price volatility and the risk-free rate of return. In addition, judgment is also required in estimating the number of stock-based awards that are expected to be forfeited. Forfeitures are estimated based on historical experience at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of share-based payment awards represent management’s best estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. As a result, if factors change and we use different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future.

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income includes all changes in equity during a period from non-owner sources. Comprehensive income, including unrealized gains and losses on investments and foreign currency translation adjustments, are reported net of their related tax effect.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

(i) New Accounting Updates Recently Adopted

In January 2017, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued ASU 2017-01, “Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business,” to clarify the definition of a business when evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions of assets or businesses. We early adopted the standard in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2017 on a prospective basis and our adoption did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In March 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2016-09, "Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting" (Topic 718). We adopted the standard in the first quarter of fiscal year 2017. With this adoption, excess tax benefits related to stock-based compensation expense are reflected in our consolidated statement of operations as a component of the provision for income taxes instead of additional paid-in capital in our consolidated balance sheet. In addition, we elected to continue to estimate expected forfeitures rather than as they occur to determine the amount of compensation cost to be recognized in each period. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, we recognized excess tax benefits of $30.0 million in our provision for income taxes. Excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements are classified as an operating activity in our consolidated statement of cash flows.

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-16, "Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other Than Inventory," (Topic 740) which requires entities to recognize the income tax consequences of an intra-entity transfer of an asset other than inventory when the transfer occurs. We early adopted the standard in the first quarter of fiscal year 2017 by applying the modified retrospective approach and recognized a $1.3 million decrease to retained earnings as a cumulative-effect adjustment.

(ii) Recent Accounting Updates Not Yet Effective

In May 2014, the FASB released ASU 2014-9, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers," (Topic 606) to supersede nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under GAAP. The core principle of the standard is to recognize revenues when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration that is expected to be received for the goods or services. The new standard defines a five step process to achieve this core principle and, in doing so, it is possible more judgment and estimates may be required within the revenue recognition process than required under existing GAAP including identifying performance obligations in the contract, estimating the amount of variable consideration to include in the transaction price and allocating the transaction price to each separate performance obligation. In addition, the new standard requires disclosure of the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. We plan to adopt


the standard in the first quarter of fiscal year 2018 by applying the full retrospective method. Prior periods will be retrospectively adjusted and we will recognize the cumulative effect of adopting this guidance as an adjustment to our opening balance of retained earnings as of January 1, 2016. We have assessed the financial statement impact of adoption including, but not limited to, volume-based discount programs, sales commissions and the identification of performance obligations, and are continuing to evaluate the transition and disclosure requirements of the standard. We anticipate the adoption of Topic 606 will not have a material impact to our consolidated financial statements.

In April 2016, the FASB released ASU 2016-10, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers," to clarify the following two aspects of Topic 606: identifying performance obligations and the licensing implementation guidance, while retaining the principles for those areas of the ASU 2014-9 issued in May 2014. The effective date and the transition requirement of the amendments in this update are the same as the effective date and transition requirements of Topic 606.

In May 2016, the FASB released ASU 2016-12, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers," to address certain issues in the Topic 606 guidance on assessing the collectability, presentation of sales taxes, non-cash consideration, and completed contracts and contract modifications at transition. The ASU provides narrow-scope improvements and practical expedients to the ASU 2014-9 issued in May 2014. The effective date and the transition requirement of the amendments in this update are the same as the effective date and transition requirements of Topic 606.

In December 2016, the FASB released ASU 2016-20, "Technical Corrections and Improvements to Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers," to clarify certain aspects of guidance in the Topic 606 including its scope, disclosure requirements and contract cost accounting, while retaining the principles for those areas of the ASU 2014-9 issued in May 2014. The effective date and the transition requirement of the amendments in this update are the same as the effective date and transition requirements of Topic 606.
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases” (Topic 842) to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. The updated guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption of the standard is permitted. We plan to adopt the standard in the first quarter of fiscal year 2019 by electing practical expedients available in the standard. While we are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this guidance on our consolidated financial statements, we expect the adoption will have a material increase to the assets and liabilities of our consolidated balance sheet.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments - Credit Losses” (Topic 326). The FASB issued this update to provide financial statement users with more decision-useful information about the expected credit losses on financial instruments and other commitments to extend credit held by a reporting entity at each reporting date. The amendments in this update replace the existing guidance of incurred loss impairment methodology with an approach that reflects expected credit losses and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to inform credit loss estimates. The updated guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption of the update is permitted in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. We are currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, "Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments" (Topic 230). This FASB clarifies the presentation and classification of certain cash receipts and cash payments in the statements of cash flows. The amendments are effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2017. We plan to adopt the guidance in the first quarter of fiscal year 2018 and we do not expect that the guidance will have a material impact on our consolidated statements of cash flows.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18, "Statement of Cash Flows - Restricted Cash,"which provides guidance to address the classification and presentation of changes in restricted cash in the statements of cash flows. The amendments are effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2017 on a retrospective basis. We plan to adopt the guidance in the first quarter of fiscal year 2018 and we do not expect that the guidance will have a material impact on our consolidated statements of cash flows.



In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment," to simplify the subsequent measurement of goodwill by eliminating step two from the goodwill impairment test. Under the amendments, an entity will recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value. The amendments are effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2019 on a prospective basis, and early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-09, "CompensationStock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting," to clarify when to account for a change to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award as a modification. The amendments are effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2017 on a prospective basis. We are plan to adopt the guidance in the first quarter of fiscal year 2018 and we do not expect that the guidance will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

Note 2. Marketable Securities and Fair Value Measurements

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the estimated fair value of our short-term and long-term marketable securities, classified as available for sale, is as follows (in thousands):

Short-term
December 31, 2017 
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 Fair Value
Commercial paper $58,503
 $
 $(1) $58,502
Corporate bonds 145,728
 3
 (174) 145,557
U.S. government agency bonds 3,013
 
 (7) 3,006
U.S. government treasury bonds 60,650
 
 (70) 60,580
Certificates of deposit 4,386
 
 
 4,386
Total marketable securities, short-term $272,280
 $3
 $(252) $272,031
Long-term
December 31, 2017 
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 Fair Value
U.S. government agency bonds $15,023
 $
 $(68) $14,955
Corporate bonds 25,067
 2
 (76) 24,993
Total marketable securities, long-term $40,090
 $2
 $(144) $39,948
Short-term
December 31, 2016 
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 Fair Value
Commercial paper $42,397
 $
 $(6) $42,391
Corporate bonds 122,788
 22
 (121) 122,689
Municipal securities 5,852
 
 (5) 5,847
U.S. government agency bonds 28,903
 9
 (4) 28,908
U.S. government treasury bonds 45,146
 7
 (7) 45,146
Certificates of deposit 6,000
 
 ��
 6,000
Total marketable securities, short-term $251,086
 $38
 $(143) $250,981
Long-term


December 31, 2016 
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 Fair Value
U.S. government agency bonds $6,805
 $
 $(16) $6,789
Corporate bonds 40,889
 8
 (85) 40,812
U.S. government treasury bonds 12,016
 5
 (16) 12,005
Asset-backed securities 177
 
 
 177
Total marketable securities, long-term $59,887
 $13
 $(117) $59,783

 Cash equivalents are not included in the tables above as the gross unrealized gains and losses are not material. We have no short-term or long-term investments that have been in a continuous material unrealized loss position for greater than twelve months as of December 31, 2017 and 2016. Amounts reclassified to earnings from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net related to unrealized gains or losses were not material in 2017 and 2016. For the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, realized gains or losses were not material.

Our fixed-income securities investment portfolio consists of commercial paper, corporate bonds, municipal securities, U.S. government agency bonds, U.S. government treasury bonds, certificates of deposit and asset-backed securities that have a maximum effective maturity of 40 months on any individual security. The securities that we invest in are generally deemed to be low risk based on their credit ratings from the major rating agencies. The longer the duration of these securities, the more susceptible they are to changes in market interest rates and bond yields. As interest rates increase, those securities purchased at a lower yield show a mark-to-market unrealized loss. The unrealized losses are due primarily to changes in credit spreads and interest rates. We expect to realize the full value of all these investments upon maturity or sale. The weighted average remaining duration of these securities was approximately 6 months and 7 months as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

As the carrying value approximates the fair value for our short-term and long-term marketable securities shown in the tables above, the following table summarizes the fair value of our short-term and long-term marketable securities classified by maturity as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 (in thousands):
  December 31,
  2017 2016
One year or less $272,031
 $250,981
Due in greater than one year 39,948
 59,783
Total marketable securities $311,979
 $310,764

Fair Value Measurements

We measure the fair value of financial assets as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. We use the GAAP fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. This hierarchy requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1 — Quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Our Level 1 assets consist of money market funds and U.S. government treasury bonds. We did not hold any Level 1 liabilities as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.

Level 2 — Observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

Our Level 2 assets consist of commercial paper, corporate bonds, municipal securities, U.S. government agency and treasury bonds, certificates of deposit, asset-backed securities and our Israeli funds that are mainly invested in insurance policies. We obtain fair values for our Level 2 investments. Our custody bank and asset managers independently use professional pricing services to gather pricing data which may include quoted market prices for identical or comparable financial instruments, or inputs other than


quoted prices that are observable either directly or indirectly, and we are ultimately responsible for these underlying estimates. We did not hold any Level 2 liabilities as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.

Level 3 — Unobservable inputs to the valuation methodology that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the measurement of the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include those whose fair value measurements are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar valuation techniques, as well as significant management judgment or estimation. Certain investments in private companies contain embedded derivatives, which do not require bifurcation as we elected to measure these investments at fair value. Our Level 3 assets consist of notes receivable due on December 31, 2018. We did not hold any Level 3 liabilities as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.

The following table summarizes the reconciliation of assets measured and recorded at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs Level 3 (in thousands):
 Notes Receivable
Balance as of December 31, 2016 (1)
$2,047
Additional notes receivable issued2,000
Accrued interest receivable79
Change in fair value recognized in earnings350
Balance as of December 31, 2017 (1)
$4,476
(1) Balance was reclassified from Long-term notes receivable to Short-term notes receivable as of December 31, 2017

Refer to Note 9 "Commitments and Contingencies" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on our investment with a privately held company.

The following tables summarize our financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 (in thousands):
Description 
Balance as of
December 31, 2017
 
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
 
Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
 Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 3)
Cash equivalents:        
Money market funds $253,155
 $253,155
 $
 $
Commercial paper 7,246
 
 7,246
 
Corporate bonds 2,016
 
 2,016
 
Short-term investments:        
Commercial paper 58,502
 
 58,502
 
Corporate bonds 145,557
 
 145,557
 
U.S. government agency bonds 3,006
 
 3,006
 
U.S. government treasury bonds 60,580
 60,580
 
 
Certificates of deposit 4,386
 
 4,386
 
Long-term investments:        
U.S. government agency bonds 14,955
 
 14,955
 
Corporate bonds 24,993
 
 24,993
 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets:        
Israeli funds 3,075
 
 3,075
 
Short-term notes receivable

 4,476
 
 
 4,476
  $581,947
 $313,735
 $263,736
 $4,476


Description 
Balance as of
December 31, 2016
 
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
 
Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
 Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 3)
Cash equivalents:        
Money market funds $87,179
 $87,179
 $
 $
Commercial paper 2,499
 
 2,499
 
       Corporate bonds 750
 
 750
 
Short-term investments:        
Commercial paper 42,391
 
 42,391
 
Corporate bonds 122,689
 
 122,689
 
Municipal securities 5,847
 
 5,847
 
U.S. government agency bonds 28,908
 
 28,908
 
U.S. government treasury bonds 45,146
 45,146
 
 
Certificates of deposit 6,000
 
 6,000
 
Long-term investments:        
       U.S. government agency bonds 6,789
 
 6,789
 
Corporate bonds 40,812
 
 40,812
 
U.S. government treasury bonds 12,005
 12,005
 
  
Asset-backed securities 177
 
 177
 
Prepaid expenses and other assets:        
Israeli funds 2,956
 
 2,956
 
Other assets:        
       Long-term notes receivable 2,047
 
 
 2,047
  $406,195
 $144,330
 $259,818
 $2,047

Derivative Financial Instruments

We have in the past and may in the future enter into foreign currency forward contracts to minimize the short-term impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations associated with certain assets and liabilities. During 2017, we did not enter into foreign currency forward contracts. We had no foreign currency forward contracts outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and the net gain or loss on forward contracts was not material during the year ended December 31, 2016.

Note 3. Balance Sheet Components


Inventories

Inventories consist of the following (in thousands): 
December 31,
20222021
Raw materials$172,758 $123,234 
Work in progress96,558 51,706 
Finished goods69,436 55,290 
Total inventories$338,752 $230,230 
 December 31,
 2017 2016
Raw materials$12,721
 $9,793
Work in process12,157
 10,773
Finished goods6,810
 6,565
Total inventories$31,688
 $27,131


Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist of the following (in thousands): 

December 31,
20222021
Value added tax receivables$140,484 $93,610 
Prepaid expenses69,124 70,218 
Other current assets16,762 31,477 
Total prepaid expenses and other current assets$226,370 $195,305 


Property, Plant and Equipment, Net

Property, plant and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):
December 31,
Generally Used Estimated Useful Life20222021
Clinical and manufacturing equipmentUp to 10 years$583,776 $452,876 
Building20 years466,003 310,344 
Leasehold improvements
Lease term 1
64,238 61,289 
Computer software and hardware3 years120,544 117,986 
Land58,885 58,869 
Furniture, fixtures and other2-5 years102,933 71,977 
Construction in progress285,202 367,686 
Total1,681,581 1,441,027 
Less: Accumulated depreciation and impairment charges(449,726)(359,101)
Total property, plant and equipment, net$1,231,855 $1,081,926 
   December 31,
 Generally Used Estimated Useful Life 2017 2016
Clinical and manufacturing equipmentUp to 10 years $183,392
 $153,938
Computer hardware3 years 24,933
 27,978
Computer software3 years 54,756
 59,997
Furniture and fixtures5 years 16,271
 10,306
Leasehold improvements
Lease term (1)
 37,756
 22,370
Building20 years 63,887
 7,272
Land 17,630
 3,072
CIP 85,976
 25,948
Total  484,601
 310,881
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization and impairment charges  (135,808) (135,714)
Total property, plant and equipment, net  $348,793
 $175,167

(1)1Shorter of the remaining lease term or the estimated useful lives of assetthe assets


Depreciation and amortization was $37.7$109.8 million, $24.0$92.1 million and $18.0$80.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, 20162022, 2021 and 2015,2020, respectively.


Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities consist of the following (in thousands): 
 December 31,
 20222021
Accrued payroll and benefits$149,508 $288,355 
Accrued income taxes74,323 33,838 
Accrued expenses64,341 67,169 
Accrued sales and marketing expenses36,407 41,387 
Current operating lease liabilities26,574 22,719 
Accrued property, plant and equipment19,922 46,561 
Other accrued liabilities83,299 107,286 
Total accrued liabilities$454,374 $607,315 
75


 December 31,
 2017 2016
Accrued payroll and benefits$103,004
 $79,214
Accrued expenses27,318
 21,811
Accrued income taxes12,405
 4,210
Accrued sales rebate11,209
 10,342
Accrued professional fees6,316
 3,604
Accrued warranty5,929
 3,841
Accrued sales tax and value added tax5,503
 5,032
Other accrued liabilities22,514
 6,278
Total accrued liabilities$194,198
 $134,332

Warranty

We regularly review the balance for accrued warranty and update based on historical warranty trends. Actual warranty costs incurred have not materially differed from those accrued; however, future actual warranty costs could differ from the estimated amounts.

Accrued warranty as of December 31, 20172022 and 20162021, which is included in the “Other accrued liabilities” category of the accrued liabilities table above, consists of the following activity (in thousands):



Accrued warranty as of December 31, 2020$12,615 
Charged to cost of net revenues18,213 
Actual warranty expenditures(14,659)
Accrued warranty as of December 31, 202116,169 
Charged to cost of net revenues16,429 
Actual warranty expenditures(14,725)
Accrued warranty as of December 31, 2022$17,873 

Accrued warranty as of December 31, 2015$2,638
Charged to cost of net revenues4,894
Actual warranty expenditures(3,691)
Accrued warranty as of December 31, 20163,841
Charged to cost of net revenues7,195
Actual warranty expenditures(5,107)
Accrued warranty as of December 31, 2017$5,929
Deferred revenues consist of the following (in thousands):

December 31,
20222021
Deferred revenues - current$1,343,643 $1,152,870 
Deferred revenues - long-term 1
160,662 136,684 
Note 4. Equity Method Investments

On July 25, 2016, we acquired a 17% equity interest, on a fully diluted basis,1Included in SmileDirectClub, LLC (“SDC”) for $46.7 million. The investment is accounted for under an equity method investment, and the investee, SDC, is considered a related party. The investment is reported inOther long-term liabilities within our Consolidated Balance Sheet under equity method investments,

During the year ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, we recordrecognized $3,734.6 million and $3,952.6 million of net revenues, respectively, of which $635.3 million and $481.1 million was included in the deferred revenues balance at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.

Note 4. Leases

Lessee Information

We have operating leases for our proportional sharedigital treatment planning and office facilities, retail spaces, vehicles and office equipment. The components of SDC's income (losses) within equity in losseslease expenses consist of investee, netfollowing (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,
Lease Cost202220212020
Operating lease cost 1
$37,919 $33,241 $27,825 
Variable lease cost 2
22,084 11,134 1,429 
Total lease cost$60,003 $44,375 $29,254 
1Includes expense associated with short term leases of tax, inless than 12 months which is not material
2Includes payments related to agreements with embedded leases that are not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet. These costs are primarily associated with our Consolidated Statementmanufacturing supply arrangements and fluctuate based on factory output and material price changes.

The following table provides a summary of Operations. On July 24, 2017, we purchased an additional 2% equity interest in SDC for $12.8 million. As a result of this purchase, we hold a 19% equity interest in SDC on a fully diluted basis. our operating lease terms and discount rates:
December 31,
Remaining Lease Term and Discount Rate20222021
Weighted average remaining lease term (in years)7.27.8
Weighted average discount rate3.5 %3.2 %

76


As of December 31, 2017 and 2016,2022, the balance offuture payments related to our equity method investments was $54.6 million and $45.1 million, respectively.operating lease liabilities are as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal Year Ending December 31,Operating Leases
2023$30,596 
202424,606 
202519,480 
202616,511 
202713,363 
Thereafter39,449 
Total lease payments144,005 
Less: Imputed interest(17,097)
Total lease liabilities$126,908 
Concurrently with the investment on July 25, 2016, we also entered into a supply agreement with SDC to manufacture clear aligners for SDC's doctor-led, at-home program for simple teeth straightening. The term of the supply agreement expires on December 31, 2019. We commenced supplying aligners to SDC in October 2016. The sale of aligners to SDC and the income from the supply agreement are reported in our Clear Aligner business segment after eliminating outstanding intercompany transactions.
As of December 31, 20172022, we had additional leases that have not yet commenced with future lease payments of $14.3 million. These leases will commence during 2023 with non-cancelable lease terms of three to six years.

Lessor Information

We lease iTero intraoral scanners to customers which are classified as operating leases. Our portfolio of leased iTero scanners included in Property, plant and 2016,equipment, net are as follows:

December 31,
20222021
Scanners under operating leases, gross$22,914 $10,927 
Less: accumulated depreciation(3,919)(785)
Scanners under operating leases, net$18,995 $10,142 

As of December 31, 2022, the balance of accounts receivablefuture lease payments due from SDC was $14.3 million and $0.1 million, respectively. to us are as follows (in thousands):
Fiscal Year Ending December 31,Operating Leases
2023$15,714 
202413,967 
20256,202 
Total lease payments$35,883 

For the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, net revenues recognized from SDC were $24.12022, operating lease income was $12.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively.

On July 25, 2016, we entered into a Loan and Security Agreement (the "Loan Agreement") with SDC and amended on July 24, 2017 where we agreed to provide SDC a loan of up to $30.0 million in one or more advances. As of December 31, 2017, $30.0 million of advances under the Loan Agreement were outstanding and no outstanding advances as of December 31, 2016. On February 7, 2018, $30.0 million of outstanding advances and related accrued interest were repaid in full, and the Loan Agreement was terminated (Refer to Note 9 "Commitments and Contingencies" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for information on the Loan and Security Agreement with SDC).

In February 2018, we received a communication on behalf of SDC Financial LLC, SmileDirectClub LLC, and the Members of SDC Financial LLC other than Align (collectively, the "SDC Entities") alleging that the launch and operation of our Invisalign store pilot program constitutes a breach of non-compete provisions applicable to the members of SDC Financial LLC, including Align. As a result of this alleged breach, SDC Financial LLC has notified Align that its members (other than Align) seek to exercise a right to repurchase all of Align’s SDC Financial LLC membership interests for a purchase price equal to the current capital account balance of Align. The SDC Entities also allege that Align has breached confidentiality provisions applicable to the SDC Financial LLC members and demands that Align cease all activities related to the Invisalign store pilot project, close existing Invisalign stores and cease using SDC’s confidential information. Align disputes the allegations that it has breached its obligations to the SDC Entities, including the allegation that the SDC Entities are entitled to exercise a repurchase right. Pursuant to the parties’ agreement, the dispute will be arbitrated if it is not resolved through negotiations. We are currently evaluating the potential impact that this could have on our consolidated financial statements.

Note 5. Business Combinations

During the first quarter of 2017, we completed the acquisitions of certain distributors for the total estimated cash consideration of approximately $9.5 million including cash acquired. We preliminarily recorded $1.9 million of net tangible liabilities, $8.2 million of identifiable intangible assets and $3.2 million of goodwill. The preliminary fair values of net tangible liabilities and identifiable intangible assets acquired are based on preliminary valuations, and our estimates and assumptions are subject to change within the measurement period (up to one year from the acquisition date).



The goodwill is primarily related to the benefit we expect to obtain from direct sales as we believe that the transition from our distributor arrangements to a direct sales model will increase our net revenues in the region as we will experience higher average sales prices (“ASP”) compared to our discounted ASP under the distribution agreements. The goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes.

Pro forma results of operations for these acquisitions have not been presented as they are not material to our results of operations, either individually or in aggregate, for the periodyears ended December 31, 2017.2021 and 2020, operating lease income was not material.


77


Note 6.5. Goodwill and Intangible Assets


During the year ended December 31, 2022, we completed an immaterial business combination which increased goodwill and existing technology intangible assets.

Goodwill


The change in the carrying value of goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2017, all attributable to our Clear Aligner reporting unit,2022 and 2021, categorized by reportable segments, is as follows (in thousands):
 Total
Balance as of December 31, 2015$61,074
Adjustments (1)
(30)
Balance as of December 31, 201661,044
Goodwill from distributor acquisitions3,247
Adjustments (1)
323
Balance as of December 31, 2017$64,614
Clear AlignerSystems and ServicesTotal
Balance as of December 31, 2020$112,691 $332,126 $444,817 
Additions from acquisition3,646 — 3,646 
Foreign currency translation adjustments(4,129)(25,787)(29,916)
Balance as of December 31, 2021112,208 306,339 418,547 
Additions from acquisition— 8,729 8,729 
Foreign currency translation adjustments(2,728)(16,997)(19,725)
Balance as of December 31, 2022$109,480 $298,071 $407,551 
(1) The adjustments to goodwill during the period were related to foreign currency translation and/or purchase accounting adjustments within the measurement period.
Impairment of Goodwill


We evaluate goodwill for impairment at least annually on November 30th or more frequently if indicators are present, an event occurs or circumstances changes that suggest an impairment may exist and that it would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. The allocation of goodwill to the respective reporting units is based on relative synergies generated as a result of an acquisition.  

Annual Impairment Test

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2017, we performed thecompleted our annual goodwill impairment testingassessments in 2022 and found2021 and determined there were no impairment as the fair value of our Clear Aligner reporting unit was significantly in excess of its carrying value.impairments.

Intangible Long-Lived Assets


We amortize ourAcquired intangible long-lived assets were as follows, excluding intangibles that were fully amortized (in thousands):
Weighted Average Amortization Period (in years)
Gross Carrying Amount as of
December 31, 2022
Accumulated
Amortization
Accumulated Impairment Loss
Net Carrying
Value as of
December 31, 2022
Existing technology10$112,051 $(33,537)$(4,328)$74,186 
Customer relationships1021,500 (5,913)— 15,587 
Trademarks and tradenames1017,200 (6,442)(4,122)6,636 
Patents86,511 (5,288)— 1,223 
$157,262 $(51,180)$(8,450)97,632 
Foreign currency translation adjustments(1,912)
Total intangible assets, net 1
$95,720 
1    Also includes $33.5 million of fully amortized intangible assets over their estimated useful lives. We evaluate long-lived assets, which includes property, plant and equipment and intangible assets, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. The carrying value is not recoverable if it exceeds the undiscounted cash flows resulting from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. Our estimates of future cash flows attributablerelated to our long-lived assets require significant judgment based on our historical and anticipated results and are subject to many factors. Factors we consider important which could trigger an impairment review include significant negative industry or economic trends, significant loss of customers and changes in the competitive environment of our intraoral scanning business.customer relationships.


Weighted Average Amortization Period (in years)
Gross Carrying
Amount as of
December 31, 2021
Accumulated
Amortization
Accumulated Impairment Loss
Net Carrying
Value as of
December 31, 2021
Existing technology10$104,531 $(22,495)$(4,328)$77,708 
Customer relationships1155,000 (25,891)(10,751)18,358 
Trademarks and tradenames1017,200 (4,547)(4,179)8,474 
Patents86,511 (4,495)— 2,016 
$183,242 $(57,428)$(19,258)106,556 
Foreign currency translation adjustments3,153 
Total intangible assets, net$109,709 

There were no triggering events in 20172022 or 2021 that would cause impairments of our intangible long-lived assets.

Acquired intangible long-lived assets are being amortized as follows (in thousands):


78


 Weighted Average Amortization Period (in years) 
Gross Carrying Amount as of
December 31, 2017
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 Accumulated Impairment Loss 
Net Carrying
Value as of
December 31, 2017
Trademarks15 $7,100
 $(1,769) $(4,179) $1,152
Existing technology13 12,600
 (4,704) (4,328) 3,568
Customer relationships11 33,500
 (14,681) (10,751) 8,068
Reacquired rights1
3 7,500
 (1,356) 
 6,144
Patents8 6,798
 (1,504) 
 5,294
Other2 618
 (390) 
 228
Total intangible assets  $68,116
 $(24,404) $(19,258) $24,454
 Weighted Average Amortization Period (in years) 
Gross Carrying
Amount as of
December 31, 2016
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 Accumulated Impairment Loss 
Net Carrying
Value as of
December 31, 2016
Trademarks15 $7,100
 $(1,631) $(4,179) $1,290
Existing technology13 12,600
 (4,141) (4,328) 4,131
Customer relationships11 33,500
 (12,819) (10,751) 9,930
Patents8 6,316
 (713) 
 5,603
Total intangible assets  $59,516
 $(19,304) $(19,258) $20,954

1 The fair value of reacquired rights obtained from distributor acquisitions during the first quarter of fiscal year 2017 is valued using the income approach. In addition, we effectively settled the pre-existing relationship with the distributors by assessing whether the distributor agreements include favorable or unfavorable terms compared to current market rates. Based on the assessment, we determined that the distributor agreements had terms that are consistent with market rates and, therefore, no settlement gains or losses are recorded associated with the acquisition.
The total estimated annual future amortization expense for these acquired intangible assets as of December 31, 20172022 is as follows (in thousands):
Fiscal YearAmortization
2023$16,501 
202415,335 
202514,959 
202614,353 
202711,992 
Thereafter24,492 
Total$97,632 
Fiscal Year 
2018$6,379
20196,265
20203,869
20213,389
20222,116
Thereafter2,436
Total$24,454


Amortization expense was $16.0 million, $16.6 million and $13.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Note 7.6. Credit Facility


We have a credit facility that provides for a $50.0$300.0 million unsecured revolving line of credit, along with a $10.0$50.0 million letter of credit. TheOn December 23, 2022, we amended certain provisions in our credit facility which included extending the maturity date on the facility to December 23, 2027 and replacing the interest rate from the existing LIBOR with SOFR (“2022 Credit Facility”). The 2022 Credit Facility requires us to comply with specific financial conditions and performance requirements. On February 10, 2017, we amendedLoans under the credit facility and extended the maturity date to March 22, 2018. The loans bear interest, at our option, at a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the daily one-month adjusted LIBOR rate plus a spread of 1.75% or an adjusted LIBOR rate (based on one, three, six or twelve-month interest periods) plus a spread of 1.75%. On July 24, 2017, we amended the credit facility's negative covenants to allow for a Costa Rica building purchase, an additional equity interest in SDC and an increase in SDC's loan limit. As of December 31, 2017, we had no outstanding borrowings under this credit facility and were in compliance with the conditions and performance requirements (Refer to Note 4 "Equity Method Investments" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for information on the additional equity interest in SDC and Refer to Note 9 "Commitments and Contingencies" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for information on the Costa Rica building purchase and SDC loan agreement).

On February 27, 2018, we entered into a new credit facility for a $200.0 million revolving line of credit, with a $50.0 million


letter of credit, and a maturity date of February 27, 2021, replacing the existing credit facility. The credit facility requires us to comply with specific financial conditions and performance requirements. The loans2022 Credit Facility bear interest, at our option, at either a rate based on the reserve adjusted LIBORSOFR for the applicable interest period or a base rate, in each case plus a margin. The base rate isAs of December 31, 2022, we had no outstanding borrowings under the highest of2022 Credit Facility and were in compliance with the credit facility’s publicly announced prime rate, the federal funds rate plus 0.50%conditions and one month LIBOR plus 1.0%. The margin ranges from 1.25% to 1.75% for LIBOR loans and 0.25% to 0.75% for base rate loans. Interest on the loans is payable quarterlyperformance requirements in arrears with respect to base rate loans and at the end of an interest period (and at three month intervals if the interest period exceeds three months) in the case of LIBOR loans. Principal, together with accrued and unpaid interest, is due on the maturity date.all material respects.


Note 8.7. Legal Proceedings
    
Securities Class Action2019 Shareholder Derivative Lawsuit


On November 28, 2012, plaintiff City of Dearborn Heights Act 345 Police & Fire Retirement SystemIn January 2019, three derivative lawsuits were filed a lawsuit against Align, Thomas M. Prescott (“Mr. Prescott”), Align’s former President and Chief Executive Officer, and Kenneth B. Arola (“Mr. Arola”), Align’s former Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer, in the United StatesU.S. District Court for the Northern District of California which were later consolidated, purportedly on our behalf, naming as defendants the then current members of our Board of Directors along with certain of our executive officers. The complaints assert various state law causes of action, including for breaches of fiduciary duty, insider trading, and unjust enrichment. The complaints seek unspecified monetary damages on our behalf, which is named solely as a nominal defendant against whom no recovery is sought, as well as disgorgement and the costs and expenses associated with the litigation, including attorneys’ fees. The consolidated action is currently stayed. Defendants have not yet responded to the complaints.

On April 12, 2019, a derivative lawsuit was also filed in California Superior Court for Santa Clara County, purportedly on our behalf, naming as defendants the members of our Board of Directors along with certain of our executive officers. The allegations in the complaint are similar to those in the derivative suits described above. The matter is currently stayed. Defendants have not yet responded to the complaint.

We believe these claims are without merit. We are currently unable to predict the outcome of these lawsuits and therefore cannot determine the likelihood of loss nor estimate a range of possible loss.

2020 Securities Class Action Lawsuit

On March 2, 2020, a class action lawsuit against us and two of our executive officers was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York (later transferred to the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California) on behalf of a purported class of purchasers of our common stock. The complaint alleged claims under the federal securities laws and sought monetary damages in an unspecified amount and costs and expenses incurred in the litigation. The lead plaintiff filed an amended complaint on August 4, 2020 against us and three of our executive officers alleging similar claims as in the initial complaint on behalf of a purported class of purchasers of our common stock (the “Securities Action”).from April 25, 2019 to July 24, 2019. On July 11, 2013, an amended complaint was filed, which named the same defendants, on behalf of a purported class of purchasers of our common stock between January 31, 2012 and October 17, 2012. The amended complaint alleged that Align, Mr. Prescott and Mr. Arola violated Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder, and that Mr. Prescott and Mr. Arola violated Section 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Specifically, the amended complaint alleged that during the purported class period defendants failed to take an appropriate goodwill impairment charge related to the AprilMarch 29, 2011 acquisition of Cadent Holdings, Inc. in the fourth quarter of 2011, the first quarter of 2012 and the second quarter of 2012, which rendered our financial statements and projections of future earnings materially false and misleading and in violation of U.S. GAAP. The amended complaint sought monetary damages in an unspecified amount, costs and attorneys’ fees. On December 9, 2013, the court granted2021, defendants’ motion to dismiss the amended complaint was granted with leave for the lead plaintiff to file a secondfurther amended complaint. On April 22, 2021, lead plaintiff filed a notice stating it would not file a further amended complaint. On April 23, 2021, the Court dismissed the action with prejudice and judgment was entered. Lead plaintiff filed a notice of appeal on April 28, 2021 and filed its opening appeal brief with the United States Court of Appeals for the Ninth
79


Circuit on September 1, 2021. The defendants-appellees filed their answering brief on November 22, 2021. The lead plaintiff-appellant’s reply brief was filed on January 12, 2022. Oral argument was held on March 10, 2022. On July 8, 2022, a panel of the Ninth Circuit affirmed the district court order dismissing the complaint. On July 21, 2022, plaintiff-appellant filed a petition for rehearing or hearing en banc, which the court denied on August 15, 2022. On November 14, 2022, the deadline for plaintiff-appellant to file a petition for writ of certiorari to the United States Supreme Court passed without plaintiff-appellant filing a petition, finally resolving this matter in our favor.

Antitrust Class Actions

On June 5, 2020, a dental practice named Simon and Simon, PC doing business as City Smiles brought an antitrust action in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California on behalf of itself and a putative class of similarly situated practices seeking monetary damages and injunctive relief relating to our alleged market activities in alleged clear aligner and intraoral scanner markets. Plaintiff filed an amended complaint and added VIP Dental Spas as a plaintiff on August 14, 2020. A jury trial is scheduled to begin in this matter on June 29, 2024. We believe the plaintiffs’ claims are without merit and we intend to vigorously defend ourselves.

On May 3, 2021, an individual named Misty Snow brought an antitrust action in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California on behalf of herself and a putative class of similarly situated individuals seeking monetary damages and injunctive relief relating to our alleged market activities in alleged clear aligner and intraoral scanner markets. Plaintiff filed an amended complaint on July 30, 2021 adding new plaintiffs and various state law claims. Plaintiffs filed a second amended complaint on January 8, 2014 on behalf of the same purported class. The second amended complaint states the same claims as theOctober 21, 2021. On March 2, 2022, Plaintiffs filed a third amended complaint. On August 22, 2014, the court granted our motion to dismiss without leave to amend. On September 22, 2014, PlaintiffOctober 3, 2022, Plaintiffs filed a noticefourth amended complaint. A jury trial is scheduled to begin in this matter on June 29, 2024 for issues related to Section 2 allegations. A jury trial is scheduled to begin in this matter on September 30, 2024 for issues related to Section 1 allegations. We believe the plaintiffs’ claims are without merit and we intend to vigorously defend ourselves.

We are currently unable to predict the outcome of appealthese lawsuits and therefore we cannot determine the likelihood of loss, if any, nor estimate a range of possible loss.

SDC Dispute

On August 27, 2020, we initiated a confidential arbitration proceeding against SmileDirectClub LLC (“SDC”) before the American Arbitration Association in San Jose, California. This arbitration relates to the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals. Briefing forStrategic Supply Agreement (“Supply Agreement”) entered into between the appeal was completedparties in May 2015 and the Ninth Circuit held oral arguments in October 2016. On May 5, 2017, the Ninth Circuit affirmed the district court's dismissal of the complaint. Plaintiff filed a request for rehearing that was denied by the Ninth Circuit on June 14, 2017. Plaintiff had 90 days following the June 14 Order to file a petition for a writ of certiorari with the United States Supreme Court which has passed and this case has been dismissed without leave to amend.

Shareholder Derivative Lawsuit

On February 1, 2013, plaintiff Gary Udis filed a shareholder derivative lawsuit against several of Align’s current and former officers and directors in the Superior Court of California, County of Santa Clara. The complaint alleges that our reported income and earnings were materially overstated because of a failureSDC breached the Supply Agreements terms, causing damages to timely write down goodwill related to the April 29, 2011 acquisition of Cadent Holdings, Inc., and that defendants made allegedly false statements concerning our forecasts. The complaint asserts various state law causes of action, including claims of breach of fiduciary duty, unjust enrichment, and insider trading, among others. The complaint seeks unspecified damages on behalf of Align, which is named solely as nominal defendant against whom no recovery is sought. The complaint also seeks an order directing Align to reform and improve its corporate governance and internal procedures, and seeks restitutionus in an unspecified amount costs,to be determined. On January 19, 2021, SDC filed a counterclaim alleging that we breached the Supply Agreement. On May 3, 2022, SDC filed an additional counterclaim alleging that we breached the Supply Agreement. We deny SDC's allegations in the counterclaims and attorneys’ fees. On July 8, 2013, an Order was entered staying this derivative lawsuit until an initial rulingwe intend to vigorously defend ourselves against them. The arbitration hearing on our claims and SDC’s first counterclaim was held on July 18-27, 2022 in Chicago, Illinois.

On October 27, 2022, the arbitrator issued an interim award on our claims and SDC’s first counterclaim finding that SDC breached the Supply Agreement, we did not breach the Supply Agreement, and SDC caused harm to us. Based on these findings, the arbitrator awarded us an interim award that, when confirmed, may be material to our results in the quarter reported.

On December 2, 2022, SDC filed a motion to dismissre-open the Securities Action. On January 15, 2014, an Orderarbitrator’s interim award in Align’s favor. We anticipate recognizing the amount ultimately realizable following confirmation of the final award.

The arbitration hearing on SDC’s second counterclaim was entered staying this derivative lawsuit until an initial rulingheld on ourFebruary 21-23, 2023 in Chicago, Illinois. We are currently unable to predict the outcome of SDC’s second motion to dismisscounterclaim and therefore cannot determine the Securities Action. On October 14, 2014, an Order was entered staying this derivative lawsuit untillikelihood of loss or success nor estimate a ruling by the Ninth Circuit in the Securities Action discussed above. On June 28, 2017, the Court entered an Order dismissing this action with prejudice pursuant to a joint stipulation between the parties.range of possible loss or success, if any.

Patent Infringement Lawsuit

On November 14, 2017, Align filed six patent infringement lawsuits asserting 26 patents against 3Shape A/S, a Danish corporation, and a related U.S. corporate entity, asserting that 3Shape's Trios intraoral scanning system and Dental System software infringe Align patents. Align filed two Section 337 complaints with the U.S. International Trade Commission (ITC) alleging that 3Shape violates U.S. trade laws by selling for importation and importing its infringing Trios intraoral scanning system and Dental


System software. Align's ITC complaints seek cease and desist orders and exclusion orders prohibiting the importation of 3Shape's Trios scanning system and Dental System software products into the U.S. Align also filed four separate complaints in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware alleging patent infringement by 3Shape's Trios intraoral scanning system and Dental System software. All of these district court complaints seek monetary damages and injunctive relief against further infringement.


In addition to the above, in the ordinary course of Align'sour operations, Align iswe are involved in a variety of claims, suits, investigations, and proceedings, including actions with respect to intellectual property claims, patent infringement claims, government investigations, labor and employment claims, breach of contract claims, tax, and other matters. Regardless of the outcome, these proceedings can have an adverse impact on us because of defense costs, diversion of management resources, and other factors. Although the results of complex legal proceedings are difficult to predict and Align'sour view of these matters may change in the future as litigation and events related thereto unfold; Alignwe currently doesdo not believe that these matters, individually or in the aggregate, will materially affect Align'sour financial position, results of operations or cash flows.


80


Note 9.8. Commitments and Contingencies


Operating LeasesUnconditional Purchase Obligations


We lease our facilities and certain equipment and automobiles under non-cancelable operating lease arrangements that expire at various dates through 2027 and provide for pre-negotiated fixed rental rates during the terms of the lease. The terms of some of our leases provide for rental payments on a graduated scale. We recognize rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease period. Total rent expense was $13.8 million, $9.9 million and $8.2 million, for the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Sublease income is not material and excluded from the table below.
Minimum future lease payments for non-cancelable leases as of December 31, 2017, are as follows (in thousands):
Fiscal YearOperating Leases
2018$14,799
201913,260
20209,759
20218,137
20226,027
Thereafter9,573
Total minimum lease payments$61,555

Other Commitments

On July 25, 2016,October 30, 2020, we entered into a Loan and Security Agreement (the "Loan Agreement") with SmileDirectClub, LLC ("SDC") where we agreed to provide a loan of up to $15.0 million in one or more advances to SDC (the "Loan Facility"). On July 24, 2017, we amended the Loan Agreement with SDC to increase the line of credit up to $30.0 million. Available advances under the Loan Facility are subject to a borrowing base of 80% of SDC's eligible accounts receivable, determined in accordance with the terms of the Loan Agreement, and the satisfaction of other customary conditions. The advances bear interest, paid quarterly, at the rate of 7% per annum. Advances that are repaid or prepaid may be reborrowed. All outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest on the advances are due and payable on July 25, 2021. SDC's obligations in respect of the Loan Agreement are collateralized by a security interest in substantially all of SDC's assets. As of December 31, 2017, $30.0 million of advances under the Loan Facility were outstanding. On February 7, 2018, $30.0 million of outstanding advances and related accrued interest were repaid in full and the Loan Agreement was terminated (Refer to Note 4 "Equity Method Investments" of the Notes of Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on our investments in SDC).

We have entered into certain investments with a privately held company where we have committed to purchase up to $5.0 million in convertible promissory notes. The first convertible promissory note was issued on July 14, 2016 for $2.0 million and a second convertible promissory note was issued on June 5, 2017 for $2.0 million. Both notes were outstanding as of December 31, 2017. The remaining $1.0 million available is conditioned upon achievement of certain business milestones. The notes all mature on December 30, 2018 and accrue interest annually at 2.5%.



On June 30, 2017, we entered into a non-cancelable Addendum to the Master Subscription Agreementsubscription agreement with a software company to renew our software license subscription for the total price of $50.0 million over the next three years starting on January 1, 2018.

On July 24, 2017, we entered into a Purchase and Sale Agreement to purchase a new Costa Rica treatment planning facility located in the Republic of Costa Rica for a purchase pricetotal consideration of $26.1$95.2 million. As of December 31, 2017,2022, we made paymentshad a remaining commitment of $20.9 million. On January 8, 2018, we$23.8 million which is expected to be paid the final payment of $5.2 million and closed the Purchase and Sale Agreement.through 2024.


On November 9, 2017,December 6, 2020, we entered into a supply agreement for certain components used for our manufacturing operations. As of December 31, 2022, we had purchase commitments of $85.8 million which is expected to be paid through 2025.

On June 24, 2021, we entered into an Investment Agreementamended purchase agreement with the People’s Republic of China (“China Government”) where we have committedan existing single source supplier which requires us to investpurchase aligner material for a minimum amount of $46.0approximately $348.0 million in Ziyang, China over five years to establish manufacturing operations.from 2023 through 2026.


On November 15, 2017,March 11, 2022, we entered into another Purchasean amended promotional rights agreement with a third-party which includes advertising and Sale Agreement to purchase a building located in the Republic of Costa Rica for a purchase price of $25.6 million. The building will be used to support treatment planning and corporate administrative activities.media coverage. As of December 31, 2017,2022, we made paymentshad a remaining commitment of $6.8$60.0 million and the remaining payments are due in 2018.which is expected to be paid through 2026.


On November 27, 2017,December 9, 2022, we entered into a purchasecloud services agreement with one ofto support our existing single source suppliers. Under the terms of the agreement, we are requiredproduction operations and research and development efforts for clinical applications which requires us to purchase amake minimum approximately $305.2purchases totaling $145.0 million of aligner materials over the next 4 years.from 2023 through 2027.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements


As of December 31, 2017,2022, we had no material off-balance sheet arrangements that have, or are reasonably likely to have, a current or future material effect on our consolidated financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources other than certain items disclosed in Other Commitmentsthe Unconditional Purchase Obligations section above.


Indemnification Provisions


In the normal course of business to facilitate transactions in our services and products, we indemnify certain parties: customers, vendors, lessors, and other parties with respect to certain matters, including, but not limited to, services to be provided by us and intellectual property infringement claims made by third parties. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and our executive officers that will require us, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers. Several of these agreements limit the time within which an indemnification claim can be made and the amount of the claim.


It is not possible to make a reasonable estimate of the maximum potential amount under these indemnification agreements due to the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular agreement. Additionally, we have a limited history of prior indemnification claims and the payments we have made under such agreements have not had a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows or financial position. However, to the extent that valid indemnification claims arise in the future, future payments by us could be significant and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or cash flows in a particular period. As of December 31, 2017,2022, we did not have any material indemnification claims that were probable or reasonably possible.


Note 10.9. Stockholders’ Equity


Common Stock


The holders of common stock are entitled to receive dividends whenever funds are legally available and when and if declared by the Board of Directors. We have never declared or paid dividends on our common stock.


Stock-Based Compensation Plans


Our 2005 Incentive Plan, as amended, provides for the granting of incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options, restricted stock, units, market stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares to employees, non-employee directors and consultants. Shares granted on or after May 16, 2013 as an award of restricted stock, restricted stock unit,


market stock units, performance shareshares or performance unit ("units (“full value awards"awards”) are counted against the authorized share reserve as one and nine-tenths (19/10) shares for every one (1) share subject to the award, and any shares canceled that were counted as one and nine-tenths against the plan reserve will be returned at the same ratio. Full value awards granted prior to May 16, 2013 were counted against the authorized share reserve as one and one half (1 1/2) share for every one (1) share subject to the award, and any shares canceled that were counted as one and one half against the plan reserve will be returned at this same ratio.

81



As of December 31, 2017,2022, the 2005 Incentive Plan, (as amended)as amended, has a total reserve of 27,783,379 shares for issuance of which 6,885,2483,760,672 shares are available for issuance. We issue new shares from our pool of authorized but unissued shares to satisfy the exercise and vesting obligations of our stock-based compensation plans.

Summary of Stock-Based Compensation Expense


Stock-based compensation is based on the estimated fair value of awards, net of estimated forfeitures, and recognized over the requisite service period. Estimated forfeitures are based on historical experience at the time of grant and may be revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The stock-based compensation related to all of our stock-based awards and employee stock purchasespurchase plan for the year ended December 31, 2017, 20162022, 2021 and 20152020 is as follows (in thousands):
 Year Ended December 31,
 202220212020
Cost of net revenues$6,438 $5,633 $4,719 
Selling, general and administrative103,134 90,659 78,500 
Research and development23,795 18,044 15,208 
Total stock-based compensation$133,367 $114,336 $98,427 
 For the Year Ended December 31,
 2017 2016 2015
Cost of net revenues$3,330
 $3,966
 $3,938
Selling, general and administrative46,550
 42,612
 40,813
Research and development8,974
 7,570
 8,192
Total stock-based compensation$58,854
 $54,148
 $52,943


Stock Options

We have not granted options since 2011 and all outstanding options were fully vested and associatedThe income tax benefit related to stock-based compensation was recognized as of December 31, 2015. Activity$14.9 million, $13.8 million and $11.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, under the stock option plans is set forth below:2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
 Stock Options
 
Number of
Shares
Underlying
Stock Options
(in thousands)
 
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price per Share
 
Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(in years)
 
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(in thousands)
Outstanding as of December 31, 2016222
 $14.90
    
Granted
 
    
Exercised(143) 16.66
    
Cancelled or expired(4) 18.16
    
Outstanding as of December 31, 201775
 $11.36
 0.93 $15,752
Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 201775
 $11.36
 0.93 $15,752
Exercisable at December 31, 201775
 $11.36
 0.93 $15,752

The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the difference between our closing stock price on the last trading day in 2017 and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options on the last trading day of 2017. This amount will fluctuate based on the fair market value of our stock. The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised for the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $18.1 million, $18.2 million and $7.4 million, respectively. The total fair value of the options vested during the year ended December 31, 2015 was not material.


Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”)


The fair value of restricted stock units (“RSUs”)RSUs is based on our closing stock price on the date of grant. RSUs granted generally vest over a period of four years. A summary for the year ended December 31, 2017,2022 is as follows:

Number of Shares
Underlying RSUs
(in thousands)
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair ValueWeighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(in years)
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)
Unvested as of December 31, 2021492 $369.17 
Granted248 469.12 
Vested and released(200)333.76 
Forfeited(51)437.05 
Unvested as of December 31, 2022489 $427.23 1.2$103,138 

 
Shares
Underlying  RSUs
(in thousands)
 Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value 
Weighted
Remaining
Vesting Period
(in years)
 
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(in thousands)
Nonvested as of December 31, 20161,789
 $58.39
    
Granted487
 118.77
    
Vested and released(852) 54.24
    
Forfeited(83) 69.06
    
Nonvested as of December 31, 20171,341
 $82.30
 1.18 $297,973


The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (calculated by multiplying our closing stock price on the last trading day of 20172022 by the number of nonvestedunvested RSUs) that would have been received by the unit holders had all RSUs been vested and released as of the last trading day of 2017.2022. This amount will fluctuate based on the fair market value of our stock. During 2017,2022, of the 851,693199,832 shares vested and released, 287,79059,115 shares vested were withheld for employee minimum statutory tax obligations, resulting in a net issuance of 563,903140,717 shares.


The total intrinsic value of RSUs vested and released during 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $99.5 million, $59.8 million and $45.9 million, respectively. The total fair value of RSUs vested as of their respective vesting dates during the year ended December 31, 2017, 20162022, 2021 and 20152020 was $46.2$93.7 million, $39.1$158.8 million and $30.0$89.6 million, respectively. The weighted average grant date fair value of RSUs granted during 2017, 20162022, 2021 and 20152020 was $118.77, $67.82$469.12, $600.10 and $57.78,$267.24, respectively. As of December 31, 2017, there was $72.92022, we expect to recognize $133.4 million of total unamortized compensation costs, net of estimated forfeitures, related to RSUs and these costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.12.2 years.


Market-Performance Based Restricted Stock Units

On an annual basis, we grant market-performance based restricted stock units (“MSUs”)

We grant MSUs to our executive officers.members of senior management. Each MSU represents the right to one share of Align’sour common stock and will be issued through our amended 2005 Incentive Plan.stock. The actual number of MSUs which will be eligible to vest will be based on the performance of Align’sour stock price relative to the performance of the NASDAQ Composite Indexa stock market index over the vesting period. MSUs vest over a period generally two toof three years upand the maximum number eligible to 200%vest in the future is 250% of the MSUs initially granted.


82


The following table summarizes the MSU performance as ofactivity for the year ended December 31, 2017:2022:
Number of Shares
Underlying MSUs
(in thousands)
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair ValueWeighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(in years)
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)
Unvested as of December 31, 2021174 $551.57 
Granted 1
101 607.96 
Vested and released(128)396.10 
Forfeited(3)744.39 
Unvested as of December 31, 2022144 $725.73 1.0$30,384 
 
Number of Shares
Underlying MSUs
(in thousands)
 Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value 
Weighted Average
Remaining
Vesting Period
(in years)
 
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)
Nonvested as of December 31, 2016520
 $60.49
 
 

Granted201
 88.80
    
Vested and released(283) 53.11
    
Forfeited(10) 64.50
    
Nonvested as of December 31, 2017428
 $78.53
 0.97 $95,120
1 Includes MSUs vested during the period above 100% of the grant as actual shares released is based on our stock performance over the vesting period

The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (calculated by multiplying our closing stock price on the last trading day of 20172022 by the number of nonvestedunvested MSUs) that would have been received by the unit holders had all MSUs been vested and released as of the last trading day of 2017.2022. This amount will fluctuate based on the fair market value of our stock. During 2017,2022, of the 282,548128,259 shares vested and released, 118,56249,524 shares were withheld for employee statutory tax payments,obligations, resulting in a net issuance of 163,98678,735 shares.


The total intrinsic value of MSUs vested and released during 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $28.8 million, $17.4 million and $9.2 million, respectively. The total fair value of MSUs vested as of their respective vesting dates during the year ended December 31, 2017, 20162022, 2021 and 20152020 was $15.0$64.0 million, $9.9$135.6 million and $4.9$47.1 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2017,2022, we expect to recognize $12.2$40.1 million of total unamortized compensation cost,costs, net of estimated forfeitures, related to MSUs over a weighted average period of 1.0 years.year.


The fair value of MSUs is estimated at the grant date using a Monte Carlo simulation that includes factors for market conditions. The following weighted-averageweighted average assumptions used in the Monte Carlo simulation were as follows:

 Year Ended December 31,
 202220212020
Expected term (in years)3.03.03.0
Expected volatility53.8 %56.3 %44.4 %
Risk-free interest rate1.7 %0.2 %1.4 %
Expected dividends— — — 
Weighted average fair value per share at grant date$915.22 $1,102.09 $392.67 

Restricted Stock Units with Performance Conditions (“PSUs”)
 Year Ended December 31,
 2017 2016 2015
Expected term (in years)3.0
 3.0
 3.0
Expected volatility28.9% 34.0% 36.9%
Risk-free interest rate1.5% 0.9% 1.0%
Expected dividends
 
 
Weighted average fair value per share at grant date$120.39
 $68.88
 $61.73


In the fourth quarter of 2022, we granted PSUs to certain employees which are eligible to vest based on the achievement of project-based milestones over a term of 2.2 years. Total PSUs granted were 4,728 and the weighted average grant date fair value for the PSUs was $201.63.
Total payments to tax authorities for payroll taxes related to RSUs, including MSUs, that vested during the period were $46.2 million, $29.9 million and $20.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and are reflected as a financing activity in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP)


In May 2010, our shareholdersstockholders approved the 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “2010 Purchase Plan”), which consists of consecutive overlapping twenty-four month offering periods with four six-month purchase periods in each offering period. Employees purchase shares at 85% of the lower of the fair market value of the common stock at either the beginning of the offering period or the end of the purchase period. The 2010 Purchase Plan will continue until terminated by either the Board of Directors or its administrator. The 2010 Purchase Plan also allows for purchase rights to employees outside the U.S. and Canada with six-month offering periods and purchase periods. In May 2021, the 2010 Purchase Plan was amended and restated to increase the maximum number of shares available for issuance under the 2010 Purchase Plan is 2,400,000purchase to 4,400,000 shares.


The following table summarizes the ESPP shares issued:
Year Ended December 31,
202220212020
Number of shares issued (in thousands)86 131 116 
Weighted average price$305.24 $195.44 $175.69 
 Year Ended December 31,
 2017 2016 2015
Number of shares issued (in thousands)202
 197
 230
Weighted average price$59.93
 $48.65
 $36.66


As of December 31, 2017, 735,3012022, 2,108,898 shares remain available for future issuance.


83


The fair value of the option component of the 2010 Purchase Plan shares was estimated at the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:
 Year Ended December 31,
  
202220212020
Expected term (in years)1.51.11.0
Expected volatility50.2 %52.7 %55.0 %
Risk-free interest rate1.8 %0.1 %0.9 %
Expected dividends— — — 
Weighted average fair value at grant date$159.44 $246.84 $96.94 
 Year Ended December 31,
  
2017 2016 2015
Expected term (in years)1.2
 1.2
 1.2
Expected volatility26.8% 30.5% 31.1%
Risk-free interest rate1.0% 0.7% 0.3%
Expected dividends
 
 
Weighted average fair value at grant date$31.36
 $22.23
 $16.19

We recognized stock-based compensation expense related to our employee stock purchase plan of $5.4$23.5 million, $2.7$12.2 million and $4.1$10.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, 20162022, 2021 and 2015,2020, respectively. As of December 31, 2017, there was $2.72022, we expect to recognize $14.8 million of total unamortized compensation costs related to future employee stock purchases which we expect to be recognized over a weighted average period of 0.6 years.0.9 year.


Note 11.10. Common Stock Repurchase ProgramPrograms


April 2014 Repurchase Program

On April 23, 2014, we announced thatIn May 2018, our Board of Directors had authorized a stockplan to repurchase program ("April 2014 Repurchase Program") pursuant to which we may purchase up to $300.0$600.0 million of our common stock over(“May 2018 Repurchase Program”). As of December 31, 2021, the authorization under the May 2018 Repurchase Program was completed. In May 2021, our Board of Directors authorized a three year period.plan to repurchase up to $1.0 billion of our common stock (“May 2021 Repurchase Program”). As of December 31, 2022, we have $249.9 million available for repurchases under the May 2021 Repurchase Program.



Subsequent to the fourth quarter, in January 2023, our Board of Directors authorized a plan to repurchase up to $1.0 billion of our common stock.


In 2015, Accelerated Share Repurchase Agreements (ASRs)

We entered into ASRs providing for the repurchase of our common stock based on the volume-weighted average price during the term of the agreement, less an agreed upon discount. Under the terms of the ASRs, the financial institution may be required to deliver additional shares of common stock at final settlement or, under certain circumstances, we may be required at our election, to either deliver shares or make a cash payment to the financial institution. The ASRs limit the number of shares we would be required to deliver.

The following table summarizes the information regarding repurchases of our common stock under ASRs:

Agreement
 Date
Repurchase
 Program
Amount Paid
(in millions)
Completion
Date
Total Shares
Received
Average Price per Share
Q2 2021May 2018$100.0 Q3 2021171,322 $583.70 
Q2 2021May 2021$100.0 Q3 2021161,707 $618.40 
Q3 2021May 2021$75.0 Q3 2021109,239 $686.91 
Q4 2021May 2021$100.0 Q4 2021150,031 $666.53 
Q2 2022May 2021$200.0 Q2 2022756,502 $264.37 
Q4 2022May 2021$200.0 
N/A1
848,266 $188.62 
1    As of December 31, 2022, the contract was open and we recorded the remaining equity forward contract at a fair value of $40.0 million which was included within “Additional paid-in capital” in stockholders' equity in our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Subsequent to the fourth quarter, the ASR was completed and 0.1 million additional shares were received at an average price per share of $293.15.

Subsequent to the fourth quarter, on February 3, 2023, we entered into an accelerated share purchase agreement ("2015 ASR")ASR to repurchase $70.0$250.0 million of our common stock. The 2015 ASR was completed in July 2015.stock, completing our 2021 Repurchase Program. We paid $250.0 million and received a totalan initial delivery of approximately 1.20.6 million shares forbased on current market prices. The final number of shares to be repurchased will be based on our volume-weighted average stock price under the terms of the ASR, less an average share price of $60.52. agreed upon discount.
84



Open Market Common Stock Repurchases

During 2015,the year ended December 31, 2022, we repurchased on the open market approximately 0.50.1 million shares of our common stock at an average price of $58.89$522.61 per share, including commissions and fees, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $31.8 million.

In 2016, we entered into an accelerated share repurchase agreement ("2016 ASR") to repurchase $50.0 million of our common stock. The 2016 ASR was completed in September 2016. We received a total of approximately 0.6 million shares for an average share price of $81.89. During 2016, we repurchased on the open market approximately 0.5 million shares of our common stock at an average price of $92.58 per share, including commissions, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $46.2$75.0 million.


In 2017, we repurchased on the open market approximately 0.04 million shares of our common stock at an average price of $96.37 per share, including commission for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $3.8 million, completing the April 2014 Repurchase Program.

April 2016 Repurchase Program

On April 28, 2016, we announced that our Board of Directors had authorized a plan to repurchase up to $300.0 million of the Company's stock ("April 2016 Repurchase Plan"). In 2016, we had no repurchases under this plan. In 2017, we entered into an accelerated share repurchase agreement ("2017 ASR") to repurchase $50.0 million of our common stock. The 2017 ASR was completed in August 2017. We received a total of approximately 0.4 million shares for an average share price of $146.48. During 2017, we repurchased on the open market approximately 0.2 million shares of our common stock at an average price of $243.40 per share, including commissions, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $50.0 million. As of December 31, 2017, we have $200.0 million remaining under the April 2016 Repurchase Program.

In February 2018, we repurchased on the open market approximately 0.4 million shares of our common stock at an average price of $252.24 per share, including commission for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $100.0 million.

Note 12.11. Employee Benefit Plans

401(k) Plan


We have defined contribution retirement plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code for our U.S. employees which covers substantially all U.S. employees who meet minimum age and service requirements and allows participants to defer a portion of their annual compensation on a pre-tax basis. We match 50% of our employee’s salary deferral contributions up to a 6% of the employee’s eligible compensation effective 2010.compensation. We contributed approximately $4.3$10.0 million, $3.4$8.5 million and $2.7$6.9 million to the 401(k) plan during the year ended December 31, 2017, 20162022, 2021 and 2015,2020, respectively.

Israeli Funds

Under the Israeli severance fund law, we are required to make payments to dismissed employees and employees leaving employment in certain circumstances. The funding requirement is calculated based on the salary We also have defined contribution retirement plans outside of the employee multiplied by the number of years of employment as of the applicable balance sheet date. Our Israeli employees are entitledU.S. to one month’s salary for each year of employment, or a pro-rata portion thereof. We fund the liability through monthly deposits into funds, and the values of these contributions are recorded in other current assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the balance of the fund liability was approximately $3.2which we contributed $54.5 million, $42.3 million and $3.1$28.9 million respectively.



Note 13. Income Taxes

The U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “TCJA”) was enacted into law on December 22, 2017, and impacted our effective tax rate forduring the year ended December 31, 2017. The TCJA made significant changes to the Internal Revenue Code, including, but not limited to, a corporate tax rate decrease from 35% to 21% effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, the transition of U.S international taxation from a worldwide tax system to a territorial system,2022, 2021 and a one-time transition tax on the mandatory deemed repatriation of cumulative foreign earnings as of December 31, 2017.2020, respectively.


We have estimated the impact of the TCJA and recorded $84.3 million of additional income tax expense in the fourth quarter of 2017, the period in which the legislation was enacted. The components of this expense are as follows:

Note 12. Income Taxes
We recorded a provisional tax amount of $73.9 million for the transition tax liability. We have not yet completed the calculation of the total post-1986 foreign Earnings and Profits ("E&P") and the income tax pools for all foreign subsidiaries. Further, the transition tax is based in part on the amount of those earnings held in cash and other specified assets. This amount may change when we finalize the calculation of post-1986 foreign E&P previously deferred from U.S. federal taxation and the amounts held in cash or other specified assets. In addition, further interpretations from U.S. federal and state governments and regulatory organizations may change the provisional liability or the accounting treatment of the provisional liability.

We recorded a provisional tax amount of $10.4 million to remeasure certain deferred tax assets and liabilities as a result of the enactment of the Act. We are still analyzing certain aspects of the TCJA and refining the estimate of the expected reversal of the deferred tax balances. The TCJA can potentially affect the measurement of these balances or potentially give rise to new deferred tax amounts.

The TCJA also includes provisions for certain foreign-sourced earnings referred to as Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income (“GILTI”), which impose a tax on foreign income in excess of a deemed return on tangible assets of foreign corporations. FASB guidance issued in January 2018 allows companies to make an accounting policy election to either (i) account for GILTI as a component of tax expense in the period in which the tax is incurred (the “period cost method”), or (ii) account for GILTI in the measurement of deferred taxes (the “deferred method”). Because of the complexity of the new provisions, we are continuing to evaluate the accounting impact under GAAP, and will make an election once this analysis has been completed.
Net income before provision for income taxes and equity in losses of investee consists of the following (in thousands):
 Year ended December 31,
 2017 2016 2015
Domestic$123,696
 $118,871
 $87,803
Foreign241,103
 123,695
 98,298
Net income before provision for income taxes and equity in losses of investee$364,799
 $242,566
 $186,101


The provision for(benefit from) income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):
 Year Ended December 31,
 202220212020
Domestic$268,097 $378,478 $173,099 
Foreign330,960 633,945 205,850 
Net income before provision for (benefit from) income taxes$599,057 $1,012,423 $378,949 

The provision for (benefit from) income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):
 Year Ended December 31,
 202220212020
Federal
Current$188,050 $157,383 $55,291 
Deferred(55,579)(25,598)(11,749)
132,471 131,785 43,542 
State
Current34,621 28,365 8,862 
Deferred(12,265)(5,860)(2,121)
22,356 22,505 6,741 
Foreign
Current56,537 42,681 29,399 
Deferred26,120 43,432 (1,476,621)
82,657 86,113 (1,447,222)
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes$237,484 $240,403 $(1,396,939)
85


 Year Ended December 31,
 2017 2016 2015
Federal     
Current$91,214
 $40,235
 $28,596
Deferred15,724
 24,794
 6,679
 106,938
 65,029
 35,275
State     
Current2,580
 2,603
 3,271
Deferred2,677
 2,636
 (703)
 5,257
 5,239
 2,568
Foreign     
Current15,285
 8,964
 4,305
Deferred2,682
 (28,032) (67)
 17,967
 (19,068) 4,238
Provision for income taxes$130,162
 $51,200
 $42,081

The differences between income taxes using the federal statutory income tax rate of 35%for 2022, 2021 and 2020 and our effective tax raterates are as follows: 
 Year Ended December 31,
 202220212020
U.S. federal statutory income tax rate21.0 %21.0 %21.0 %
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit3.7 2.2 1.5 
U.S. tax on foreign earnings5.6 2.5 (1.2)
Impact of differences in foreign tax rates3.3 (2.0)5.6 
Stock-based compensation2.1 (0.3)1.1 
Impact of intra-entity intellectual property rights transfer— — (395.6)
Settlement on audits1.9 — (1.4)
Change in valuation allowance1.7 1.1 0.1 
Other items not individually material0.3 (0.8)0.3 
Effective tax rate39.6 %23.7 %(368.6)%
 Year Ended December 31,
 2017 2016 2015
U.S. federal statutory income tax rate35.0 % 35.0 % 35.0 %
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit1.4
 2.1
 1.5
Impact of U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act23.1
 
 
Impact of differences in foreign tax rates(18.0) (6.3) (16.2)
Valuation allowance release for Israel
 (12.9) 
Stock-based compensation(6.3) 1.2
 1.6
Other items not individually material0.5
 2.0
 0.7
 35.7 % 21.1 % 22.6 %


We intend to continue reinvesting our foreign subsidiary earnings indefinitely and do not expect any additional costs that we may incur upon repatriation of these foreign earnings to be significant.

During the year ended December 31, 2020, we completed an intra-entity transfer of certain intellectual property rights and fixed assets to our new Swiss subsidiary, where our EMEA regional headquarters is located beginning January 1, 2020. The transfer of intellectual property rights did not result in a taxable gain; however, it did result in a step-up of the Swiss tax deductible basis in the transferred assets, and accordingly, created a temporary difference between the book basis and the tax basis of such intellectual property rights. Consequently, this transaction resulted in the recognition of a deferred tax asset and related one-time tax benefit of approximately $1,493.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2020, which is the net impact of the deferred tax asset recognized as a result of the additional Swiss tax deductible basis in the transferred assets and certain costs related to the transfer of fixed assets and inventory.

As of December 31, 2017, undistributed earnings of the company totaled $606.5 million. We reassessed our capital needs2022 and investment strategy with regard to the indefinite reinvestment of the undistributed earnings from certain of our foreign subsidiaries as a result of the one-time transition tax on cumulative foreign earnings under the TCJA. During the fourth quarter of 2017, we determined that approximately $591.9 million of the total undistributed foreign earnings are no longer be considered to be indefinitely reinvested outside the U.S. As a result, we have recorded a deferred tax liability of approximately $3.3 million, which represents the provisional amount of U.S. state income taxes that would be due in the event these foreign earnings are distributed. The remaining amount of undistributed foreign earnings of approximately $14.7 million continues to be indefinitely reinvested in our international operations. Since U.S. federal income tax has already been provided under the provisions of the TCJA, the additional tax impact of the distribution of such foreign earnings to the United States parent would be limited to U.S. state income and withholding taxes and is not significant.

On July 1, 2016, we implemented a new international corporate structure. This changed the structure of our international procurement and sales operations, as well as realigned the ownership and use of intellectual property among our wholly-owned subsidiaries. We continue to anticipate that an increasing percentage of our consolidated pre-tax income will be derived from, and reinvested in our foreign operations. We believe that income taxed in certain foreign jurisdictions at a lower rate relative to the U.S. federal statutory rate will have a beneficial impact on our worldwide effective tax rate over time. Although the license of intellectual property rights between consolidated entities did not result in any gain in the consolidated financial statements, the Company generated taxable income in certain jurisdictions in 2016 resulting in a tax expense of $34.3 million. Additionally, as a result of the restructuring, we reassessed the need for a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets considering all available evidence. Given the current earnings and anticipated future earnings of our subsidiary in Israel, we concluded that we have sufficient


positive evidence to release the valuation allowance against our Israel operating loss carryforwards of $31.4 million, which resulted in an income tax benefit in this period of the same amount.

In June 2017, the Costa Rica Ministry of Foreign Trade, an agency of the Government of Costa Rica, granted an extension of certain income tax incentives for an additional twelve year period. Under these incentives, all of the income in Costa Rica is subject to a reduced tax rate. In order to receive the benefit of these incentives, we must hire a specified number of employees and maintain certain minimum levels of fixed asset investment in Costa Rica. If we do not fulfill these conditions for any reason, our incentive could lapse, and our income in Costa Rica would be subject to taxation at higher rates, which could have a negative impact on our operating results. The Costa Rica corporate income tax rate that would apply, absent the incentives, is 30% for 2017, 2016 and 2015. As a result of these incentives, our income taxes were reduced by $1.8 million, $19.1 million and $32.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, representing a benefit to diluted net income per share of $0.02, $0.23 and $0.40 in the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016,2021, the significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities are (in thousands):
 December 31,
 20222021
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss and capital loss carryforwards$15,380 $11,069 
Reserves and accruals32,759 47,641 
Stock-based compensation19,469 13,576 
Deferred revenue117,039 83,514 
Capitalized research & development54,293 413 
Amortizable tax basis in intangibles1,350,434 1,392,471 
Other16,645 15,645 
Deferred tax assets before valuation allowance1,606,019 1,564,329 
Valuation allowance(23,286)(12,938)
Total deferred tax assets1,582,733 1,551,391 
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation and amortization11,407 12,328 
Acquisition-related intangibles26,008 28,989 
Other3,438 6,931 
Total deferred tax liabilities40,853 48,248 
Net deferred tax assets1,541,880 1,503,143 

The available positive evidence at December 31, 2022 included historical operating profits and a projection of future income sufficient to realize most of our remaining deferred tax assets. As of December 31, 2022, it was considered more likely
86


 Year Ended December 31,
 2017 2016
Deferred tax assets:   
Net operating loss and capital loss carryforwards$24,971
 $25,445
Reserves and accruals12,547
 22,954
Stock-based compensation10,074
 16,399
Deferred revenue10,811
 13,975
Net translation losses1,928
 1,634
Credit carryforwards792
 679
 61,123
 81,086
Deferred tax liabilities:   
Depreciation and amortization7,522
 12,034
Unremitted foreign earnings3,305
 
Prepaid expenses751
 969
 11,578
 13,003
Net deferred tax assets before valuation allowance49,545
 68,083
Valuation allowance(278) (256)
Net deferred tax assets$49,267
 $67,827

than not that our deferred tax assets would be realized with the exception of certain net operating loss, capital loss carryovers and unrealized translation losses as we are unable to forecast sufficient future profits to realize the deferred tax assets. The total valuation allowance as of December 31, 20172022 was not material.$23.3 million. During the year ended December 31, 2017,2022, the valuation allowance increased by a nominal amount which was mainly$10.3 million primarily due to deferred tax assets related to foreign currencyunrealized translation adjustments.losses and net operating loss from one of our German subsidiaries and the deferred tax assets from our Russian commercial entity are not more likely than not to be realized.


As of December 31, 2017, we have fully utilized California net operating loss carryforwards. As of December 31, 2017, we have California research credit carryforwards of approximately $4.1 million which can be carried forward indefinitely. In addition,2022, we have foreign net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $104.7$48.2 million, the majority of whichattributed mainly to losses in China, Italy and Germany. The losses in Italy and Germany can be carried forward indefinitely, and a minor portion of which,indefinitely. The operating loss carryforwards in China, if not utilized, will expire beginning in 2027.2026.

In the event of a change in ownership, as defined under federal and state tax laws, our tax credit carryforwards may be subject to annual limitations. The annual limitations may result in the expiration of the tax credit carryforwards before utilization.




The changes in the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits, which exclude interest and penalties, for the year ended December 31, 2017, 20162022, 2021 and 2015,2020, are as follows (in thousands):

Year Ended December 31,
202220212020
Gross unrecognized tax benefits at January 1,$63,295 $46,320 $46,650 
Increases related to tax positions taken during the current year84,249 27,710 20,592 
Increases related to tax positions taken during a prior year15,411 5,471 10,201 
Decreases related to tax positions taken during a prior year(2,647)(5,804)(29,977)
Decreases related to expiration of statute of limitations(4,582)(8,986)— 
Decreases related to settlement with tax authorities(14,166)(1,416)(1,146)
Gross unrecognized tax benefits at December 31,$141,560 $63,295 $46,320 

Unrecognized tax benefit as of December 31, 2014$33,067
Tax positions related to current year: 
Additions for uncertain tax positions6,346
Unrecognized tax benefit as of December 31, 201539,413
Tax positions related to current year: 
Additions for uncertain tax positions6,971
Unrecognized tax benefit as of December 31, 201646,384
Tax positions related to current year: 
Additions for uncertain tax positions1,819
Tax positions related to prior year: 
Additions for uncertain tax positions1,809
Decreases for uncertain tax positions(826)
Settlements with tax authorities(1,527)
Reductions due to lapse of applicable statute of limitations(3)
Unrecognized tax benefit as of December 31, 2017$47,656

AsThe total amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2017, $39.82022 was $141.6 million, of our unrecognized tax benefitswhich $134.3 million would impact our effective tax rate if recognized.


We file U.S. federal, U.S. state, and non-U.S. income tax returns. Our major tax jurisdictions include U.S. federal, the State of California and Switzerland. For U.S. federal and state tax returns, we are no longer subject to tax examinations for years before 2017 and 2015, respectively. Our Israeli subsidiary was under tax audit for years 2016 through 2019. During the fourth quarter of 2022, we settled the audit with the Israel Tax Authority in connection with a 2016 transaction to which our Israeli subsidiary was a party. As a result, we are no longer subject to tax examinations for years through 2021 in Israel. With few exceptions, we are no longer subject to examination by other foreign tax authorities for years before 2015.

We have elected to recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income taxes. For the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, interestInterest and penalties included in tax expense was $0.8 millionfor the year ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and $1.4 million, respectively. Our total interest and penalties2020 as well as accrued as of December 31, 20172022 and 2016 was $2.9 million2021 were not material. While we defend income tax audits in various jurisdictions and $2.1 million, respectively. We do not expectthe results of such audits may differ materially from the amounts accrued for each year, we cannot currently ascertain the bases on which any significant changesgiven audit will be ultimately resolved. Accordingly, we are unable to estimate the amountrange of possible adjustments to our balance of gross unrecognized tax benefit withinbenefits in the next twelve12 months.


We file U.S. federal, U.S. state, and non-U.S. income tax returns. Our major tax jurisdictions are U.S. federal and the state of California. For U.S. federal and state tax returns, we are no longer subject to tax examinations for years before 2000. With few exceptions, we are no longer subject to examination by foreign tax authorities for years before 2010.

Note 14.13. Net Income per Share


Basic net income per share is computed using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per share is computed using the weighted average number of shares of common stock, adjusted for any dilutive effect of potential common stock. Potential common stock, computed using the treasury stock method, includes RSUs, MSUs, stock optionsPSUs and our ESPP.


87


The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income per share attributable to common stock (in thousands, except per share amounts):
 Year Ended December 31,
 202220212020
Numerator:
Net income$361,573 $772,020 $1,775,888 
Denominator:
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic78,190 78,917 78,760 
Dilutive effect of potential common stock230 753 470 
Total shares, diluted78,420 79,670 79,230 
Net income per share, basic$4.62 $9.78 $22.55 
Net income per share, diluted$4.61 $9.69 $22.41 
Anti-dilutive potential common shares 1
320 280 
 Year Ended December 31,
 2017 2016 2015
Numerator:     
Net income$231,418
 $189,682
 $144,020
Denominator:     
Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic80,085
 79,856
 79,998
Dilutive effect of potential common stock1,747
 1,628
 1,523
Total shares, diluted81,832
 81,484
 81,521
Net income per share, basic$2.89
 $2.38
 $1.80
Net income per share, diluted$2.83
 $2.33
 $1.77



For1    Represents stock-based awards not included in the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, potentially anti-dilutive shares excluded fromcalculation of diluted net income per share related to RSUs, MSUs, stock options and ESPP were not material.as the effect would have been anti-dilutive.


Note 15.14. Supplemental Cash Flow Information


The supplemental cash flow information consists of the following (in thousands): 
 Year Ended December 31,
 202220212020
Taxes paid$231,884 $203,309 $76,332 
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment in accounts payable and accrued liabilities$35,767 $64,135 $37,267 
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:
Operating cash flows from operating leases$31,015 $29,769 $26,022 
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations:
Operating leases$34,144 $68,463 $47,981 

 Year Ended December 31,
 2017 2016 2015
Taxes paid$51,231
 $47,289
 $40,621
Non-cash investing activities:     
Fixed assets acquired with accounts payable or accrued liabilities$15,105
 $4,434
 $14,636
             Fair value of option to purchase property$3,936
 $
 $
Note 16.15. Segments and Geographical Information


Segment Information


Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”), or decision-making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. Our CODM is our Chief Executive Officer. We report segment information based on the management approach. The management approach designates the internal reporting used by CODMour Chief Operating Decision Maker for decision making and performance assessment as the basis for determining our reportable segments. The performance measures of our reportable segments include net revenues, gross profit and income from operations. Income from operations for each segment includes all geographic revenues, related cost of net revenues and operating expenses directly attributable to the segment. Certain operating expenses are attributable to operating segments and each allocation is measured differently based on the specific facts and circumstances of the costs being allocated. Costs not specifically allocated to segment income from operations generally include various corporate expenses such as stock-based compensation and costs related to IT, facilities, human resources, accounting and finance, legal and regulatory, and other separately managed general and administrative costs outside the operating segments.

segments and restructuring costs. We group our operations into two reportable segments: Clear Aligner segment and ScannerImaging Systems and CAD/CAM services (“Systems and Services”) segment.


Our Clear Aligner
88


Summarized financial information by segment consists of Comprehensive Products, Non-Comprehensive Products and Non-Case revenuesis as defined below:

Comprehensive Products include our Invisalign Full, Teen and Assist products.

Non-Comprehensive Products include our Invisalign Express, Invisalign Lite, Invisalign i7 and Invisalign Go products in addition to revenues from the sale of aligners to SmileDirectClub (“SDC”) under our supply agreement. Revenue from SDC is recorded after eliminating outstanding intercompany transactions.

Non-Case includes our Vivera retainers along with our training and ancillary products for treating malocclusion. 

Our Scanner segment consists of intraoral scanning systems and additional services available with the intraoral scanners that provide digital alternatives to the traditional cast models.  This segment includes our iTero scanner and OrthoCAD services.

These reportable operating segments are based on how our CODM views and evaluates our operations as well as allocation of resources. The following information relates to these segmentsfollows (in thousands):
 Year Ended December 31,
202220212020
Net revenues
Clear Aligner$3,072,585 $3,247,080 $2,101,459 
Systems and Services662,050 705,504 370,482 
Total net revenues$3,734,635 $3,952,584 $2,471,941 
Gross profit
Clear Aligner$2,228,170 $2,474,373 $1,532,130 
Systems and Services405,605 460,982 231,105 
Total gross profit$2,633,775 $2,935,355 $1,763,235 
Income from operations
Clear Aligner$1,134,420 $1,325,866 $768,045 
Systems and Services179,765 259,127 96,052 
Unallocated corporate expenses(671,590)(608,593)(476,926)
Total income from operations$642,595 $976,400 $387,171 
Stock-based compensation
Clear Aligner$14,816 $10,648 $8,975 
Systems and Services994 705 734 
Unallocated corporate expenses117,557 102,983 88,718 
Total stock-based compensation$133,367 $114,336 $98,427 
Depreciation and amortization
Clear Aligner$57,888 $50,723 $41,371 
Systems and Services28,300 21,581 16,798 
Unallocated corporate expenses39,605 36,425 35,369 
Total depreciation and amortization$125,793 $108,729 $93,538 



 For the Year Ended December 31,
Net revenues2017 2016 2015
    Clear Aligner$1,309,262
 $958,327
 $800,186
    Scanner164,151
 121,547
 45,300
          Total net revenues$1,473,413
 $1,079,874

$845,486
Gross profit     
    Clear Aligner$1,019,563
 $747,494
 $628,187
    Scanner97,384
 67,800
 11,923
        Total gross profit$1,116,947
 $815,294
 $640,110
Income from operations     
    Clear Aligner$564,648
 $411,817
 $371,113
    Scanner49,613
 37,498
 (12,337)
    Unallocated corporate expenses(260,650) (200,394) (170,142)
         Total income from operations$353,611
 $248,921
 $188,634
Depreciation and amortization     
    Clear Aligner$21,581
 $13,742
 $9,842
    Scanner4,385
 3,871
 3,839
    Unallocated corporate expenses11,773
 6,389
 4,323
         Total depreciation and amortization$37,739
 $24,002
 $18,004

The following table reconciles total segment income from operations in the table above to net income before provision for (benefit from) income taxes and equity losses of investee (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,
202220212020
Total segment income from operations$1,314,185 $1,584,993 $864,097 
Unallocated corporate expenses(671,590)(608,593)(476,926)
Total income from operations642,595 976,400 387,171 
Interest income5,367 3,103 3,125 
Other income (expense), net(48,905)32,920 (11,347)
Net income before provision for (benefit from) income taxes$599,057 $1,012,423 $378,949 
 For the Year Ended December 31, 
 2017 2016 2015 
Total segment income from operations$614,261
 $449,315
 $358,776
 
Unallocated corporate expenses(260,650) (200,394) (170,142) 
   Total income from operations353,611
 248,921
 188,634
 
Interest and other income (expense), net11,188
 (6,355) (2,533) 
Net income before provision for income taxes and equity losses of investee
        
$364,799
 $242,566
 $186,101
 


Geographical Information


Net revenues are presented below by geographic area (in thousands): 
 Year Ended December 31,
 202220212020
Net revenues 1:
U.S.$1,660,045 $1,724,296 $1,099,564 
Switzerland1,216,094 1,353,229 809,080 
Other International858,496 875,059 563,297 
Total net revenues$3,734,635 $3,952,584 $2,471,941 
1Net revenues are attributed to countries based on the location of where revenues are recognized by our legal entities.
89


 For the Year Ended December 31,
 2017 2016 2015
Net revenues (1):
     
United States (2)
$836,200
 $692,254
 $585,874
The Netherlands (2)
456,108
 286,911
 167,128
Other International181,105
 100,709
 92,484
Total net revenues$1,473,413
 $1,079,874
 $845,486

(1)
Net revenues are attributed to countries based on location of where revenue is recognized.
(2) Effective July 2016, we implemented a new international corporate structure. This changed the structure of our international procurement and sales operations.




Tangible long-lived assets, which includes Property, plant and equipment, net, and Operating lease right-of-use assets, net, are presented below by geographic area (in thousands):
 As of December 31,
 2017 2016
Long-lived assets (1):
   
The Netherlands$143,673
 $104,039
United States128,171
 43,278
Costa Rica30,738
 2,657
Mexico25,090
 17,918
China5,480
 461
Other International15,641
 6,814
Total long-lived assets$348,793
 $175,167
 December 31,
 20222021
Long-lived assets 1:
Switzerland$532,921 $444,205 
U.S.214,804 210,582 
China118,669 125,346 
Other International484,341 423,050 
Total long-lived assets$1,350,735 $1,203,183 

(1) 1Long-lived assets are attributed to countries based on the location of our entity that owns or leases the assets.


Note 16. Restructuring and Other Charges

Restructuring Activities

During the fourth quarter of 2022, we initiated a restructuring plan to increase efficiencies across the organization which is expected to be completed in the first half of 2023. We incurred approximately $10.2 million in restructuring expenses, of which $2.9 million was recorded in Cost of net revenues and $7.3 million was recorded in Restructuring and other charges.

Activity related to the restructuring liabilities associated with our restructuring initiatives consist of the following (in thousands):
Severance and related costsImpairment ChargesTotal
Restructuring charges$8,723 $1,453 $10,176 
Cash payments(4,807)— (4,807)
Non-cash charges— (1,453)(1,453)
Balance as of December 31, 2022 1
$3,916 $— $3,916 
1    Included in “Accrued liabilities” within our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Other Charges

In addition to the restructuring charges, during the fourth quarter of 2022, we also incurred certain lease termination costs of $2.3 million and asset impairments of $1.8 million which were also recorded in Restructuring and other charges.
ITEMItem 9.CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSUREChanges in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.
None
None.
 
ITEMItem 9A.CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES Controls and Procedures.

Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures.

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, we have evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act). Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective as of December 31, 20172022 to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure, and that such information is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms.

Management's annual report on internal control over financial reporting.

See “Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
90



Changes in internal control over financial reporting.


There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 20172022 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.


ITEMItem 9B.OTHER INFORMATION Other Information.


None.



Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections.

None.

PART III

Certain information required by Part III is omitted from this Form 10-K because we intend to file a definitive Proxy Statement for our 20182023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “Proxy Statement”) not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and certain information to be included therein is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEMItem 10.DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.


The information required by Item 401 of Regulation S-K concerning our directors is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement under the section captioned “Election of Directors.“Directors.” The information required by Item 401 of Regulation S-K concerning our executive officers is set forth in Item 1— “Business” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The information required by Item 405 of Regulation S-K is incorporated by reference to the section entitled “Section“Delinquent Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance”Reports” contained in the Proxy Statement. The information required by Item 407(c)(3), 407(d)(4) and 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement under the section entitled “Corporate Governance”.


Code of Ethics


We have a code of ethics (which we call our Global Code of Conduct) that applies to all of our employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer.  This codecontroller. Our Global Code of ethicsConduct is posted on our Internet website.  The Internet address forthe investor relations portion of our website is www.aligntech.com, andat http://investor.aligntech.comwithin the code of ethics may be found on thesection captioned “Corporate Governance” section of our “Investor Relations” webpage..


We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding an amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of this code of ethics by posting such information on our website, at the address and location specified above, or as otherwise required by the NASDAQ Global Select Market.

ITEMItem 11.EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION Executive Compensation.


The information required by Item 402 of Regulation S-K is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement under the section captioned “Executive Compensation.Compensation - Compensation Discussion and Analysis.” The information required by Items 407(e)(4) and (e)(5) is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement under the section captioned “Corporate Governance—Governance - Committee Oversight - Compensation Committee Interlocks”Interlocks and Insider Participation” and “Compensation Committee of the Board Report,” respectively.




ITEMItem 12.SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.


The information required by Item 403 and Item 201(d) of Regulation S-K is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement under the sectionsections captioned “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.”

EquityManagement” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information,” respectively.


The following table provides information as of December 31, 2017 about our common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of options and awards granted to employees, consultants or members of our Board of Directors under all existing equity compensation plans, including the 2005 Incentive Plan and the Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("ESPP"), each as amended, and certain individual arrangements (Refer to Note 10“Stockholders’ Equity” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of our equity compensation plans).
Plan Category
Number of securities
to be issued upon exercise
of outstanding options
and restricted stock
units(a)
 
Weighted average
exercise price of
outstanding
options(b)
 
Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation plans
(excluding securities
reflected in column(a))
 
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders1,843,573
1 
$11.36
 7,620,549
2, 3 
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
 
 
 
Total1,843,573
 $11.36
 7,620,549
 
1
Includes 1,340,759 restricted stock units and 428,100 market-performance based restricted stock units at target, which have an exercise price of zero.
2
Includes 735,301 shares available for issuance under our ESPP. We are unable to ascertain with specificity the number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding rights or the weighted average exercise price of outstanding rights under the ESPP.
3
Excludes 507,775 of potentially issuable MSUs if performance targets are achieved at maximum payout.

ITEMItem 13.CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.


The information required by Item 404 and Item 407 of Regulation S-K is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement under the sections captioned “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and “Corporate Governance—DirectorBoard and Committee Independence and Qualifications,” respectively.

91


ITEMItem 14.PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES Principal Accountant Fees and Services.


The information required by Item 9(e) of Schedule 14A of the Securities Act of 1934, as amended, is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement under the section captioned “Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accountants.”

92



PART IV
 
ITEMItem 15.EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES Exhibit and Financial Statement Schedules.
(a)Financial Statements
1.Consolidated financial statements

(a)Financial Statements

1.Consolidated financial statements
The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2017, 20162022, 2021 and 20152020
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the year ended December 31, 2017, 20162022, 2021 and 20152020
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 20172022 and 20162021
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the year ended December 31, 2017, 20162022, 2021 and 20152020
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2017, 20162022, 2021 and 20152020
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
2.The following financial statement schedule is filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:
2.The following financial statement schedule is filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:
Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves Forfor the Year Endedyear ended December 31, 2017, 20162022, 2021 and 20152020
All other schedules have been omitted as they are not required, not applicable, or the required information is otherwise included.
SCHEDULE II: VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
Balance at
Beginning
of Period
Additions
(Reductions)
to Costs and
Expenses
Write
Offs
Balance at
End of Period
 (in thousands)
Allowance for doubtful accounts:
Year Ended December 31, 2020$6,756 $12,073 $(8,590)$10,239 
Year Ended December 31, 2021$10,239 $2,814 $(3,808)$9,245 
Year Ended December 31, 2022$9,245 $4,102 $(3,004)$10,343 
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets:
Year Ended December 31, 2020$1,086 $239 $— $1,325 
Year Ended December 31, 2021$1,325 $11,613 $— $12,938 
Year Ended December 31, 2022$12,938 $10,348 $— $23,286 



93


 
Balance at
Beginning
of Period
 
Additions
(Reductions)
to Costs
and
Expenses
 
Write
Offs
 
Balance at
End of Period
 (in thousands)
Allowances for doubtful accounts and sales returns:       
Year ended December 31, 2015$1,563
 $8,944
 $(8,035) $2,472
Year ended December 31, 2016$2,472
 $8,585
 $(6,747) $4,310
Year ended December 31, 2017$4,310
 $9,948
 $(7,080) $7,178
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets:       
Year ended December 31, 2015$32,498
 $(813) $
 $31,685
Year ended December 31, 2016$31,685
 $(31,429) $
 $256
Year ended December 31, 2017$256
 $21
 $
 $277


(b)The following Exhibits are included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K:
Exhibit
Number
DescriptionFormDateExhibit
Number
Incorporated
by Reference
herein
Filed
herewith
S-1, as amended (File No. 333-49932)12/28/20003.1
8-K5/20/20163.01
8-K2/29/20123.2
Def 14A4/7/20211.0
S-1, as amended (File No. 333-49932)1/17/20014.1
10-K2/28/20204.2
8-K5/20/202110.1
10-K2/26/202110.2
10-K2/28/202010.3
10-K2/28/202010.3A
10-K2/28/202010.4
10-K2/28/202010.5
10-K2/28/201910.6
10-Q8/4/200510.4
10-K2/28/202010.8
10-K2/28/202010.8A
10-K2/26/202110.9
10-K2/26/202110.9A
10-K2/28/202010.9
10-Q5/8/200810.3
10-K2/28/201710.8
10-Q5/1/201510.30
10-Q11/8/201610.2
S-1 as amended (File No. 333-49932)1/17/200110.15
10-Q5/5/202010.1

94



Exhibit
Number
DescriptionFormDateExhibit
Number
Incorporated
by Reference
herein
Filed
herewith
10-Q10/30/202010.1
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
101.INSInline XBRL Instance Document (the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document).*
101.SCHInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document*
101.CALInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document*
101.DEFInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document*
101.LABInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document*
101.PREInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document*
104Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)*




__________________________________ 
(b)The following Exhibits are included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K:
Exhibit
Number
DescriptionFormDateExhibit
Number
Incorporated
by Reference
herein
 Filed
herewith
Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-49932)12/28/20003.1  
Form 8-K2/29/20123.2  
Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-49932)1/17/20014.1  
Form 10-K2/28/201710.1  
Form 10-K2/28/201710.2  
Form 10-K2/28/201710.2A  
Form 8-K5/25/201010.2  
Form S-1 as amended (File No. 333-49932)1/17/200110.15  
Form 10-Q11/5/200710.1A  
Form 10-Q11/5/200710.1C  
Form 10-Q8/4/200510.4  
Form 10-Q5/8/200810.3  
Form 10-K2/28/201710.8  
Form 8-K2/7/2018   
Form 8-K2/24/201110.1  
Form 8-K2/24/201110.2  
Form 8-K2/4/2011Item 5.02  
Form 10-Q5/1/201510.3  
Form 10-Q7/30/201510.31  
Form 10-Q7/30/201510.34  


Exhibit
Number
DescriptionFormDateExhibit
Number
Incorporated
by Reference
herein
 Filed
herewith
Form 10-Q11/8/201610.2  
Form 8-K12/23/201610.1  
Form 8-K7/28/201610.1  
Form 8-K7/27/201710.1  
Form 8-K7/27/201710.2  
Form 8-K11/20/201710.1  
  10.1 *
  10.2 *
  10.3  
    *
    *
    *
    *
    *
101.INSXBRL Instance Document    *
101.SCHXBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document    *
101.CALXBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document    *
101.DEFXBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document    *
101.LABXBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document    *
101.PREXBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document    *
__________________________________ 


Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement filed as an Exhibit to this form pursuant to Items 14(a) and 14(c) of Form 10-K.
††tPortions of the exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. The confidential portions have been filed with the SEC.Furnished herewith




ITEMItem 16.FORM Form 10-K SUMMARYSummary.


Not applicable.




95


SIGNATURES


Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on February 28, 2018.authorized.
ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC.
ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC.
By:
/S/    JOSEPH M. HOGAN
Joseph M. Hogan
President and Chief Executive Officer
Date:February 27, 2023



Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Joseph M. Hogan or John F. Morici, his or her attorney-in-fact, with the power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this Report on Form 10-K and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
SignatureTitleDate
/S/    JOSEPH M. HOGANPresident, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)February 27, 2023
Joseph M. Hogan
SignatureTitleDate
/S/    JOSEPH M. HOGANPresident and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)February 28, 2018
Joseph M. Hogan
/S/    JOHN F. MORICI

Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President, Global Finance (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)February 28, 201827, 2023
John F. Morici
/S/    KEVIN J. DALLAS
DirectorFebruary 27, 2023
Kevin J. Dallas
/S/    JOSEPH LACOB 

DirectorFebruary 28, 201827, 2023

Joseph Lacob
/S/    C. RAYMOND LARKIN,

JR.     
DirectorFebruary 28, 201827, 2023
C. Raymond Larkin, Jr.
/S/    GEORGE J. MORROW    

DirectorFebruary 28, 201827, 2023
George J. Morrow
/S/    ANNE M. MYONG      DirectorFebruary 27, 2023
Anne M. Myong
/S/    ANDREA L. SAIA

DirectorFebruary 28, 201827, 2023
Andrea L. Saia
/S/    GREG J. SANTORA

DirectorFebruary 28, 201827, 2023
Greg J. Santora
/S/    THOMAS M. PRESCOTTDirectorFebruary 28, 2018
Thomas M. Prescott
/S/    WARREN S. THALER  

DirectorFebruary 28, 2018
Warren S. Thaler
/S/    SUSAN E. SIEGEL 
DirectorFebruary 28, 201827, 2023
Susan E. Siegel
/S/ WARREN S. THALERDirectorFebruary 27, 2023
Warren S. Thaler


102
96